SoftX3000 Technical Manual-Services and Features

Chapter 1 Voice Services ................................................................................
1-1
1.1 Overview of Voice Services ....................................................................

1.2 Basic Voice Services ..............................................................................
1.3 Fax Services ...........................................................................................
1.4 Intra-Office Calls .....................................................................................
1.4.1 Introduction to Intra-Office Calls ....................................................
1.4.2 Operations of Intra-Office Calls......................................................
1.5 Local Calls ..............................................................................................
1.5.1 Introduction to Local Calls ..............................................................
1.5.2 Operations of Local Calls ...............................................................
1.6 National Toll Calls ..................................................................................
1.6.1 Introduction to National Toll Calls ..................................................
1.6.2 Operations of National Toll Calls ...................................................
1.7 International Toll Calls ............................................................................
1.7.1 Introduction to International Toll Calls ............................................
1.7.2 Operations of International Toll Calls .............................................
1.8 Tandem Calls .........................................................................................
1.8.1 Introduction to Tandem Calls .........................................................
1.8.2 Operations of Tandem Calls ..........................................................
1.9 Emergency Calls ....................................................................................
1.9.1 Introduction to Emergency Calls ....................................................
1.9.2 Operations of Emergency Calls .....................................................
1.10 Special Service Calls ............................................................................
1.10.1 Introduction to Special Service Calls ...........................................
1.10.2 Operations of Special Service Calls.............................................
1.11 PBX Services .......................................................................................
1.11.1 Introduction to PBX Services .......................................................
1.11.2 Operations of PBX Calls ..............................................................
1.12 G3 Fax Services ...................................................................................
1.13 G4 Fax Services ...................................................................................
1-1
1-1
1-1
1-1
1-1
1-1
1-2
1-2
1-2
1-2
1-2
1-3
1-3
1-3
1-3
1-3
1-3
1-4
1-4
1-4
1-4
1-4
1-4
1-4
1-4
1-4
1-6
1-6
1-6
Chapter 2 Supplementary Services ...............................................................
2-1
2.1 Overview of Supplementary Services ....................................................

2.1.1 Classification of Supplementary Services ......................................
2.1.2 Preconditions .................................................................................
2.1.3 Operations .....................................................................................
2.1.4 Conflict between Supplementary Services ....................................
2.2 Abbreviated Dialing ................................................................................
2.2.1 Service Introduction .......................................................................
2.2.2 Preconditions .................................................................................
2-1
2-1
2-1
2-2
2-3
2-4
2-4
2-4
2.2.3 Operations .....................................................................................

2.2.4 Points for Attention .........................................................................
2.3 Abbreviated Dialing (Hong Kong) ...........................................................
2.3.2 Preconditions .................................................................................
2.3.3 Operations .....................................................................................
2.4 Hotline ....................................................................................................
2.4.2 Preconditions .................................................................................
2.4.3 Operations of Hotline Service ........................................................
2.4.4 Operations of Immediate Hotline Service ......................................
2.5 Hotline (Hong Kong) ...............................................................................
2.5.2 Preconditions .................................................................................
2.5.3 Operations of Hotline Service ........................................................
2.5.4 Operations of Immediate Hotline Service ......................................
2.6 Outgoing Call Barring .............................................................................
2.6.2 Preconditions .................................................................................
2.6.3 Operations .....................................................................................
2.7 Outgoing Call Barring (Hong Kong) ........................................................
2.7.2 Preconditions .................................................................................
2.7.3 Operations .....................................................................................
2.8 Do-Not-Disturb .......................................................................................
2.8.2 Preconditions .................................................................................
2.8.3 Operations .....................................................................................
2.9 Do-Not-Disturb (Hong Kong) ..................................................................
2.9.2 Preconditions .................................................................................
2.9.3 Operations .....................................................................................
2.10 Malicious Call Tracing ..........................................................................
2.10.1 Service Introduction .....................................................................
2-5
2-6
2-6
2-6
2-6
2-6
2-8
2-8
2-8
2-9
2-9
2-10
2-10
2-11
2-11
2-11
2-11
2-12
2-13
2-13
2-13
2-13
2-13
2-14
2-15
2-15
2-15
2-15
2-16
2-16
2-16
2-16
2-17
2-18
2-19
2-19
2-19
2-19
2-20
2-21
2-21
2.10.2 Preconditions ...............................................................................

2.10.3 Operations ...................................................................................
2.10.4 Points for Attention .......................................................................
2.11 Wakeup ................................................................................................
2.11.2 Preconditions ...............................................................................
2.11.3 Operations ...................................................................................
2.12 Wakeup (Hong Kong) ...........................................................................
2.12.2 Preconditions ...............................................................................
2.12.3 Operations ...................................................................................
2.13 Multi-Wakeup (Hong Kong) ..................................................................
2.13.2 Preconditions ...............................................................................
2.13.3 Operations ...................................................................................
2.14 Registered Call .....................................................................................
2.14.2 Preconditions ...............................................................................
2.14.3 Operations ...................................................................................
2.15 Call Forwarding Unconditional .............................................................
2.15.2 Preconditions ...............................................................................
2.15.3 Operations ...................................................................................
2.16 Call Forwarding Unconditional (Hong Kong) ........................................
2.16.2 Preconditions ...............................................................................
2.16.3 Operations ...................................................................................
2.17 Call Forwarding Busy ...........................................................................
2.17.2 Preconditions ...............................................................................
2.17.3 Operations ...................................................................................
2.18 Call Forwarding Busy (Hong Kong) ......................................................
2.18.2 Preconditions ...............................................................................
2-21
2-21
2-21
2-22
2-22
2-22
2-22
2-24
2-25
2-25
2-25
2-25
2-26
2-27
2-27
2-27
2-27
2-28
2-29
2-29
2-29
2-29
2-30
2-30
2-30
2-30
2-30
2-32
2-33
2-33
2-33
2-33
2-34
2-35
2-35
2-35
2-35
2-36
2-37
2-37
2-37
2.18.3 Operations ...................................................................................

2.19 Call Forwarding No Reply ....................................................................
2.19.2 Preconditions ...............................................................................
2.19.3 Operations ...................................................................................
2.20 Call Forwarding No Reply (Hong Kong) ...............................................
2.20.2 Preconditions ...............................................................................
2.20.3 Operations ...................................................................................
2.21 Absent Subscriber ................................................................................
2.21.2 Preconditions ...............................................................................
2.21.3 Operations ...................................................................................
2.22 Call Waiting ..........................................................................................
2.22.2 Preconditions ...............................................................................
2.22.3 Operations ...................................................................................
2.23 Call Waiting (Hong Kong) .....................................................................
2.23.2 Preconditions ...............................................................................
2.23.3 Operations ...................................................................................
2.24 Call Back ..............................................................................................
2.24.2 Preconditions ...............................................................................
2.24.3 Operations ...................................................................................
2.25 Call Back (Hong Kong) .........................................................................
2.25.2 Preconditions ...............................................................................
2.25.3 Operations ...................................................................................
2.26 Three-Party Service .............................................................................
2.26.2 Preconditions ...............................................................................
2.26.3 Operations ...................................................................................
2-37
2-38
2-39
2-39
2-39
2-39
2-40
2-40
2-40
2-40
2-40
2-42
2-42
2-42
2-42
2-42
2-43
2-44
2-44
2-44
2-44
2-45
2-45
2-45
2-45
2-45
2-46
2-47
2-47
2-47
2-47
2-48
2-49
2-49
2-49
2-49
2-50
2-50
2-50
2-51
2-51

2.27 Three-Party Service .............................................................................
2.27.2 Preconditions ...............................................................................
2.27.3 Operations ...................................................................................
2.28 Conference ...........................................................................................
2.28.2 Preconditions ...............................................................................
2.28.3 Operations ...................................................................................
2.29 Auto List Conference ............................................................................
2.29.2 Preconditions ...............................................................................
2.29.3 Operations ...................................................................................
2.30 Convener- Authorized Conference .......................................................
2.30.2 Preconditions ...............................................................................
2.30.3 Operations ...................................................................................
2.31 Designated Pickup ...............................................................................
2.31.2 Preconditions ...............................................................................
2.31.3 Operations ...................................................................................
2.32 Call Transfer .........................................................................................
2.32.2 Preconditions ...............................................................................
2.32.3 Operations ...................................................................................
2.33 Call Transfer (Hong Kong) ...................................................................
2.33.2 Preconditions ...............................................................................
2.33.3 Operations ...................................................................................
2.34 Calling Line Identification Presentation ................................................
2.34.2 Preconditions ...............................................................................
2.34.3 Operations ...................................................................................
2-52
2-52
2-52
2-52
2-52
2-53
2-54
2-54
2-54
2-54
2-55
2-55
2-55
2-55
2-56
2-57
2-57
2-57
2-58
2-58
2-58
2-58
2-58
2-58
2-59
2-59
2-59
2-59
2-59
2-60
2-60
2-61
2-61
2-61
2-61
2-62
2-62
2-62
2-63
2-63
2-63
2.35 Calling Line Identification Presentation (Hong Kong) ...........................

2.35.2 Preconditions ...............................................................................
2.35.3 Operations ...................................................................................
2.36 Calling Line Identification Restriction ...................................................
2.36.2 Preconditions ...............................................................................
2.36.3 Operations ...................................................................................
2.37 Calling Line Identification Restriction Override .....................................
2.37.2 Preconditions ...............................................................................
2.37.3 Operations ...................................................................................
2.38 Permanent Reservation for Calling Line Identification Restriction
(Class- C Subscribers) .................................................................................
2.38.2 Preconditions ...............................................................................
2.38.3 Operations ...................................................................................
2.39 Number Barring ....................................................................................
2.39.2 Preconditions ...............................................................................
2.39.3 Operations ...................................................................................
2.40 Secretary Service .................................................................................
2.40.2 Preconditions ...............................................................................
2.40.3 Operations ...................................................................................
2.41 Secretary Station Service .....................................................................
2.41.2 Preconditions ...............................................................................
2.41.3 Operations ...................................................................................
2.42 Temporary Reservation for Calling Line Identification Presentation
(Class- B Subscribers) .................................................................................
2.42.2 Preconditions ...............................................................................
2.42.3 Operations ...................................................................................
2-63
2-63
2-64
2-64
2-64
2-65
2-65
2-65
2-65
2-66
2-66
2-66
2-66
2-66
2-67
2-67
2-67
2-67
2-67
2-68
2-68
2-68
2-68
2-68
2-70
2-70
2-70
2-70
2-70
2-71
2-72
2-72
2-72
2-72
2-73
2-73
2-73
2-74
2-74

2.43 Temporary Unblock of Calling Line Identification Restriction (Hong
Kong) ............................................................................................................
2.43.2 Preconditions ...............................................................................
2.43.3 Operations ...................................................................................
2.44 Temporary Reservation for Calling Line Identification Restriction
(Class- A Subscribers) .................................................................................
2.44.2 Preconditions ...............................................................................
2.44.3 Operations ...................................................................................
2.45 Temporary Block of Calling Line Identification Presentation (Hong
Kong) ............................................................................................................
2.45.2 Preconditions ...............................................................................
2.45.3 Operations ...................................................................................
2.46 Caller Identification Display during Call Waiting (Hong Kong) .............
2.46.2 Preconditions ...............................................................................
2.46.3 Operations ...................................................................................
2.47 Designated Destination Code Allowed .................................................
2.47.2 Preconditions ...............................................................................
2.47.3 Operations ...................................................................................
2.48 Password Call (Hong Kong) .................................................................
2.48.2 Preconditions ...............................................................................
2.48.3 Operations ...................................................................................
2.49 Remotely Activate Call Forwarding (Hong Kong) .................................
2.49.2 Preconditions ...............................................................................
2.49.3 Operations ...................................................................................
2.50 Remotely Activate Call Forwarding (Hong Kong-Card Mode ...............
2-74
2-75
2-75
2-75
2-75
2-75
2-76
2-76
2-76
2-76
2-77
2-77
2-77
2-77
2-77
2-78
2-78
2-78
2-78
2-78
2-79
2-79
2-79
2-80
2-80
2-81
2-82
2-82
2-82
2-82
2-83
2-83
2-83
2-83
2-83
2-84
2-84
2-84
2.50.2 Preconditions ...............................................................................

2.50.3 Operations ...................................................................................
2.51 Block the Blocker (Hong Kong) ............................................................
2.51.2 Preconditions ...............................................................................
2.51.3 Operations ...................................................................................
2.52 Temporary Restriction of Call Waiting (Hong Kong) ............................
2.52.2 Preconditions ...............................................................................
2.52.3 Operations ...................................................................................
2.53 Number Incomplete (Hong Kong).........................................................
2.53.2 Preconditions ...............................................................................
2.53.3 Operations ...................................................................................
2.54 Calling Name Identification Sending (Hong Kong) ...............................
2.54.2 Preconditions ...............................................................................
2.54.3 Operations ...................................................................................
2.55 Calling Name Identification Presentation (Hong Kong) ........................
2.55.2 Preconditions ...............................................................................
2.55.3 Operations ...................................................................................
2.56 Circular Hunting (Hong Kong) ..............................................................
2.56.2 Preconditions ...............................................................................
2.56.3 Operations ...................................................................................
2.57 Call Rejection in Calling Line Identification Restriction (Hong Kong) ...
2.57.2 Preconditions ...............................................................................
2.57.3 Operations ...................................................................................
2.58 Operator Call-in Barring .......................................................................
2.58.2 Preconditions ...............................................................................
2-84
2-85
2-85
2-85
2-85
2-85
2-86
2-86
2-87
2-87
2-87
2-87
2-88
2-88
2-88
2-88
2-88
2-89
2-89
2-89
2-89
2-89
2-90
2-90
2-90
2-90
2-90
2-91
2-91
2-91
2-91
2-91
2-92
2-92
2-92
2-92
2-92
2-93
2-93
2-93
2-93
2.58.3 Operations ...................................................................................

2.59 Inquiry (Brazil) ......................................................................................
2.59.2 Preconditions ...............................................................................
2.59.3 Operations ...................................................................................
2.60 Inquiry (Hong Kong) .............................................................................
2.60.2 Preconditions ...............................................................................
2.60.3 Operations ...................................................................................
2.61 Message Waiting Indication (Brazil) .....................................................
2.61.2 Preconditions ...............................................................................
2.61.3 Operations ...................................................................................
2.62 Call Forwarding Busy to Voice Mailbox (Hong Kong) ..........................
2.62.2 Preconditions ...............................................................................
2.62.3 Operations ...................................................................................
2.63 Call Forwarding No Reply to Voice Mailbox (Hong Kong) ....................
2.63.2 Preconditions ...............................................................................
2.63.3 Operations ...................................................................................
2.64 Register as Operator ............................................................................
2.64.2 Preconditions ...............................................................................
2.64.3 Operations ...................................................................................
2.65 Do-Not-Disturb When Active ................................................................
2.65.2 Preconditions ...............................................................................
2.65.3 Operations ...................................................................................
2.66 Call Transfer by Caller Hooking ...........................................................
2.66.2 Preconditions ...............................................................................
2.66.3 Operations ...................................................................................
2-93
2-94
2-94
2-94
2-94
2-94
2-95
2-95
2-95
2-96
2-96
2-96
2-97
2-97
2-97
2-97
2-97
2-98
2-98
2-98
2-98
2-99
2-99
2-99
2-99
2-99
2-100
2-101
2-101
2-101
2-101
2-102
2-102
2-102
2-102
2-102
2-103
2-103
2-103
2-103
2-103

2.67 Call Indication .......................................................................................
2.67.2 Preconditions ...............................................................................
2.67.3 Operations ...................................................................................
2.68 Quota Restricted Calling ......................................................................
2.68.2 Preconditions ...............................................................................
2.68.3 Operations ...................................................................................
2.69 Alarm for Quota Restriction ..................................................................
2.69.2 Preconditions ...............................................................................
2.69.3 Charging ......................................................................................
2.70 Quota Restored Monthly ......................................................................
2.70.2 Preconditions ...............................................................................
2.70.3 Operations ...................................................................................
2.71 Time Restricted Calling ........................................................................
2.71.2 Preconditions ...............................................................................
2.71.3 Operations ...................................................................................
2.72 Call Forwarding by Time ......................................................................
2.72.2 Preconditions ...............................................................................
2.72.3 Operations ...................................................................................
2.73 Call Forwarding Offline .........................................................................
2.73.2 Preconditions ...............................................................................
2.73.3 Operations ...................................................................................
2.74 Call Forwarding No Reply in Call Waiting (Hong Kong) .......................
2.74.2 Preconditions ...............................................................................
2.74.3 Operations ...................................................................................
2-104
2-104
2-104
2-104
2-104
2-105
2-105
2-105
2-105
2-105
2-106
2-106
2-106
2-107
2-107
2-107
2-107
2-107
2-107
2-108
2-108
2-109
2-109
2-109
2-109
2-109
2-110
2-110
2-110
2-110
2-111
2-111
2-111
2-111
2-111
2-112
2-112
2-112
2-112
2-112
2-113
2.75 Call Forwarding Unconditional to Voice Mailbox (Hong Kong) .............

2.75.2 Preconditions ...............................................................................
2.75.3 Operations ...................................................................................
2.76 Selective Call Forwarding (Hong Kong) ...............................................
2.76.2 Preconditions ...............................................................................
2.76.3 Operations ...................................................................................
2.77 Selective Call Acceptance (Hong Kong) ..............................................
2.77.2 Preconditions ...............................................................................
2.77.3 Operations ...................................................................................
2.78 Selective Call Rejection (Hong Kong) ..................................................
2.78.2 Preconditions ...............................................................................
2.78.3 Operations ...................................................................................
2.79 Super Do-Not-Disturb (Hong Kong) .....................................................
2.79.2 Preconditions ...............................................................................
2.79.3 Operations ...................................................................................
2.80 Message Waiting Notification (Hong Kong)..........................................
2.80.2 Preconditions ...............................................................................
2.80.3 Operations ...................................................................................
2.81 Call Hold ...............................................................................................
2.81.2 Preconditions ...............................................................................
2.81.3 Operations ...................................................................................
2.82 Collect Call Screening ..........................................................................
2.82.2 Preconditions ...............................................................................
2.82.3 Operations ...................................................................................
2.83 Call Park ...............................................................................................
2-113
2-113
2-114
2-114
2-114
2-115
2-115
2-116
2-116
2-118
2-118
2-118
2-119
2-119
2-121
2-121
2-121
2-122
2-122
2-124
2-124
2-124
2-124
2-124
2-127
2-127
2-127
2-127
2-127
2-128
2-128
2-128
2-128
2-128
2-129
2-129
2-129
2-129
2-129
2-130
2-130

2.83.2 Preconditions ...............................................................................
2.83.3 Operations ...................................................................................
2.84 Executive Busy Override ......................................................................
2.84.2 Preconditions ...............................................................................
2.84.3 Operations ...................................................................................
2.85 Barge in (Immediate Mode) ..................................................................
2.85.2 Preconditions ...............................................................................
2.85.3 Operations ...................................................................................
2.86 Barge in (Negotiating Mode) ................................................................
2.86.2 Preconditions ...............................................................................
2.86.3 Operations ...................................................................................
2.87 Call Transfer to Three Way ..................................................................
2.87.2 Preconditions ...............................................................................
2.87.3 Operations ...................................................................................
2.88 Password Call Barring ..........................................................................
2.88.2 Preconditions ...............................................................................
2.88.3 Operations ...................................................................................
2.89 Selective Call Waiting...........................................................................
2.89.2 Preconditions ...............................................................................
2.89.3 Operations ...................................................................................
2.90 Incoming Call Memory ..........................................................................
2.90.2 Preconditions ...............................................................................
2.90.3 Operations ...................................................................................
2.91 Outgoing Call Memory ..........................................................................
2-130
2-131
2-131
2-131
2-131
2-131
2-132
2-132
2-132
2-133
2-133
2-133
2-133
2-134
2-134
2-134
2-134
2-134
2-135
2-135
2-135
2-135
2-135
2-136
2-136
2-136
2-136
2-136
2-137
2-137
2-137
2-138
2-138
2-139
2-139
2-139
2-139
2-140
2-140
2-140
2-140
2.91.2 Preconditions ...............................................................................

2.91.3 Operations ...................................................................................
2.92 Distinctive Ringing ................................................................................
2.92.2 Preconditions ...............................................................................
2.92.3 Operations ...................................................................................
2.93 Malicious Call Tracing Caller ................................................................
2.93.2 Preconditions ...............................................................................
2.93.3 Operations ...................................................................................
2.94 Call Waiting Originating ........................................................................
2.94.2 Preconditions ...............................................................................
2.94.3 Operations ...................................................................................
2.95 Call Waiting Terminating ......................................................................
2.95.2 Preconditions ...............................................................................
2.95.3 Operations ...................................................................................
2.96 Query Fee 180 .....................................................................................
2.96.2 Preconditions ...............................................................................
2.96.3 Operations ...................................................................................
2.97 MRS Test .............................................................................................
2.97.2 Preconditions ...............................................................................
2.97.3 Operations ...................................................................................
2.98 Interception Service..............................................................................
2.98.2 Preconditions ...............................................................................
2.98.3 Operations ...................................................................................
2.99 Remotely Set Call Forwarding Unconditional .......................................
2.99.2 Preconditions ...............................................................................
2-140
2-140
2-141
2-141
2-141
2-141
2-141
2-143
2-143
2-143
2-143
2-143
2-144
2-144
2-144
2-144
2-144
2-145
2-145
2-145
2-145
2-145
2-146
2-146
2-146
2-146
2-146
2-147
2-147
2-147
2-147
2-147
2-148
2-148
2-148
2-148
2-148
2-148
2-149
2-149
2-149
2.99.3 Operations ...................................................................................

2.100 Remotely Set Call Forwarding Busy...................................................
2.100.1 Service Introduction ...................................................................
2.100.2 Preconditions .............................................................................
2.100.3 Operations .................................................................................
2.100.4 Points for Attention.....................................................................
2.101 Remotely Set Call Forwarding No Reply ............................................
2.101.2 Preconditions .............................................................................
2.101.3 Operations .................................................................................
2.102 Call Forwarding Restriction (Hong Kong) ...........................................
2.102.2 Preconditions .............................................................................
2.102.3 Operations .................................................................................
2.103 Call Forwarding List ............................................................................
2.103.2 Preconditions .............................................................................
2.103.3 Operations .................................................................................
2.104 Temporary Block of Calling Name Identification Presentation
(Hong Kong) .................................................................................................
2.104.2 Preconditions .............................................................................
2.104.3 Operations .................................................................................
2.105 Temporary Unblock of Calling Name Identification Restriction
(Hong Kong) .................................................................................................
2.105.2 Preconditions .............................................................................
2.105.3 Operations .................................................................................
2.106 Advice of Charge at Call End .............................................................
2.106.2 Preconditions .............................................................................
2.106.3 Operations .................................................................................
2.107 Call Hold (Brazil) ................................................................................
2-149
2-150
2-150
2-150
2-150
2-150
2-151
2-152
2-152
2-152
2-152
2-153
2-153
2-153
2-153
2-153
2-154
2-154
2-154
2-154
2-154
2-154
2-155
2-155
2-155
2-155
2-155
2-156
2-156
2-156
2-156
2-156
2-157
2-157
2-157
2-157
2-158
2-158
2-158
2.107.2 Preconditions .............................................................................

2.107.3 Operations .................................................................................
2.108 International Operator Call-in Barring (Hong Kong) ...........................
2.108.2 Preconditions .............................................................................
2.108.3 Operations .................................................................................
2.109 Password Modification .......................................................................
2.109.2 Preconditions .............................................................................
2.109.3 Operations .................................................................................
2.110 Ring Back (Hong Kong) ......................................................................
2.110.2 Preconditions .............................................................................
2.110.3 Operations .................................................................................
2.111 Quick Access Function (Hong Kong) .................................................
2.111.2 Preconditions .............................................................................
2.111.3 Operations .................................................................................
2.112 Party Line Call (Hong Kong)...............................................................
2.112.2 Preconditions .............................................................................
2.112.3 Operations .................................................................................
2.113 PBX Call Forwarding Unconditional (Hong Kong) ..............................
2.113.2 Preconditions .............................................................................
2.113.3 Operations .................................................................................
2.114 PBX Call Forwarding Busy (Hong Kong) ............................................
2.114.2 Preconditions .............................................................................
2.114.3 Operations .................................................................................
2.115 PBX Call Forwarding No Reply (Hong Kong) .....................................
2.115.2 Preconditions .............................................................................
2-158
2-158
2-159
2-159
2-159
2-159
2-159
2-160
2-160
2-160
2-160
2-160
2-161
2-161
2-161
2-161
2-161
2-161
2-161
2-161
2-162
2-162
2-162
2-162
2-162
2-162
2-162
2-163
2-163
2-163
2-163
2-163
2-164
2-164
2-164
2-165
2-165
2-166
2-166
2-166
2-166
2.115.3 Operations .................................................................................

2.116 PBX Block the Blocker (Hong Kong) ..................................................
2.116.2 Preconditions .............................................................................
2.116.3 Operations .................................................................................
2.117 PBX Remotely Activate Call Forwarding (Hong Kong) .......................
2.117.2 Preconditions .............................................................................
2.117.3 Operations .................................................................................
2.118 PBX Line Hunting ...............................................................................
2.118.2 Preconditions .............................................................................
2.118.3 Operations .................................................................................
2.119 Collect Call (Brazil) .............................................................................
2.119.2 Preconditions .............................................................................
2.119.3 Operations .................................................................................
2.120 Cancel All Registered Supplementary Services .................................
2.120.2 Preconditions .............................................................................
2.120.3 Operations .................................................................................
2-166
2-167
2-168
2-168
2-168
2-168
2-169
2-169
2-169
2-169
2-169
2-170
2-171
2-171
2-171
2-171
2-171
2-171
2-171
2-172
2-173
2-173
2-173
2-173
2-173
2-173
2-174
Chapter 3 IP Centrex Services........................................................................
3-1
3.1 Overview of IP Centrex Services............................................................

3.2 IP Centrex Basic Services ......................................................................
3.2.1 Introduction of IP Centrex Basic Services ......................................
3.2.2 Intra-Group Calling Out ..................................................................
3.2.3 Out-Group Calling Out ...................................................................
3.2.4 Intra-Group Calling In.....................................................................
3.2.5 Out-Group Calling In ......................................................................
3.2.6 Distinctive Ringing .........................................................................
3.2.7 Emergency Call..............................................................................
3.3 IP Centrex Supplementary Services ......................................................
3.3.1 Introduction to IP Centrex Supplementary Services ......................
3.3.2 Group-Shared Abbreviated Dialing ................................................
3-1
3-1
3-1
3-1
3-1
3-1
3-2
3-2
3-2
3-2
3-2
3-2
3.3.3 Register Console ...........................................................................

3.3.4 Designated Pickup in Centrex ........................................................
3.3.5 Do-Not-Disturb When Active ..........................................................
3.3.6 Into-Centrex Call Forwarding .........................................................
3.3.7 Call Forwarding Unconditional to Centrex Attendant .....................
3.3.8 Call Forwarding Busy to Centrex Attendant ...................................
3.3.9 Call Forwarding No Reply to Centrex Attendant ............................
3.3.10 Operator Interception ...................................................................
3.3.11 Operator Interception (Hong Kong) ..............................................
3.3.12 Operator Break In ........................................................................
3.3.13 Operator Break In (Hong Kong) ...................................................
3.3.14 Forced Release by Operator ........................................................
3.3.15 Forced Release by Operator (Hong Kong) ..................................
3.3.16 Dedicated Line Call ......................................................................
3.3.17 Co-Group Pickup .........................................................................
3.3.18 Authorized Code for STD/IDD......................................................
3.3.19 Call Forward Incoming Only.........................................................
3.3.20 Call Forward within Group Only ...................................................
3.3.21 Call Transfer Incoming Only ........................................................
3.3.22 Call Transfer within Group Only ...................................................
3.3.23 Barge in (Immediate Mode) .........................................................
3.3.24 Barge in (Negotiating Mode) ........................................................
3.3.25 Password Call Barring .................................................................
3.3.26 Wide Area Centrex Service ..........................................................
3.3.27 IP Console ...................................................................................
3.3.28 IP Supermarket ............................................................................
3-4
3-5
3-7
3-7
3-9
3-11
3-12
3-13
3-15
3-16
3-17
3-18
3-20
3-21
3-22
3-23
3-25
3-26
3-28
3-29
3-30
3-31
3-32
3-33
3-34
3-35
Chapter 4 Multimedia Services .......................................................................
4-1
4.1 Overview of Multimedia Services ...........................................................

4.2 Point-to-Point Multimedia Communication .............................................
4.2.1 Video Communication ....................................................................
4.2.2 Chat ...............................................................................................
4.2.3 File Transfer ...................................................................................
4.2.4 Program Sharing ............................................................................
4.2.5 Electronic Whiteboard ....................................................................
4.3 Multimedia Video Conference Initiated by MediaCentre ........................
4.3.1 Flow of Video Conference Initiated by MediaCentre ......................
4.3.2 Adding Site .....................................................................................
4.3.3 Defining Conference ......................................................................
4.3.4 Scheduling Conference..................................................................
4.3.5 Controlling Conference ..................................................................
4-1
4-1
4-1
4-2
4-2
4-2
4-3
4-3
4-3
4-3
4-3
4-3
4-4
4.3.6 Ending Conference ........................................................................

4.4 Multimedia Video Conference Initiated by ViewPoint iDo ......................
4.4.1 Flow of Video Conference Initiated by ViewPoint iDo ....................
4.4.2 Defining Site ...................................................................................
4.4.3 Defining Conference ......................................................................
4.4.4 Starting Conference .......................................................................
4.4.5 Controlling Conference ..................................................................
4.4.6 Ending Conference ........................................................................
4-4
4-4
4-4
4-5
4-5
4-5
4-5
4-5
Chapter 5 Value Added Services ....................................................................
5-1
5.1 Overview of Value Added Services ........................................................

5.2 Personal Communication Agent Service ................................................
5.2.2 Example .........................................................................................
5.3 SIP Based Pre-Paid Service ..................................................................
5.3.2 Example .........................................................................................
5.4 Presence Service ...................................................................................
5.4.2 Example .........................................................................................
5.5 Unified Communication Service .............................................................
5.5.2 Example .........................................................................................
5.6 Card Calling Service ...............................................................................
5.6.2 Service Features ............................................................................
5.6.3 Example .........................................................................................
5.7 Advanced Prepaid Service .....................................................................
5.7.3 Example .........................................................................................
5.8 Family Free Phone Service ....................................................................
5.8.3 Example .........................................................................................
5.9 Virtual Private Network Service ..............................................................
5-1
5-1
5-1
5-2
5-3
5-3
5-3
5-4
5-5
5-5
5-5
5-5
5-6
5-6
5-6
5-7
5-8
5-8
5-8
5-8
5-10
5-10
5-10
5-11
5-12
5-13
5-13
5-13
5-15
5-16
5-16

5.9.3 Example .........................................................................................
5.10 Intelligent Public Telephone Service ....................................................
5.10.2 Service Features ..........................................................................
5.10.3 Example .......................................................................................
5.11 Telecom Communicate Partner Service ...............................................
5.11.3 Example .......................................................................................
5.12 Number Portability Service ...................................................................
5.12.3 Example .......................................................................................
5-17
5-19
5-22
5-22
5-22
5-26
5-28
5-28
5-28
5-30
5-31
5-31
5-31
5-32
Chapter 6 ISDN Services .................................................................................
6-1
6.1 Overview of ISDN Services ....................................................................

6.1.1 Overview of ISDN Voice Services ..................................................
6.1.2 Overview of ISDN Supplementary Services ..................................
6.2 ISDN Bearer Services ............................................................................
6.2.1 64-kbit/s and 8-kHz Unrestricted Data Transmission Services ......
6.2.2 64-kbit/s and 8-kHz Sampled Speech Transmission Services ......
6.2.3 64-kbit/s, 8-kHz Sampled, and 3.1-kHz Audio Transmission
Services ..................................................................................................
6.3 ISDN Teleservices ..................................................................................
6.4 ISDN Supplementary Services ...............................................................
6.4.1 Traditional Supplementary Services ..............................................
6.4.2 Direct Dialing In..............................................................................
6.4.3 Multi-Subscriber Number ...............................................................
6.4.4 Calling Line Identification Restriction .............................................
6.4.5 Permanent Reservation for Calling Line Identification
Restriction ...............................................................................................
6.4.6 Default Reservation for Calling Line Identification Restriction .......
6.4.7 Connected Line Identification Presentation ...................................
6.4.8 Connected Line Identification Restriction.......................................
6.4.9 Connected Line Identification Restriction Override ........................
6.4.10 Permanent Reservation for Connected Line Identification
Restriction ...............................................................................................
6.4.11 Default Reservation for Connected Line Identification
Restriction ...............................................................................................
6.4.12 Sub-Addressing ...........................................................................
6.4.13 Call Hold ......................................................................................
6-1
6-1
6-3
6-3
6-3
6-4
6-4
6-4
6-5
6-5
6-8
6-8
6-9
6-10
6-11
6-12
6-12
6-14
6-14
6-15
6-16
6-17
6.4.14 Terminal Portability ......................................................................

6.4.15 User to User Signaling .................................................................
6.4.16 Advice of Charge at Call Start......................................................
6.4.17 Advice of Charge during a Call ....................................................
6.4.18 Advice of Charge at Call End .......................................................
6-18
6-19
6-19
6-20
6-21
Chapter 7 Functions and Features .................................................................
7-1
7.1 Overview of Functions ............................................................................

7.1.1 Charging Functions ........................................................................
7.1.2 Number Processing Functions .......................................................
7.1.3 Gateway Office Functions ..............................................................
7.1.4 Tandem Office Functions ...............................................................
7.1.5 SSP Functions ...............................................................................
7.1.6 Dual Homing Functions..................................................................
7.1.7 IPTN Functions ..............................................................................
7.1.8 Multi-Country-Code, Multi-Area-Code, and Multi-Time-Zone
Functions ................................................................................................
7.1.9 Multi-Signaling-Point-Code Functions ............................................
7.1.10 Remote Network Access Functions .............................................
7.2 Charging Functions ................................................................................
7.2.1 Flexible Charging Modes ...............................................................
7.2.2 Improved Bill Management ............................................................
7.3 Number Processing Functions ...............................................................
7.3.1 Powerful Processing Capability .....................................................
7.3.2 Flexible Processing Modes ............................................................
7.4 Gateway Office Functions ......................................................................
7.4.1 Comprehensive Authentication and Interception Capabilities ........
7.4.2 Precise and Flexible Charging Capabilities ...................................
7.4.3 Powerful and Secure Bill Storage and Transmission
Capabilities .............................................................................................
7.5 Tandem Office Functions .......................................................................
7.6 SSP Functions ........................................................................................
7.6.1 Free Phone Service .......................................................................
7.6.2 Account Card Calling Service ........................................................
7.6.3 Universal Personal Telecommunication Service ............................
7.6.4 Mass Calling Service .....................................................................
7.6.5 Televoting Service .........................................................................
7.6.6 Wide Area Centrex Service............................................................
7.6.7 IP800 Service.................................................................................
7.7 Dual Homing Functions ..........................................................................
7.7.1 Introduction to Dual Homing ..........................................................
7.7.2 Manual Switchover .........................................................................
7-1
7-1
7-1
7-1
7-1
7-2
7-2
7-2
7-2
7-2
7-2
7-3
7-3
7-4
7-5
7-5
7-5
7-6
7-6
7-6
7-6
7-7
7-7
7-7
7-7
7-7
7-8
7-8
7-8
7-8
7-9
7-9
7-9
7.7.3 Automatic Switchover ....................................................................

7.8 IPTN Functions.......................................................................................
7.9 Multi-Country-Code, Multi-Area-Code, and Multi-Time-Zone
Functions ......................................................................................................
7.10 Multi-Signaling-Point-Code Function ....................................................
7.11 Remote Network Access Function .......................................................
7-9
7-10
Appendix A Acronyms and Abbreviations ....................................................
A-1
Index .................................................................................................................
7-10
7-10
7-11
HUAWEI
U-SYS SoftX3000 SoftSwitch System

Technical Manual - Services and Features
V300R003
Huawei Technologies Proprietary

Technical Manual
Volume
Services and Features
Manual Version
T2-010260-20050331-C-3.30
Product Version
V300R003
BOM
31026660
Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. provides customers with comprehensive technical support
and service. Please feel free to contact our local office or company headquarters.
Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Address: Administration Building, Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.,
Bantian, Longgang District, Shenzhen, P. R. China
Postal Code: 518129
Website: http://www.huawei.com
Email: support@huawei.com
Copyright 2005 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
All Rights Reserved

No part of this manual may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any
means without prior written consent of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Trademarks
, HUAWEI, C&C08, EAST8000, HONET,
, ViewPoint, INtess, ETS, DMC,
TELLIN, InfoLink, Netkey, Quidway, SYNLOCK, Radium,

M900/M1800,
TELESIGHT, Quidview, Musa, Airbridge, Tellwin, Inmedia, VRP, DOPRA, iTELLIN,
HUAWEI OptiX, C&C08 iNET, NETENGINE, OptiX, iSite, U-SYS, iMUSE, OpenEye,
Lansway, SmartAX, infoX, and TopEng are trademarks of Huawei Technologies
Co., Ltd.
All other trademarks and trade names mentioned in this manual are the property of
their respective holders.
Notice
The information in this manual is subject to change without notice. Every effort has
been made in the preparation of this manual to ensure accuracy of the contents, but
all statements, information, and recommendations in this manual do not constitute
the warranty of any kind, express or implied.
About This Manual

Release Notes
The manual applies to U-SYS SoftX3000 SoftSwitch System V300R003.
Related Manuals
The following manuals provide more information about the U-SYS SoftX3000
SoftSwitch System.
Manual
Content
U-SYS SoftX3000 SoftSwitch

System Technical
Manual-System Description
It provides an overall introduction to the

SoftX3000, including product features,
applications, and technical specifications.

System Technical
Manual-System Principle
It details on the hardware architecture,

component interworking mechanism, and
subsystems of alarm, billing, and clock in the
SoftX3000.

System Hardware Description
Manual
It details the features and technical

specifications of the hardware components of
the SoftX3000, including cabinets, frames,
boards, cables, and cabinet internal
components.

System Technical
ManualServices and
Features
It covers various services and functions

supported by the SoftX3000, including voice
services, supplementary services, IP Centrex
services, multi-media services, value added
services, dual homing functions, charging
functions, IPTN functions, remote network
access functions, and so on.

System Hardware Installation
Manual
It details the installation procedure of the

SoftX3000 hardware components, and matters
needing attention during the installation
process.

System Software Installation
Manual
It covers the detailed procedure of installing the

SoftX3000 software, including BAM server,
emergency workstation, and client, focusing on
the key points that might cause installation
failure.

System Routine Maintenance
Guide
It guides the maintenance engineers to perform

daily maintenance, monthly maintenance, and
yearly maintenance tasks on the SoftX3000.
Manual
Content

System Emergency
Maintenance Manual
It guides the maintenance engineers to perform

recovery operations in the case of emergencies,
such as congestion of global service, AMG, and
TMG, and failure of host and BAM.

System Part Replacement Guide
It guides the maintenance engineers on how to

replace hardware components of the
SoftX3000, such as boards, fan frame, LAN
Switch, and hard disk.

System Operation
Manual-Configuration Guide
It guides the engineers how to configure various

data in the SoftX3000, including configuration
steps, preparations, database table referencing
relationships, and command parameters.

System Operation
Manual-Configuration Examples
It guides the engineers how to configure various

data in the SoftX3000, including networking
example, configuration script, key parameters
and debugging guidance.

System Operation
Manual-Performance
Measurement
It guides the engineers how to work on

performance measurement tasks and analyze
measurement results.

System Operation Manual-GUI
Guide
It guides the engineers how to use the GUI on

various clients of the SoftX3000, including
operations on menus and navigation tree. In
addition, it introduces the operations on
TableBrowse.

System BAM User Manual
It guides the engineers how to install and use

the software related to the BAM, including
remote maintenance software, anti-virus
software, system customized software, and so
on.
U-SYS iGateway Bill User

Manual
It elaborates on the functioning principle of the

iGateway Bill. Also, it teaches you on how to
install, maintain, and operate the product.
Organization
The manual introduces services and features of the SoftX3000 V300R002.
There are seven chapters and an appendix in the manual.
z
Chapter 1 Voice Services introduces the meanings and operations of the basic
voice services, fax services, and ISDN voice services supported by the
SoftX3000.
Chapter 2 Supplementary Services presents the meanings, preset conditions,
operations, and points for attention of the supplementary services and ISDN
supplementary services supported by the SoftX3000.
Chapter 3 IP Centrex Services details the meanings, preset conditions,
operations, and points for attention of IP Centrex basic services, IP Centrex

supplementary services, wide area Centrex services, IP console, and IP
supermarket services supported by the SoftX3000.
Chapter 4 Multimedia Services gives brief introduction to the meanings and
operations of point-to-point multimedia communication and video conference

services supported by the SoftX3000.
Chapter 5 Value Added Services gives introduction to the commonly used value
added services supported by the SoftX3000, such as card calling service (CCS),
advanced prepaid service (APS), family free phone (FFPH) service, and virtual
private network (VPN), with examples given.
Chapter 6 ISDN Services lists the commonly used ISDN supplementary services
used in the SoftX3000.

Chapter 7 Functions and Features presents the functions and features of the
SoftX3000, including charging functions, number processing functions, gateway

office functions, tandem office functions, SSP functions, dual homing functions,
IPTN
functions,
multi-country-code,
multi-area-code,
and
multi-time-zone
functions, multi-signaling-point code functions, and remote network access

functions.
Appendix A Acronyms and Abbreviations lists all acronyms and abbreviated
used in this manual.
Intended Audience
The manual is intended for the following readers:
z
NGN network planning experts
NGN network administrators
NGN network engineers
Conventions
The manual uses the following conventions:
I. General conventions
Convention
Description
Arial
Normal paragraphs are in Arial.
Boldface
Headings and the keywords of a command line are in

Boldface.
Convention
Courier New
Description
Terminal Display is in Courier New.
II. Symbols
Eye-catching symbols are also used in the manual to highlight the points worthy of
special attention during the operation. They are defined as follows:
Caution Means reader be extremely careful during the operation.

Note Means a complementary description.
Technical ManualServices and Features

Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Chapter 1 Voice Services ............................................................................................................. 1-1
1.1 Overview of Voice Services ............................................................................................... 1-1
1.2 Basic Voice Services ......................................................................................................... 1-1
1.3 Fax Services ...................................................................................................................... 1-1
1.4 Intra-Office Calls ................................................................................................................ 1-1
1.4.1 Introduction to Intra-Office Calls.............................................................................. 1-1
1.4.2 Operations of Intra-Office Calls............................................................................... 1-1
1.5 Local Calls ......................................................................................................................... 1-2
1.5.1 Introduction to Local Calls....................................................................................... 1-2
1.5.2 Operations of Local Calls ........................................................................................ 1-2
1.6 National Toll Calls .............................................................................................................. 1-2
1.6.1 Introduction to National Toll Calls ........................................................................... 1-2
1.6.2 Operations of National Toll Calls............................................................................. 1-3
1.7 International Toll Calls ....................................................................................................... 1-3
1.7.1 Introduction to International Toll Calls..................................................................... 1-3
1.7.2 Operations of International Toll Calls ...................................................................... 1-3
1.8 Tandem Calls..................................................................................................................... 1-3
1.8.1 Introduction to Tandem Calls .................................................................................. 1-3
1.8.2 Operations of Tandem Calls ................................................................................... 1-4
1.9 Emergency Calls................................................................................................................ 1-4
1.9.1 Introduction to Emergency Calls ............................................................................. 1-4
1.9.2 Operations of Emergency Calls .............................................................................. 1-4
1.10 Special Service Calls ....................................................................................................... 1-4
1.10.1 Introduction to Special Service Calls .................................................................... 1-4
1.10.2 Operations of Special Service Calls...................................................................... 1-4
1.11 PBX Services ................................................................................................................... 1-4
1.11.1 Introduction to PBX Services ................................................................................ 1-4
1.11.2 Operations of PBX Calls ....................................................................................... 1-6
1.12 G3 Fax Services .............................................................................................................. 1-6
1.13 G4 Fax Services .............................................................................................................. 1-6
Chapter 2 Supplementary Services ............................................................................................. 2-1
2.1 Overview of Supplementary Services................................................................................ 2-1
2.1.1 Classification of Supplementary Services............................................................... 2-1
2.1.2 Preconditions........................................................................................................... 2-1
2.1.3 Operations............................................................................................................... 2-2
2.1.4 Conflict between Supplementary Services ............................................................. 2-3
2.2 Abbreviated Dialing............................................................................................................ 2-5

i

Table of Contents
2.2.1 Service Introduction ................................................................................................ 2-5

2.2.2 Preconditions........................................................................................................... 2-5
2.2.3 Operations............................................................................................................... 2-5
2.2.4 Points for Attention.................................................................................................. 2-6
2.3 Abbreviated Dialing (Hong Kong) ...................................................................................... 2-6
2.3.2 Preconditions........................................................................................................... 2-7
2.3.3 Operations............................................................................................................... 2-7
2.4 Hotline................................................................................................................................ 2-8
2.4.2 Preconditions........................................................................................................... 2-9
2.4.3 Operations of Hotline Service ................................................................................. 2-9
2.4.4 Operations of Immediate Hotline Service ............................................................. 2-10
2.4.5 Points for Attention................................................................................................ 2-10
2.5 Hotline (Hong Kong) ........................................................................................................ 2-11
2.5.1 Service Introduction .............................................................................................. 2-11
2.5.2 Preconditions......................................................................................................... 2-11
2.5.3 Operations of Hotline Service ............................................................................... 2-11
2.5.4 Operations of Immediate Hotline Service ............................................................. 2-12
2.6 Outgoing Call Barring ...................................................................................................... 2-13
2.6.2 Preconditions......................................................................................................... 2-13
2.6.3 Operations............................................................................................................. 2-13
2.7 Outgoing Call Barring (Hong Kong) ................................................................................. 2-15
2.7.2 Preconditions......................................................................................................... 2-15
2.7.3 Operations............................................................................................................. 2-15
2.8 Do-Not-Disturb ................................................................................................................. 2-16
2.8.2 Preconditions......................................................................................................... 2-16
2.8.3 Operations............................................................................................................. 2-16
2.9 Do-Not-Disturb (Hong Kong) ........................................................................................... 2-19
2.9.2 Preconditions......................................................................................................... 2-19
2.9.3 Operations............................................................................................................. 2-19
2.10 Malicious Call Tracing.................................................................................................... 2-20

ii

Table of Contents
2.10.1 Service Introduction ............................................................................................ 2-20

2.10.2 Preconditions....................................................................................................... 2-21
2.10.3 Operations........................................................................................................... 2-21
2.10.4 Points for Attention.............................................................................................. 2-21
2.11 Wakeup.......................................................................................................................... 2-22
2.11.2 Preconditions....................................................................................................... 2-22
2.11.3 Operations........................................................................................................... 2-22
2.12 Wakeup (Hong Kong) .................................................................................................... 2-25
2.12.2 Preconditions....................................................................................................... 2-25
2.12.3 Operations........................................................................................................... 2-25
2.13 Multi-Wakeup (Hong Kong) ........................................................................................... 2-27
2.13.2 Preconditions....................................................................................................... 2-27
2.13.3 Operations........................................................................................................... 2-27
2.14 Registered Call .............................................................................................................. 2-28
2.14.2 Preconditions....................................................................................................... 2-29
2.14.3 Operations........................................................................................................... 2-29
2.15 Call Forwarding Unconditional....................................................................................... 2-30
2.15.2 Preconditions....................................................................................................... 2-30
2.15.3 Operations........................................................................................................... 2-30
2.16 Call Forwarding Unconditional (Hong Kong) ................................................................. 2-33
2.16.2 Preconditions....................................................................................................... 2-33
2.16.3 Operations........................................................................................................... 2-33
2.17 Call Forwarding Busy..................................................................................................... 2-35
2.17.2 Preconditions....................................................................................................... 2-35
2.17.3 Operations........................................................................................................... 2-35
2.18 Call Forwarding Busy (Hong Kong) ............................................................................... 2-36
2.18.2 Preconditions....................................................................................................... 2-36

iii

Table of Contents
2.18.3 Operations........................................................................................................... 2-36

2.19 Call Forwarding No Reply.............................................................................................. 2-38
2.19.2 Preconditions....................................................................................................... 2-38
2.19.3 Operations........................................................................................................... 2-38
2.20 Call Forwarding No Reply (Hong Kong) ........................................................................ 2-40
2.20.2 Preconditions....................................................................................................... 2-40
2.20.3 Operations........................................................................................................... 2-40
2.21 Absent Subscriber ......................................................................................................... 2-42
2.21.2 Preconditions....................................................................................................... 2-42
2.21.3 Operations........................................................................................................... 2-42
2.22 Call Waiting.................................................................................................................... 2-43
2.22.2 Preconditions....................................................................................................... 2-43
2.22.3 Operations........................................................................................................... 2-44
2.23 Call Waiting (Hong Kong) .............................................................................................. 2-45
2.23.2 Preconditions....................................................................................................... 2-45
2.23.3 Operations........................................................................................................... 2-45
2.24 Call Back........................................................................................................................ 2-47
2.24.2 Preconditions....................................................................................................... 2-47
2.24.3 Operations........................................................................................................... 2-47
2.25 Call Back (Hong Kong) .................................................................................................. 2-49
2.25.2 Preconditions....................................................................................................... 2-49
2.25.3 Operations........................................................................................................... 2-49
2.26 Three-Party Service....................................................................................................... 2-51
2.26.2 Preconditions....................................................................................................... 2-51
2.26.3 Operations........................................................................................................... 2-51

iv

Table of Contents
2.27 Three-Party Service....................................................................................................... 2-52

2.27.2 Preconditions....................................................................................................... 2-53
2.27.3 Operations........................................................................................................... 2-53
2.28 Conference .................................................................................................................... 2-54
2.28.2 Preconditions....................................................................................................... 2-54
2.28.3 Operations........................................................................................................... 2-54
2.29 Auto List Conference ..................................................................................................... 2-56
2.29.2 Preconditions....................................................................................................... 2-56
2.29.3 Operations........................................................................................................... 2-56
2.30 Convener-Authorized Conference ................................................................................. 2-58
2.30.2 Preconditions....................................................................................................... 2-58
2.30.3 Operations........................................................................................................... 2-58
2.31 Designated Pickup......................................................................................................... 2-59
2.31.2 Preconditions....................................................................................................... 2-59
2.31.3 Operations........................................................................................................... 2-59
2.32 Call Transfer .................................................................................................................. 2-60
2.32.2 Preconditions....................................................................................................... 2-60
2.32.3 Operations........................................................................................................... 2-60
2.33 Call Transfer (Hong Kong)............................................................................................. 2-61
2.33.2 Preconditions....................................................................................................... 2-61
2.33.3 Operations........................................................................................................... 2-61
2.34 Calling Line Identification Presentation ......................................................................... 2-63
2.34.2 Preconditions....................................................................................................... 2-63
2.34.3 Operations........................................................................................................... 2-63
2.35 Calling Line Identification Presentation (Hong Kong) .................................................... 2-64

v

Table of Contents
2.35.2 Preconditions....................................................................................................... 2-64

2.35.3 Operations........................................................................................................... 2-64
2.36 Calling Line Identification Restriction............................................................................. 2-65
2.36.2 Preconditions....................................................................................................... 2-65
2.36.3 Operations........................................................................................................... 2-66
2.37 Calling Line Identification Restriction Override.............................................................. 2-67
2.37.2 Preconditions....................................................................................................... 2-67
2.37.3 Operations........................................................................................................... 2-67
2.38 Permanent Reservation for Calling Line Identification Restriction (Class-C Subscribers)2-68
2.38.2 Preconditions....................................................................................................... 2-68
2.38.3 Operations........................................................................................................... 2-68
2.39 Number Barring.............................................................................................................. 2-69
2.39.2 Preconditions....................................................................................................... 2-69
2.39.3 Operations........................................................................................................... 2-69
2.40 Secretary Service........................................................................................................... 2-71
2.40.2 Preconditions....................................................................................................... 2-71
2.40.3 Operations........................................................................................................... 2-71
2.41 Secretary Station Service .............................................................................................. 2-73
2.41.2 Preconditions....................................................................................................... 2-73
2.41.3 Operations........................................................................................................... 2-73
2.42 Temporary Reservation for Calling Line Identification Presentation (Class-B Subscribers)2-74
2.42.2 Preconditions....................................................................................................... 2-74
2.42.3 Operations........................................................................................................... 2-75
2.43 Temporary Unblock of Calling Line Identification Restriction (Hong Kong) .................. 2-75
2.43.2 Preconditions....................................................................................................... 2-76
2.43.3 Operations........................................................................................................... 2-76

vi

Table of Contents

2.44 Temporary Reservation for Calling Line Identification Restriction (Class-A Subscribers)2-76
2.44.2 Preconditions....................................................................................................... 2-76
2.44.3 Operations........................................................................................................... 2-77
2.45 Temporary Block of Calling Line Identification Presentation (Hong Kong) ................... 2-77
2.45.2 Preconditions....................................................................................................... 2-78
2.45.3 Operations........................................................................................................... 2-78
2.46 Caller Identification Display during Call Waiting (Hong Kong) ...................................... 2-78
2.46.2 Preconditions....................................................................................................... 2-78
2.46.3 Operations........................................................................................................... 2-79
2.47 Designated Destination Code Allowed .......................................................................... 2-80
2.47.2 Preconditions....................................................................................................... 2-80
2.47.3 Operations........................................................................................................... 2-80
2.48 Password Call (Hong Kong) .......................................................................................... 2-82
2.48.2 Preconditions....................................................................................................... 2-82
2.48.3 Operations........................................................................................................... 2-82
2.49 Remotely Activate Call Forwarding (Hong Kong) .......................................................... 2-83
2.49.2 Preconditions....................................................................................................... 2-83
2.49.3 Operations........................................................................................................... 2-84
2.50 Remotely Activate Call Forwarding (Hong KongCard Mode...................................... 2-85
2.50.2 Preconditions....................................................................................................... 2-85
2.50.3 Operations........................................................................................................... 2-86
2.51 Block the Blocker (Hong Kong)...................................................................................... 2-86
2.51.2 Preconditions....................................................................................................... 2-86
2.51.3 Operations........................................................................................................... 2-86
2.52 Temporary Restriction of Call Waiting (Hong Kong)...................................................... 2-87

vii

Table of Contents

2.52.2 Preconditions....................................................................................................... 2-87
2.52.3 Operations........................................................................................................... 2-87
2.53 Number Incomplete (Hong Kong) .................................................................................. 2-89
2.53.2 Preconditions....................................................................................................... 2-89
2.53.3 Operations........................................................................................................... 2-89
2.54 Calling Name Identification Sending (Hong Kong) ........................................................ 2-89
2.54.2 Preconditions....................................................................................................... 2-90
2.54.3 Operations........................................................................................................... 2-90
2.55 Calling Name Identification Presentation (Hong Kong) ................................................. 2-91
2.55.2 Preconditions....................................................................................................... 2-91
2.55.3 Operations........................................................................................................... 2-91
2.56 Circular Hunting (Hong Kong)........................................................................................ 2-92
2.56.2 Preconditions....................................................................................................... 2-92
2.56.3 Operations........................................................................................................... 2-92
2.57 Call Rejection in Calling Line Identification Restriction (Hong Kong) ............................ 2-93
2.57.2 Preconditions....................................................................................................... 2-93
2.57.3 Operations........................................................................................................... 2-93
2.58 Operator Call-in Barring................................................................................................. 2-94
2.58.2 Preconditions....................................................................................................... 2-94
2.58.3 Operations........................................................................................................... 2-94
2.59 Inquiry (Brazil)................................................................................................................ 2-95
2.59.2 Preconditions....................................................................................................... 2-95
2.59.3 Operations........................................................................................................... 2-95
2.60 Inquiry (Hong Kong)....................................................................................................... 2-96
2.60.2 Preconditions....................................................................................................... 2-96

viii

Table of Contents
2.60.3 Operations........................................................................................................... 2-96

2.61 Message Waiting Indication (Brazil) .............................................................................. 2-97
2.61.2 Preconditions....................................................................................................... 2-97
2.61.3 Operations........................................................................................................... 2-97
2.62 Call Forwarding Busy to Voice Mailbox (Hong Kong).................................................... 2-98
2.62.2 Preconditions....................................................................................................... 2-98
2.62.3 Operations........................................................................................................... 2-98
2.63 Call Forwarding No Reply to Voice Mailbox (Hong Kong)........................................... 2-100
2.63.1 Service Introduction .......................................................................................... 2-100
2.63.2 Preconditions..................................................................................................... 2-100
2.63.3 Operations......................................................................................................... 2-100
2.63.4 Points for Attention............................................................................................ 2-100
2.64 Register as Operator ................................................................................................... 2-101
2.64.2 Preconditions..................................................................................................... 2-101
2.64.3 Operations......................................................................................................... 2-101
2.65 Do-Not-Disturb When Active........................................................................................ 2-102
2.65.2 Preconditions..................................................................................................... 2-102
2.65.3 Operations......................................................................................................... 2-103
2.66 Call Transfer by Caller Hooking................................................................................... 2-103
2.66.2 Preconditions..................................................................................................... 2-103
2.66.3 Operations......................................................................................................... 2-104
2.67 Call Indication .............................................................................................................. 2-105
2.67.2 Preconditions..................................................................................................... 2-105
2.67.3 Operations......................................................................................................... 2-105
2.68 Quota Restricted Calling.............................................................................................. 2-106
2.68.2 Preconditions..................................................................................................... 2-106
2.68.3 Operations......................................................................................................... 2-106

ix

Table of Contents
2.69 Alarm for Quota Restriction ......................................................................................... 2-107

2.69.2 Preconditions..................................................................................................... 2-107
2.69.3 Charging............................................................................................................ 2-107
2.70 Quota Restored Monthly.............................................................................................. 2-108
2.70.2 Preconditions..................................................................................................... 2-108
2.70.3 Operations......................................................................................................... 2-108
2.71 Time Restricted Calling................................................................................................ 2-109
2.71.2 Preconditions..................................................................................................... 2-109
2.71.3 Operations......................................................................................................... 2-109
2.72 Call Forwarding by Time.............................................................................................. 2-110
2.72.2 Preconditions..................................................................................................... 2-110
2.72.3 Operations......................................................................................................... 2-110
2.73 Call Forwarding Offline ................................................................................................ 2-111
2.73.2 Preconditions..................................................................................................... 2-111
2.73.3 Operations......................................................................................................... 2-112
2.74 Call Forwarding No Reply in Call Waiting (Hong Kong) .............................................. 2-112
2.74.2 Preconditions..................................................................................................... 2-113
2.74.3 Operations......................................................................................................... 2-113
2.75 Call Forwarding Unconditional to Voice Mailbox (Hong Kong).................................... 2-114
2.75.2 Preconditions..................................................................................................... 2-114
2.75.3 Operations......................................................................................................... 2-114
2.76 Selective Call Forwarding (Hong Kong) ...................................................................... 2-115
2.76.2 Preconditions..................................................................................................... 2-116
2.76.3 Operations......................................................................................................... 2-116
2.77 Selective Call Acceptance (Hong Kong)...................................................................... 2-119

x

Table of Contents
2.77.2 Preconditions..................................................................................................... 2-119

2.77.3 Operations......................................................................................................... 2-119
2.78 Selective Call Rejection (Hong Kong) ......................................................................... 2-121
2.78.2 Preconditions..................................................................................................... 2-122
2.78.3 Operations......................................................................................................... 2-122
2.79 Super Do-Not-Disturb (Hong Kong)............................................................................. 2-124
2.79.2 Preconditions..................................................................................................... 2-124
2.79.3 Operations......................................................................................................... 2-124
2.80 Message Waiting Notification (Hong Kong)................................................................. 2-127
2.80.2 Preconditions..................................................................................................... 2-127
2.80.3 Operations......................................................................................................... 2-127
2.81 Interception Service ..................................................................................................... 2-128
2.81.2 Preconditions..................................................................................................... 2-128
2.81.3 Operations......................................................................................................... 2-128
2.82 Remotely Set Call Forwarding Unconditional .............................................................. 2-129
2.82.2 Preconditions..................................................................................................... 2-129
2.82.3 Operations......................................................................................................... 2-129
2.83 Remotely Set Call Forwarding Busy ............................................................................ 2-130
2.83.2 Preconditions..................................................................................................... 2-130
2.83.3 Operations......................................................................................................... 2-130
2.84 Remotely Set Call Forwarding No Reply ..................................................................... 2-132
2.84.2 Preconditions..................................................................................................... 2-132
2.84.3 Operations......................................................................................................... 2-132
2.85 Call Forwarding Restriction (Hong Kong) .................................................................... 2-133
2.85.2 Preconditions..................................................................................................... 2-133
2.85.3 Operations......................................................................................................... 2-133

xi

Table of Contents

2.86 Call Forwarding List ..................................................................................................... 2-134
2.86.2 Preconditions..................................................................................................... 2-134
2.86.3 Operations......................................................................................................... 2-134
2.87 Temporary Block of Calling Name Identification Presentation (Hong Kong)............... 2-135
2.87.2 Preconditions..................................................................................................... 2-135
2.87.3 Operations......................................................................................................... 2-135
2.88 Temporary Unblock of Calling Name Identification Restriction (Hong Kong).............. 2-136
2.88.2 Preconditions..................................................................................................... 2-136
2.88.3 Operations......................................................................................................... 2-136
2.89 Advice of Charge at Call End....................................................................................... 2-136
2.89.2 Preconditions..................................................................................................... 2-137
2.89.3 Operations......................................................................................................... 2-137
2.90 Call Hold (Brazil) .......................................................................................................... 2-138
2.90.2 Preconditions..................................................................................................... 2-138
2.90.3 Operations......................................................................................................... 2-138
2.91 International Operator Call-in Barring (Hong Kong) .................................................... 2-139
2.91.2 Preconditions..................................................................................................... 2-139
2.91.3 Operations......................................................................................................... 2-139
2.92 Password Modification................................................................................................. 2-140
2.92.2 Preconditions..................................................................................................... 2-140
2.92.3 Operations......................................................................................................... 2-140
2.93 Ring Back (Hong Kong) ............................................................................................... 2-141
2.93.2 Preconditions..................................................................................................... 2-141
2.93.3 Operations......................................................................................................... 2-141
2.94 Quick Access Function (Hong Kong)........................................................................... 2-141

xii

Table of Contents

2.94.2 Preconditions..................................................................................................... 2-141
2.94.3 Operations......................................................................................................... 2-142
2.95 Party Line Call (Hong Kong) ........................................................................................ 2-142
2.95.2 Preconditions..................................................................................................... 2-142
2.95.3 Operations......................................................................................................... 2-142
2.96 PBX Call Forwarding Unconditional (Hong Kong) ....................................................... 2-143
2.96.2 Preconditions..................................................................................................... 2-143
2.96.3 Operations......................................................................................................... 2-143
2.97 PBX Call Forwarding Busy (Hong Kong)..................................................................... 2-144
2.97.2 Preconditions..................................................................................................... 2-145
2.97.3 Operations......................................................................................................... 2-145
2.98 PBX Call Forwarding No Reply (Hong Kong) .............................................................. 2-146
2.98.2 Preconditions..................................................................................................... 2-146
2.98.3 Operations......................................................................................................... 2-146
2.99 PBX Block the Blocker (Hong Kong) ........................................................................... 2-148
2.99.2 Preconditions..................................................................................................... 2-148
2.99.3 Operations......................................................................................................... 2-148
2.100 PBX Remotely Activate Call Forwarding (Hong Kong).............................................. 2-149
2.100.1 Service Introduction ........................................................................................ 2-149
2.100.2 Preconditions................................................................................................... 2-149
2.100.3 Operations....................................................................................................... 2-149
2.100.4 Points for Attention.......................................................................................... 2-150
2.101 PBX Line Hunting ...................................................................................................... 2-151
2.101.2 Preconditions................................................................................................... 2-151
2.101.3 Operations....................................................................................................... 2-151
2.102 Collect Call (Brazil) .................................................................................................... 2-151
2.102.2 Preconditions................................................................................................... 2-152

xiii

Table of Contents
2.102.3 Operations....................................................................................................... 2-153

2.103 Cancel All Registered Supplementary Services ........................................................ 2-153
2.103.2 Preconditions................................................................................................... 2-153
2.103.3 Operations....................................................................................................... 2-153
Chapter 3 IP Centrex Services ..................................................................................................... 3-1
3.1 Overview of IP Centrex Services ....................................................................................... 3-1
3.2 IP Centrex Basic Services ................................................................................................. 3-1
3.2.1 Introduction of IP Centrex Basic Services............................................................... 3-1
3.2.2 Intra-Group Calling Out ........................................................................................... 3-1
3.2.3 Out-Group Calling Out ............................................................................................ 3-1
3.2.4 Intra-Group Calling In.............................................................................................. 3-1
3.2.5 Out-Group Calling In ............................................................................................... 3-2
3.2.6 Distinctive Ringing................................................................................................... 3-2
3.2.7 Emergency Call ....................................................................................................... 3-2
3.3 IP Centrex Supplementary Services.................................................................................. 3-2
3.3.1 Introduction to IP Centrex Supplementary Services ............................................... 3-2
3.3.2 Group-Shared Abbreviated Dialing ......................................................................... 3-2
3.3.3 Register Console..................................................................................................... 3-4
3.3.4 Designated Pickup in Centrex................................................................................. 3-5
3.3.5 Do-Not-Disturb When Active ................................................................................... 3-6
3.3.6 Into-Centrex Call Forwarding .................................................................................. 3-7
3.3.7 Call Forwarding Unconditional to Centrex Attendant .............................................. 3-9
3.3.8 Call Forwarding Busy to Centrex Attendant.......................................................... 3-11
3.3.9 Call Forwarding No Reply to Centrex Attendant ................................................... 3-12
3.3.10 Operator Interception .......................................................................................... 3-13
3.3.11 Operator Interception (Hong Kong)..................................................................... 3-14
3.3.12 Operator Break In................................................................................................ 3-16
3.3.13 Operator Break In (Hong Kong) .......................................................................... 3-17
3.3.14 Forced Release by Operator............................................................................... 3-18
3.3.15 Forced Release by Operator (Hong Kong) ......................................................... 3-20
3.3.16 Dedicated Line Call ............................................................................................. 3-21
3.3.17 Co-Group Pickup................................................................................................. 3-22
3.3.18 Wide Area Centrex Service................................................................................. 3-23
3.3.19 IP Console........................................................................................................... 3-24
3.3.20 IP Supermarket ................................................................................................... 3-24
Chapter 4 Multimedia Services .................................................................................................... 4-1
4.1 Overview of Multimedia Services....................................................................................... 4-1
4.2 Point-to-Point Multimedia Communication ........................................................................ 4-1
4.2.1 Video Communication ............................................................................................. 4-1
xiv

Table of Contents
4.2.2 Chat......................................................................................................................... 4-2

4.2.3 File Transfer ............................................................................................................ 4-2
4.2.4 Program Sharing ..................................................................................................... 4-2
4.2.5 Electronic Whiteboard ............................................................................................. 4-3
4.3 Multimedia Video Conference Initiated by MediaCentre ................................................... 4-3
4.3.1 Flow of Video Conference Initiated by MediaCentre............................................... 4-3
4.3.2 Adding Site .............................................................................................................. 4-3
4.3.3 Defining Conference ............................................................................................... 4-3
4.3.4 Scheduling Conference........................................................................................... 4-3
4.3.5 Controlling Conference ........................................................................................... 4-4
4.3.6 Ending Conference ................................................................................................. 4-4
4.4 Multimedia Video Conference Initiated by ViewPoint iDo.................................................. 4-4
4.4.1 Flow of Video Conference Initiated by ViewPoint iDo............................................. 4-4
4.4.2 Defining Site ............................................................................................................ 4-5
4.4.3 Defining Conference ............................................................................................... 4-5
4.4.4 Starting Conference ................................................................................................ 4-5
4.4.5 Controlling Conference ........................................................................................... 4-5
4.4.6 Ending Conference ................................................................................................. 4-5
Chapter 5 Value Added Services ................................................................................................. 5-1
5.1 Overview of Value Added Services ................................................................................... 5-1
5.2 Personal Communication Agent Service ........................................................................... 5-1
5.2.2 Example .................................................................................................................. 5-2
5.3 SIP Based Pre-Paid Service.............................................................................................. 5-3
5.3.2 Example .................................................................................................................. 5-4
5.4 Presence Service............................................................................................................... 5-5
5.4.2 Example .................................................................................................................. 5-5
5.5 Unified Communication Service......................................................................................... 5-6
5.5.2 Example .................................................................................................................. 5-7
5.6 Card Calling Service .......................................................................................................... 5-8
5.6.2 Service Features ..................................................................................................... 5-8
5.6.3 Example ................................................................................................................ 5-10
5.7 Advanced Prepaid Service .............................................................................................. 5-10
xv

Table of Contents
5.7.2 Service Features ................................................................................................... 5-11

5.7.3 Example ................................................................................................................ 5-12
5.8 Family Free Phone Service ............................................................................................. 5-13
5.8.3 Example ................................................................................................................ 5-15
5.9 Virtual Private Network Service ....................................................................................... 5-16
5.9.3 Example ................................................................................................................ 5-19
5.10 Intelligent Public Telephone Service ............................................................................. 5-22
5.10.2 Service Features ................................................................................................. 5-22
5.10.3 Example .............................................................................................................. 5-26
5.11 Telecom Communicate Partner Service........................................................................ 5-28
5.11.3 Example .............................................................................................................. 5-30
5.12 Number Portability Service ............................................................................................ 5-31
5.12.3 Example .............................................................................................................. 5-32
Chapter 6 ISDN Supplementary Services ................................................................................... 6-1
6.1 Direct Dial-In (DDI)............................................................................................................. 6-1
6.2 Multiple Subscriber Numbers (MSN) ................................................................................. 6-1
6.3 Calling Line Identification Presentation (CLIP) and Calling Line Identification Restriction
(CLIR) ...................................................................................................................................... 6-1
6.4 Connected Line Identification Presentation (COLP) and Connected Line Identification
Restriction (COLR)................................................................................................................... 6-1
6.5 Default Reservation for Calling Line Identification Restriction (RID) ................................. 6-1
6.6 Call Forwarding Services................................................................................................... 6-2
6.7 Call Waiting........................................................................................................................ 6-2
6.8 Call Hold ............................................................................................................................ 6-2
6.9 Conference ........................................................................................................................ 6-3
6.10 Three-Party Service......................................................................................................... 6-3
6.11 Advice of Charge at Call End........................................................................................... 6-3
6.12 User-to-User Signaling .................................................................................................... 6-3
6.13 User Sub-Address ........................................................................................................... 6-3
6.14 Do-Not-Disturb Service.................................................................................................... 6-4
6.15 Hotline Service................................................................................................................. 6-4
6.16 Wakeup Service............................................................................................................... 6-4
6.17 Outgoing Call Barring ...................................................................................................... 6-4
xvi

Table of Contents
Chapter 7 Functions and Features .............................................................................................. 7-1

7.1 Overview of Functions ....................................................................................................... 7-1
7.1.1 Charging Functions ................................................................................................. 7-1
7.1.2 Number Processing Functions ................................................................................ 7-1
7.1.3 Gateway Office Functions ....................................................................................... 7-1
7.1.4 Tandem Office Functions ........................................................................................ 7-1
7.1.5 SSP Functions......................................................................................................... 7-2
7.1.6 Dual Homing Functions........................................................................................... 7-2
7.1.7 IPTN Functions........................................................................................................ 7-2
7.1.8 Multi-Country-Code, Multi-Area-Code, and Multi-Time-Zone Functions................. 7-2
7.1.9 Multi-Signaling-Point-Code Functions..................................................................... 7-2
7.1.10 Remote Network Access Functions ...................................................................... 7-2
7.2 Charging Functions............................................................................................................ 7-3
7.2.1 Flexible Charging Modes ........................................................................................ 7-3
7.2.2 Improved Bill Management ..................................................................................... 7-4
7.3 Number Processing Functions........................................................................................... 7-5
7.3.1 Powerful Processing Capability............................................................................... 7-5
7.3.2 Flexible Processing Modes ..................................................................................... 7-5
7.4 Gateway Office Functions.................................................................................................. 7-6
7.4.1 Comprehensive Authentication and Interception Capabilities ................................ 7-6
7.4.2 Precise and Flexible Charging Capabilities ............................................................ 7-6
7.4.3 Powerful and Secure Bill Storage and Transmission Capabilities .......................... 7-6
7.5 Tandem Office Functions................................................................................................... 7-7
7.6 SSP Functions ................................................................................................................... 7-7
7.6.1 Free Phone Service ................................................................................................ 7-7
7.6.2 Account Card Calling Service ................................................................................. 7-7
7.6.3 Universal Personal Telecommunication Service..................................................... 7-7
7.6.4 Mass Calling Service............................................................................................... 7-8
7.6.5 Televoting Service................................................................................................... 7-8
7.6.6 Wide Area Centrex Service..................................................................................... 7-8
7.6.7 IP800 Service .......................................................................................................... 7-8
7.7 Dual Homing Functions ..................................................................................................... 7-9
7.7.1 Introduction to Dual Homing.................................................................................... 7-9
7.7.2 Manual Switchover.................................................................................................. 7-9
7.7.3 Automatic Switchover.............................................................................................. 7-9
7.8 IPTN Functions ................................................................................................................ 7-10
7.9 Multi-Country-Code, Multi-Area-Code, and Multi-Time-Zone Functions ......................... 7-10
7.10 Multi-Signaling-Point-Code Function ............................................................................. 7-10
7.11 Remote Network Access Function................................................................................. 7-11

xvii

Table of Contents
Appendix A Acronyms and Abbreviations ................................................................................A-1

Index ................................................................................................................................................ i-1

xviii

Chapter 1 Voice Services

1.1 Overview of Voice Services
The SoftX3000 voice services consist of two parts:
z
Basic voice services
Fax services
1.2 Basic Voice Services

The basic voice services are basic call connection functions provided by the SoftX3000,
including intra-office call, local call, national toll call, international toll call, tandem call,
emergency calls, special service calls, and private branch exchange (PBX) services.
The SoftX3000 supports basic voice services interacting among terminals deployed in
public switched telephone network (PSTN) as well as terminals based on media
gateway control protocol (MGCP), H.248/MECAMGO protocol (H.248), session
initiation protocol (SIP), and H.323.
1.3 Fax Services

Fax services refer to the exchange of files between two fax machines by transferring
coded information. The SoftX3000 supports group-3 and group-4 fax services with the
following features:
z
Access media gateway (AMG)/integrated access device (IAD)/universal media

gateway (UMG)/trunk media gateway (TMG) supports report of fax tones.
AMG/IAD/UMG supports fax services, with fax machine attached.
The SoftX3000 supports codec switchover function. It converts codec codes to

T.38 format, and then transmits them transparently in the packet switched domain,
thus ensuring end-to-end fax services of high quality.
1.4 Intra-Office Calls

1.4.1 Introduction to Intra-Office Calls
An intra-office call happens between two subscribers in the same softswitch office. It
does not occupy any trunk in the SoftX3000.
1.4.2 Operations of Intra-Office Calls

A subscriber can originate an intra-office call by one of the following ways:

1-1

z
As an ordinary subscriber, the caller can dial the telephone number of a callee
directly.
As a Centrex subscriber, the caller needs to dial the outgoing prefix first, and then
the callee number. If both the caller and callee belong to the same Centrex group,
the caller can dial the short Centrex number of the callee directly.
If the local office supports multiple area codes, and the caller and callee are
subject to different area codes, the caller needs to dial the toll prefix and the code
of the area where the callee is located before the callee number, that is, toll prefix
+ toll area code + callee number. As a Centrex subscriber, the caller needs to dial
the outgoing prefix + toll prefix + toll prefix + callee number.
If the local office supports multiple country codes, and the caller and callee are
subject to different country codes, the caller needs to dial the international toll
prefix, country code, and toll area code before the callee number, that is,
international toll prefix + country code + toll area code + callee number. As a
Centrex subscriber, the caller needs to dial the outgoing prefix + international toll
prefix + country code + toll area code + callee number.
1.5 Local Calls

1.5.1 Introduction to Local Calls
The SoftX3000 supports call connections between local subscribers, including urban
subscribers and rural subscribers. If a local call is an intra-office call, it will not occupy
any trunk resource; otherwise, it will occupy trunk resource.
1.5.2 Operations of Local Calls

A subscriber can originate a local call by one of the following ways:
z
As an ordinary subscriber, the caller can dial the telephone number of a callee
directly.
the callee number. If both the caller and callee belong to the same Centrex group,
the caller can dial the short Centrex number of the callee directly.
1.6 National Toll Calls

1.6.1 Introduction to National Toll Calls
The SoftX3000 supports subscribers to originate or receive national toll calls. National
toll calls are connected through the selection of routes and sub-routes, and they occupy
trunk lines.

1-2

1.6.2 Operations of National Toll Calls

A subscriber can originate a national toll call by one of the following ways:
z
As an ordinary subscriber, the caller needs to dial the toll prefix + toll area code +
callee number.
As a Centrex subscriber, the caller needs to dial the outgoing prefix + toll prefix +
toll prefix + callee number. If both the caller and callee belong to the same wide
area Centrex (WAC) group, the caller can dial the short Centrex number of the
callee directly.
1.7 International Toll Calls

1.7.1 Introduction to International Toll Calls
There are two types of international toll calls, namely, automatic call connection and
semi-automatic call connection. The SoftX3000 supports subscribers to originate or
receive international toll calls.
1.7.2 Operations of International Toll Calls

A subscriber can originate an international toll call by one of the following ways:
z
As an ordinary subscriber, the caller needs to dial the international toll prefix +
country code + toll area code + callee number, or international toll prefix +
international toll area code + callee number.
As a Centrex subscriber, the caller needs to dial the outgoing prefix + international
toll prefix + country code + toll area code + callee number, or outgoing prefix +
international toll prefix + international toll area code + callee number. If both the
caller and callee belong to the same WAC group, the caller can dial the short
Centrex number of the callee directly.
1.8 Tandem Calls

1.8.1 Introduction to Tandem Calls
The SoftX3000 supports the tandem and forwarding of national toll calls and
international toll calls.
Note:
Local transit traffic is not subject to tandem calls.

1-3

1.8.2 Operations of Tandem Calls

Tandem calls are completed by the SoftX3000 automatically.
1.9 Emergency Calls

1.9.1 Introduction to Emergency Calls
Emergency calls, such as police call, fire emergency call, ambulance call, and traffic
accident call, share basically the same calling procedures as ordinary calls, with the
only exception that no authentication is required for emergency calls. The emergency
calls are free, even available to the defaulting subscribers.
1.9.2 Operations of Emergency Calls

A subscriber can originate an emergency call by one of the following ways:
z
As an ordinary subscriber, the caller can dial the emergency number directly.
the emergency number.
1.10 Special Service Calls

1.10.1 Introduction to Special Service Calls
The SoftX3000 supports various inquiry and complaint services, such as number
inquiry, exception inquiry, time inquiry, and voice message inquiry.
1.10.2 Operations of Special Service Calls

A subscriber can originate a special service call by one of the following ways:
z
As an ordinary subscriber, the caller can dial the special service number directly.
the special service number.
1.11 PBX Services

1.11.1 Introduction to PBX Services
PBX, also called subscriber exchange, is a kind of dedicated exchange used for
internal calls in government organs, factories, and enterprises. With the development
of the next generation network (NGN), the concept of PBX has been expanded, and the
softswitch architecture has become the development direction for IP-PBX (IP-based
PBX) solution.
The SoftX3000-based IP-PBX solution developed by Huawei is shown in the following
figure:
1-4


SoftX3000
H.323
SIP
23/
H.3
H.
24
8/M
GC
P
H.248
/
MGC
P
H.
24
8/I
UA
SIP
FXO
PRI
Analog subscriber
line interface
IAD
H.323 Phone Soft Phone SIP Phone
PSTN
Loop trunk line

interface
PBX
Figure 1-1 Typical networking of PBX accessing the SoftX3000

At present, PBX supports two applications: interconnection with PBX and call center
function.
1)
Interconnection with PBX
As shown in the above figure, the PBX only needs to offer the loop trunk lines for
interconnecting with the analog subscriber line interfaces of the IAD/AMG. Seen from
the SoftX3000 side, each trunk line of the PBX is equivalent to one ordinary subscriber
line, and all the subscribers of the PBX share several trunk lines. The SoftX3000
allocates a number to the PBX, which will be used as the attendant console number of
the PBX.
The SoftX3000 allocates a number to all subscriber lines connected with a certain PBX,
which will serve as the PBX pilot number. When a subscriber dials this pilot number, the
call processing program will select an idle subscriber line connected with the PBX
according to the PBX line hunting mode set in the SoftX3000 to put through the call.
PBX successive selection brings the following advantages:
z
The subscribers only need to memorize one number.
Load can be shared among the subscriber lines connected with the PBX
according to the data setting in the SoftX3000 when multiple calls are made to this
pilot number.
If only there is an idle subscriber line, the call will certainly be put through.
2)
Call center function
The SoftX3000 supports such terminals as ESL, SIP, H.323, and SoftPhone, which can
be grouped into a PBX subscriber group depending on the actual need and a PBX pilot
number can be allocated to this PBX group. When a subscriber dials this pilot number,
the call processing program will select an idle subscriber line connected with the PBX
1-5

according to the PBX successive selection mode set in the SoftX3000 to put through
the call.
One of the typical applications of Call Center is the special service number such as
police number and fire emergency number. Take the police number as an example.
This number corresponds to several phone sets at the special service console. When a
subscriber dials this number, successive selection will be carried out among these
phone sets.
1.11.2 Operations of PBX Calls

PBX subscribers are classified as those occupying number resources and those not
occupying number resources.
z
The former PBX subscribers have been allocated with telephone numbers. If a
subscriber dials the number of a PBX subscriber instead of the PBX pilot number,
the call can be put through, but successive selection will not be carried out.
The latter PBX subscribers have not been allocated with telephone numbers, that
is, only subscriber devices are allocated. The pilot number is used as the calling
number and charged number for these subscribers.
When adding a PBX subscriber group, if the pilot number corresponds to a subscriber
number, the additional property of this subscriber will be normal. For the other
subscribers in the PBX, the additional property of those occupying number resources is
PBX subscriber who occupies number resources, and that of those not occupying
number resources is PBX subscriber who does not occupies number resources.
In the SoftX3000, PBX successive selection means one PBX corresponds to one
subscriber group, and one subscriber group is composed of several subscriber ports.
The subscriber ports that can achieve successive selection and have the same PBX
pilot number belong to one PBX subscriber group. Each PBX subscriber group contains
several subscriber ports, and it supports different terminals such as ESL phone, SIP
phone, H.323 phone, and soft phone.
1.12 G3 Fax Services

G3 fax machines take corresponding measures to reduce information redundancy in
packet signals before modulation. Their primary scanning beam density is 8 dot/mm,
and the secondary scanning beam density is 3.85 L/mm and 7.7 L/mm. They can
transmit a page of ISO A4 word file on a channel at a rate of 4800 bit/s (or 9600 bit/s),
using about one minute.
1.13 G4 Fax Services

G4 fax machines, used in public data network (PDN), take measure to reduce
information redundancy in packet signals to be sent. They are applicable to the
communication procedures of PDN and can ensure the error-free reception of files.
1-6

They can complete the transmission of a page of ISO A4 file at a rate of 64 kbit/s within
15 seconds.

1-7

Chapter 2 Supplementary Services

2.1 Overview of Supplementary Services
2.1.1 Classification of Supplementary Services
The supplementary services supported by the SoftX3000 fall into two categories:
z
Ordinary supplementary services
ISDN supplementary services.
The former includes abbreviated dialing, absent subscriber service, do-not-disturb

service, and other services.
The latter contains such services as direct dial-in, multiple subscriber numbers,
user-to-user signaling, and so on.
This chapter focuses on the ordinary supplementary services, and introduces the ISDN
supplementary services simply.
2.1.2 Preconditions
I. Setting Prefix of Oridnary Supplementary Service (Optional)
In different countries or regions, the prefix of the same supplementary service might
vary. You can set or modify a supplementary service prefix with the command ADD
CNACLD or MOD CNACLD. Refer to the section Prefix Data in U-SYS SoftX3000
SoftSwitch System Operation Manual-Configuration Guide for details.
Note:
Unless otherwise noted, the default prefixes in the SoftX3000 are used to introduce the activation,
registration, implementation, verification, and deregistration of various supplementary services.
II. Setting Authority for Supplementary Serivce

After a common subscriber is granted for the registration of a supplementary service,
the carrier administrator will enable the subscriber with the authority for this
supplementary service with the command MOD VSBR (for modifying information of
voice subscribers), or MOD MSBR (modifying information of multi-media subscribers),
or MOD SS (modifying authority for supplementary services).

2-1

III. Setting Phone Hooking Time on IAD/AMG

Due to different requirements on phone hooking time in different countries, it is
necessary to set the hooking time by executing a corresponding command on the
IAD/AMG.
For example, on Huawei IAD/AMG, you can set it with the command mg
system-parameter name value.
2.1.3 Operations
After you enable a common subscriber with the authority for a supplementary service
with the command MOD VSBR, MOD MSBR, or MOD SS, this supplementary service
can be registered or deregistered in the following ways:
I. Registering or Deregistering a Supplementary Service on Phone

A common subscriber can register or deregister a supplementary service on phone by
inputting the supplementary service number in the numbering plan of a specific country.
For example, a local subscriber A (8888008) can do as follows to register the
abbreviated dialing service on a DTMF phone set, setting that the short number 11
represents the number 8888568:
1)
Subscriber A picks up the phone and hears the dial tone.
2)
Subscriber A dials *51*11*8888568#.
3)
After hearing the announcement prompting successful registration, Subscriber A

hangs up.
Caution:
z
SIP phones (hard phone and soft phone) cannot report #, so a common subscriber
must register or deregister a supplementary service on a SIP phone in the same
way as on a pulse phone.
A common subscriber can register, verify, and deregister a supplementary service

in multiple input formats, which are differentiated by the different positions of *, #,
and service keyword, as well as different additional conditions. You can modify the
input format with the command MOD SYNANA. This manual presents various
operations with the default input format only. Note that this command is not
supported in the versions earlier than V300R002.

2-2

II. Registering or Deregistering a Supplementary Service with MML

Commands
As listed in Table 2-1, you (carrier administrator) can register, deregister, or display
supplementary services or implement other functions with different commands.
Table 2-1 List of commands for supplementary services
Function
Command
Registering a call forwarding service
ADD CFDATA
Deregistering a call forwarding service
RMV CFDATA
Listing information of a call forwarding service
LST CFDATA
Listing number of subscribers of a supplementary service
LST CFDATA
Registering a supplementary service
REG SS
Deregistering a supplementary service
RPL SS
Displaying registration information of supplementary services of a subscriber
DSP SS
Listing bill information of malicious calls
LST ALMMAL
For example, you can set as follows to register the abbreviated dialing service for a
local subscriber (8888008) with the local DN set being 0, setting that the short number
11 represents the number 8888568:
REG SS: LDNSET=0,D=K'8888008, SST=ADI,SDSN=K'11, SDFN=K'8888568;
Note:
Unless otherwise specified, this manual describes the registration, verification, and deregistration of
supplementary services on ordinary phone sets.
2.1.4 Conflict between Supplementary Services

Some supplementary services cannot be registered simultaneously, as shown in
Table 2-2. The first column lists the services registered first, and the first row displays
the services registered subsequently. indicates that there is a conflict between the
two services, and blank stands for no conflict. For details, refer to Points for Attention
of each supplementary service.

2-3

Note:
The conflict between two services might not be bi-directional, for example, if a subscriber cannot register
service B after registration for service A, it is possible that the subscriber can register service A after
registration for service B.
Table 2-2 Conflict between supplementary services

CCA
CCA
DND
CFU
CFB
CFO
CFNR
BCB
DND
CFU
CFB
CFO
CFNR
BCB
CFUCS
SCF
SCA
SCR
CFUCS
SCF
SCA
SCR
2.2 Abbreviated Dialing

2.2.1 Service Introduction
Abbreviated dialing is a service that enables a subscriber to make a call by dialing one
or two digits (also called abbreviated code) instead of the original called number.
In China, abbreviated codes are two-digit numbers. Therefore, the abbreviated codes
range from 00 to 99, that is, a subscriber can set a maximum of 100 abbreviated codes
for called numbers.
2.2.2 Preconditions
A subscriber has the abbreviated dialing service authority (you can use the command
MOD VSBR, MOD MSBR, or MOD SS to set it, and the parameter for this
supplementary service is ADI).

2-4

2.2.3 Operations
A is a service subscriber. B and C are common subscribers.
I. Registration
1)
2)
Subscriber A dials *51*MN*telephone number of Subscriber B#. (MN stands for

the abbreviated code.) If Subscriber A has the authority for this service, he/she will
hear the announcement indicating successful registration of the service.
Otherwise, Subscriber A will hear the restriction announcement.
3)
Subscriber A hangs up to end the registration.
Note:
z
Abbreviated code MN ranges from 00 to 99.
To register multiple abbreviated codes, repeat the above steps to register them one
by one.
If an abbreviated code is registered several times, the last registration is valid.
II. Implementation
1)
2)
Subscriber A dials **MN. If the MN has been registered, subscriber A hears the
ringback tone and subscriber B hears the ringing tone. If the MN has not been
registered, subscriber A hears the wrong number tone.
3)
Subscriber B picks up the phone and talks with subscriber A.
III. Deregistration of an Abbreviated Code

A service subscriber can deregister an abbreviated code by following the steps below:
1)
2)
Subscriber A dials #51*MN#. If Subscriber A has registered the abbreviated

dialing service, he/she will hear the announcement indicating successful
deregistration of the service. Otherwise, Subscriber A will hear the busy tone.
3)
Subscriber A hangs up. Service deregistration ends.
IV. Simultaneous Accomplishement of Deregistration and Registration of an

Abbreviated Code
A service subscriber can cancel the abbreviated code of a number and make it
represent another number by following the steps below:
1)

2-5

2)
Subscriber A dials *51*MN*telephone number of Subscriber C#. If Subscriber A

has the abbreviated dialing authority, he/she will hear the announcement
indicating successful registration of the service. Otherwise, Subscriber A will hear
the restriction announcement.
3)
Subscriber A hangs up.
V. Deregistration of All Abbreviated Codes

A service subscriber can deregister all abbreviated codes by following the steps below:
1)
2)
Subscriber A dials #51#. If Subscriber A has registered the abbreviated dialing

service, he/she will hear the announcement indicating successful deregistration of
the service. Otherwise, Subscriber A will hear the busy tone.
3)
2.2.4 Points for Attention

I. Restrictions
z
This service can be implemented on DTMF phone sets only.
This service does not conflict with other supplementary services.
II. Others
This service is applicable to ESL subscribers, SIP subscribers, and H.323 subscribers.
2.3 Abbreviated Dialing (Hong Kong)

Abbreviated dialing (ADI) is a service that enables a subscriber to make a call by dialing
one or two digits (also called abbreviated code) instead of the original called number.
In Hong Kong of China, a two-digit code is used in abbreviated dialing and it ranges
from 00 to 19. That is, each subscriber can set 20 abbreviated codes to represent
called parties in maximum.
2.3.2 Preconditions
A subscriber has the abbreviated dialing service authority (you can use the command
supplementary service is ADI).
2.3.3 Operations

2-6

I. Registration
1)
2)
Subscriber A dials *03MN telephone number of Subscriber B#. (MN stands for
an abbreviated code.) If Subscriber A has the abbreviated dialing authority, he/she
will hear the announcement indicating successful registration of the service.
Otherwise, Subscriber A will hear the long busy tone.
3)
Note:
z
Abbreviated code MN ranges from 00 to 19.
An abbreviated code can represent a number in length of 16 digits.
If an abbreviated code is registered several times, the last registration is valid.
by one.
II. Verification
1)
2)
Subscriber A dials *#03MN telephone number of Subscriber B#. If Subscriber A

has registered the abbreviated dialing service, he/she will hear the music.
Otherwise, Subscriber A will hear the busy tone.
3)
III. Implementation
1)
2)
Subscriber A dials **MN and then hears the ringback tone. Subscriber B hears
the ringing tone.
3)
IV. Deregistration of an Abbreviated Code

A service subscriber can deregister an abbreviated code by following the steps below:
1)
2)
Subscriber A dials #03MN#. If Subscriber A has registered the abbreviated

dialing service, he/she will hear the announcement indicating successful
3)

2-7

V. Simultaneous Accomplishement of Deregistration and Registration of an

Abbreviated Code
A service subscriber can cancel the abbreviated code of a number and make it
represent another number by following the steps below:
1)
2)
Subscriber A dials *03MN telephone number of Subscriber C#. If Subscriber A

has the abbreviated dialing authority, he/she will hear the announcement
the long busy tone.
3)
VI. Deregistration of All Abbreviated Codes

A service subscriber can deregister all abbreviated codes by following the steps below:
1)
2)
Subscriber A dials #03#. If Subscriber A has registered the abbreviated dialing

3)

I. Restrictions
z
II. Others
2.4 Hotline
With the hotline service registered, if a service subscriber does not dial any number
within the specified time period (5 seconds for example) after picking up the phone, the
phone set will connect the designated number (also called hotline number)
automatically.
With the immediate hotline service registered, as soon as the service subscriber picks
up the phone, the phone set will automatically connect the called number that has been
designated during service registration.

2-8

2.4.2 Preconditions
A subscriber has the hotline service authority (you can use the command MOD VSBR,
MOD MSBR, or MOD SS to set it, and the parameter for this supplementary service is
HLI).
2.4.3 Operations of Hotline Service

A is a service subscriber. B is a hotline subscriber.
I. Registration
1)
2)
Subscriber A dials *52* Subscriber Bs number# on a DTMF phone or 152

Subscriber Bs number on a pulse phone. If Subscriber A has the hotline service
authority, he/she will hear the announcement indicating successful registration of
the service. Otherwise, Subscriber A will hear the restriction announcement.
3)
II. Implementation
1)
2)
After five seconds, Subscriber A hears the ringback tone. Subscriber B hears the
3)
ringing tone.
Note:
If Subscriber A dials a number within five seconds after off-hook, he/she can make a call normally. If
Subscriber A does not dial any number within five seconds, the phone set will connect the hotline number
automatically.
III. Deregistration
1)
2)
Subscriber A dials #52# (on a DTMF phone) or 151152 (on a pulse phone). If
Subscriber A has registered the hotline service, he/she will hear the
announcement indicating successful deregistration of the service. Otherwise,
Subscriber A will hear the busy tone.
3)

2-9

2.4.4 Operations of Immediate Hotline Service

A is a service subscriber. B is a hotline subscriber. C is a common subscriber in the
same office as A.
I. Registration
1)
2)
Subscriber A dials *521*Subscriber Bs number# on a DTMF phone set. If

Subscriber A has the immediate hotline service authority, he/she will hear the
announcement indicating successful registration of the service. Otherwise,
Subscriber A will hear the restriction announcement.
3)
II. Implementation
1)
Subscriber A picks up the phone and then hears the ringback tone. Subscriber B
hears the ringing tone.
2)
3)
Subscriber A or B hangs up.
III. Deregistration
1)
Subscriber C picks up the phone and hears the dial tone.
2)
Subscriber C dials #521*Subscriber As number# on a DTMF phone set. If

Subscriber A has registered the immediate hotline service, he/she will hear the
3)
Subscriber C hangs up.

I. Restrictions
z
If the hotline service and the outgoing call barring service are both registered, the
outgoing call barring service will take the precedence.
If a service subscriber registers this service on a pulse phone set, the

corresponding device collecting digits must be set to working in pulse mode but
not the automatic mode. Otherwise, the service subscriber will hear the busy tone
instead of the service registration success prompt in spite that the service has
been registered successfully. Therefore, you must set the maximum length of the
service prefix to the same length of the dialed number.
A service subscriber must deregister the immediate hotline service of a phone set
on another phone set.

2-10

II. Others
This service is applicable to ESL subscribers, but not to SIP subscribers and H.323
subscribers temporarily.
2.5 Hotline (Hong Kong)

With the hotline service registered, if a service subscriber does not dial any number
within the specified time period (5 seconds for example) after picking up the phone, the
phone set will connect the designated number (also called hotline number)
automatically.
2.5.2 Preconditions
A subscriber has the hotline service authority (you can use the command MOD VSBR,
MOD MSBR, or MOD SS to set it, and the parameter for this supplementary service is
HLI).
2.5.3 Operations of Hotline Service

A is a service subscriber. B is a hotline subscriber.
I. Registration
1)
2)
Subscriber A dials *26 Subscriber Bs number#. If Subscriber A has the hotline

service authority, he/she will hear the announcement indicating successful
registration of the service. Otherwise, Subscriber A will hear the long busy tone.
3)
II. Verification
1)
2)
Subscriber A dials #26 Subscriber Bs number#. If Subscriber A has registered

the hotline service, he/she will hear the announcement indicating successful
registration of the service. Otherwise, Subscriber A will hear the busy tone.
3)
III. Implementation
1)
2)
After five seconds, Subscriber A hears the ringback tone. Subscriber B hears the
3)
ringing tone.

2-11

Note:
If Subscriber A dials a number within five seconds after off-hook, he/she can make a call normally. If
Subscriber A does not dial any number within five seconds, the phone set will connect the hotline number
automatically.
IV. Deregistration
1)
2)
Subscriber A dials #26. If Subscriber A has registered the hotline service, he/she
will hear the announcement indicating successful deregistration of the service.
3)
2.5.4 Operations of Immediate Hotline Service

A is a service subscriber. B is a hotline subscriber. C is a common subscriber in the
same office as A.
I. Registration
1)
2)
Subscriber A dials *27 Subscriber Bs number# on a DTMF phone set. If

Subscriber A has the immediate hotline service authority, he/she will hear the
3)
II. Implementation
1)
Subscriber A picks up the phone and hears the ringback tone. Subscriber B hears
the ringing tone.
2)
3)
III. Deregistration
1)
2)
Subscriber C dials #27 Subscriber As number# on a DTMF phone set. If

Subscriber A has registered the immediate hotline service, he/she will hear the
3)

2-12


I. Restrictions
z
When applying for the hotline service, A subscriber cannot register the service of
barring all outgoing calls (K=1) simultaneously.
If the hotline service and the outgoing call barring service are both registered, the
outgoing call barring service will take the precedence.
A service subscriber must deregister the immediate hotline service of a phone set
on another phone set.
II. Others
This service is applicable to ESL subscribers, but not to SIP subscribers and H.323
subscribers temporarily.
2.6 Outgoing Call Barring

This service enables a subscriber to restrict some outgoing authorities (for example, toll
calls) of a particular phone set by following a certain dialing procedure.
2.6.2 Preconditions
A subscriber has the outgoing call barring service authority (you can use the
command MOD VSBR, MOD MSBR, or MOD SS to set it, and the parameter for this
supplementary service is CBA).
2.6.3 Operations
A is a service subscriber.
I. Registration
1)
2)
Subscriber A dials *54*SSSSSSK# on a DTMF phone or 154SSSSSSK on a

pulse phone. If Subscriber A has the authority for this service and inputs the
correct password, he/she will hear the announcement indicating successful
registration of the service. If a wrong password is inputted, Subscriber A will hear
the announcement indicating error. If Subscriber A has no authority for this service,
he/she will hear the restriction announcement.
3)

2-13

Note:
z
K: barring type, ranging from 0 to 15. Currently, the following barring types are
defined:
K=1 Indicates barring all outgoing calls.

K=2 Indicates barring national/international toll outgoing calls.
K=3 Indicates barring international toll outgoing calls.
z
SSSSSS stands for a six-digit password (000000 by default), which is determined

by the subscriber when he/she applies for the outgoing call barring service to the
Telecommunication Office.
II. Verification
1)
2)
Subscriber A dials *#54#. If Subscriber A has registered the outgoing call barring
3)
III. Implementation
If a service subscriber originates a barred outgoing call, he/she will hear the call
restriction announcement; if not, the call will be connected successfully.
IV. Deregistration
1)
2)
Subscriber A dials #54*SSSSSSK# on a DTMF phone or 151154SSSSSSK on

a pulse phone. If Subscriber A has registered the outgoing call barring service,
he/she will hear the announcement indicating successful deregistration of the
service. Otherwise, Subscriber A will hear the busy tone.
3)

I. Restrictions
z
This service conflicts with the hotline service. For details, refer to Points for
Attention of the hotline service.
When applying for the three-party service, a subscriber cannot register the service
of barring all outgoing calls simultaneously.
II. Others

2-14

2.7 Outgoing Call Barring (Hong Kong)

This service enables a subscriber to restrict some outgoing authorities (for example, toll
calls) of a particular phone set by following a certain dialing procedure.
2.7.2 Preconditions
A subscriber has the outgoing call barring service authority (you can use the
supplementary service is CBA).
2.7.3 Operations
I. Registration
1)
2)
Subscriber A dials *04SSSSSS#. If Subscriber A has the authority for this

service and inputs the correct password, he/she will hear the announcement
indicating successful registration of the service. If a wrong password is inputted,
Subscriber A will hear the busy tone. If Subscriber A has no authority for this
service, he/she will hear the long busy tone.
3)
Note:
z
A: a service subscriber.
SSSSSS stands for a six-digit password (000000 by default), which is determined

by the subscriber when he/she applies for the outgoing call barring service to the
Telecommunication Office. You can modify this password with the command MOD
PSWD or MOD VSBR/MSBR.
If no barring type is inputted during registration, the system will specify a default one.
At present, this service in Hong Kong only applies to international toll calls; so the
default barring type is international toll calls.
II. Verification
1)

2-15

2)
Subscriber A dials *#04#. If Subscriber A has registered this service, he/she will
3)
III. Implementation
If a service subscriber originates a barred outgoing call, he/she will hear the call
restriction announcement; if not, the call will be connected normally.
IV. Deregistration
1)
2)
Subscriber A dials #04SSSSSS#. If Subscriber A has registered the outgoing

call barring service, he/she will hear the announcement indicating successful
3)

I. Restrictions
z
This service conflicts with the hotline service. For details, refer to Points for
Attention of the hotline service.
When applying for the three-party service, a subscriber cannot register the service
II. Others
2.8 Do-Not-Disturb
This service enables a subscriber to reject all incoming calls during some period of time.
After a subscriber registers this service, all incoming calls to the subscriber will be
answered by the exchange. However, the outgoing calls of the subscriber will not be
affected.
2.8.2 Preconditions
A subscriber has the do-not-disturb service authority (you can use the command
MOD VSBR, MOD MSBR, or MOD SS to set it; the parameter for supplementary
service is DDB).

2-16

2.8.3 Operations
I. Registration
1)
2)
Subscriber A dials *56*# on a DTMF phone set or 156 on a pulse phone set. If
Subscriber A has the do-not-disturb service authority, he/she will hear the
3)
II. Verification
1)
2)
Subscriber A dials *#56*# on a DTMF phone set. If Subscriber A has registered

the do-not-disturb service successfully, he/she will hear the music. Otherwise,
3)
III. Implementation
When there is an incoming call to Subscriber A, the caller will hear the do-not-disturb
announcement. When Subscriber A picks up the phone, he/she will hear the special
dial tone, and can make outgoing calls successfully.
IV. Deregistration
1)
2)
Subscriber A dials #56# on a DTMF phone or 151156 on a pulse phone. If

Subscriber A has registered this service, he/she will hear the announcement
indicating successful deregistration of the service. Otherwise, Subscriber A will
hear the busy tone.
3)
V. Registration of Timed Do-Not-Disturb Service

1)
2)
Subscriber A dials *56*HHMM*HHMM# on a DTMF phone set or dials 156

HHMM HHMM on a pulse phone set. If Subscriber A has the do-not-disturb
registration of the service. Otherwise, Subscriber A will hear the restriction
announcement. HH indicates hour, and MM indicates minute. The first HHMM
stands for the start time of the do-not-disturb service and the second stands for the
end time of the service.
3)

2-17

VI. Verification of Timed Do-Not-Disturb Service

Refer to the above verification steps.
VII. Implementation
Within the preset time segment, if there is an incoming call to Subscriber A, the caller
will hear the do-not-disturb announcement. When Subscriber A picks up the phone,
he/she will hear the special dial tone and can make outgoing calls normally. The
incoming calls originated during the other time segments are not restricted.
VIII. Deregistration
Refer to the above deregistration steps.

I. Restrictions
z
A subscriber cannot simultaneously register the absent subscriber service and the
do-not-disturb service.
A subscriber cannot simultaneously register the call back service and the
If the call forwarding unconditional service and the do-not-disturb service are both
registered, the call forwarding unconditional service will take the precedence.
If the call forwarding busy service and the do-not-disturb service are both
registered, the do-not-disturb service will take the precedence.
If the call forwarding no reply service and the do-not-disturb service are both
Within the preset do-not-disturb time segment, the registered call waiting service
is invalid, and subscribers hear the do-not-disturb announcement. In the other
time segments, the registered call waiting service is valid and subscribers hear the
call waiting announcement.
A subscriber can simultaneously register the wakeup service and the

do-not-disturb service, and the wakeup service takes the precedence.
II. Others
z
Although the normal do-not-disturb service and timed do-not-disturb service share
the same prefix, their dialed number lengths are different. Therefore, the
maximum dialed number length of the do-not-disturb service must be set to that of
the timed do-not-disturb service.
Note the syntax analysis differences between the normal do-not-disturb service
and the timed do-not-disturb service. If the syntax analysis is wrong, use the
command MOD SYNANA to modify it.
This service is applicable to ESL subscribers, SIP subscribers, and H.323

subscribers.
2-18

2.9 Do-Not-Disturb (Hong Kong)

This service allows a subscriber to reject all incoming calls during some period of time.
After the subscriber registers this service, all incoming calls will be answered by the
exchange. However, the outgoing calls of the subscriber will not be affected.
2.9.2 Preconditions
A subscriber has the do-not-disturb service authority (you can use the command
service is DDB).
2.9.3 Operations
I. Registration
1)
2)
Subscriber A dials *01 or *01H1H2M1M2. If Subscriber A has the

do-not-disturb service authority, he/she will hear the announcement indicating
successful registration of the service. Otherwise, Subscriber A will hear the long
busy tone.
3)
Note:
z
H1H2: hour set by the subscriber, ranging from 00 to 23; M1M2: minute set by the
subscriber, ranging from 00 to 59.
H1H2M1M2 stands for the end time of the do-not-disturb service. If the end time is
set earlier than the current time of registration, the do-not-disturb service will end at
this preset time tomorrow. If the end time is set later than the current time of
registration, the do-not-disturb service will end at this preset time today. If the
subscriber does not set H1H2M1M2, the do-not-disturb service will take effect all
the time until the subscriber deregisters it.
II. Verification
1)

2-19

2)
Subscriber A dials *#01 or *#01H1H2M1M2. If Subscriber A has registered this

service, he/she will hear the announcement indicating successful registration of
3)
III. Implementation
When there is an incoming call to Subscriber A, the caller will hear the do-not-disturb
announcement. When Subscriber A picks up the phone, he/she will hear the special
dial tone, and can make outgoing calls successfully.
IV. Deregistration
1)
2)
Subscriber A dials #01. If Subscriber A has registered this service, he/she will
hear the announcement indicating successful deregistration of the service.
3)

I. Restrictions
z
When this service and a call forwarding service (such as call forwarding busy, call
forwarding no reply, or call forwarding unconditional) are all registered, this service
will take the precedence.
A subscriber cannot simultaneously register the call back service and the
When the do-not-disturb service is registered, the call waiting service becomes
invalid.
When the do-not-disturb service is registered, a subscriber can not use the
malicious call tracing service.
A subscriber cannot simultaneously register the wakeup service and the

II. Others

2-20

2.10 Malicious Call Tracing

After applying for the malicious call tracing service, a subscriber can find out the
originating telephone number by following a certain operation procedure whenever a
malicious call is received.
2.10.2 Preconditions
A subscriber has the malicious call tracing service authority (you can use the
supplementary service is MCT).
2.10.3 Operations
A is a service subscriber. B is a common subscriber.
I. Registration
This service can be used directly without registration if only a subscriber has the
authority for this service.
II. Implementation
1)
Subscriber B calls Subscriber A. Subscribers A and B talk with each other.
2)
During the conversation or 30 seconds after Subscriber B hangs up, Subscriber A

presses the hook or presses the key <R>, and then presses *33# on a DTMF
phone or presses 133 on a pulse phone. When Subscriber A presses the hook or
the key <R>, Subscriber B hears the music. After the calling number is identified
successfully, Subscriber A hears the prompt tone for successful identification or
the calling number (which is set through a software parameter). At the same time,
the BAM generates an alarm.
3)
III. Deregistration
To cancel Subscriber As authority for the malicious call tracing service, you can
execute the command MOD VSBR, MOD MSBR, or MOD SS and delete the
parameter MCT.

I. Restrictions
z
A subscriber cannot simultaneously register the malicious call tracing service and
the do-not-disturb service.

2-21

z
When the absent subscriber service is registered, a subscriber can not use the
II. Others
z
When Subscriber A calls Subscriber B and the call is forwarded to Subscriber C, if

Subscriber C applies for the malicious call tracing service, the number of
Subscriber A will be traced.
When the malicious call tracing service is registered, even if the caller has
registered the calling line identification restriction service, the exchange can still
identify the calling number.
After a malicious call is identified successfully, you can set whether the callee
hears the music or the calling number with the command MOD FSFP.
A subscriber can activate this service during the conversation or within the callee
control time after the caller hangs up.
The duration of the prompt tone or music varies from 20 to 30 seconds according
to the length of the traced number. The conversation will be automatically
retrieved when the prompt tone ends.
If a subscriber, who uses a DTMF phone set, does not dial any number after
pressing the hook, or presses the hook when the prompt tone is being played, the
original conversation will be retrieved automatically.
The softswitch administration system will record the malicious call tracing cases
and you can query the records with the command LST ALMMCT.
This service is applicable to ESL subscribers, but not to SIP subscribers and
H.323 subscribers temporarily.
2.11 Wakeup
With the wakeup service registered, when the time set by a subscriber arrives, the
telephone will automatically ring to remind the subscriber to do what he/she has
planned.
A subscriber has the wakeup service authority (you can use the command MOD
VSBR, MOD MSBR, or MOD SS to set it; the parameter for supplementary service is
WAKE).
2.11.3 Operations

2-22

I. Registration of Single Wakeup Service

1)
2)
Subscriber A dials *55*H1H2M1M2# on a DTMF phone set or 155H1H2M1M2

on a pulse phone set. If Subscriber A has the wakeup service authority, he/she will
Otherwise, Subscriber A will hear the restriction announcement. H1H2 indicate
hour, ranging from 00 to 23. M1M2 indicates minute, ranging from 00 to 59.
3)
II. Registration of Multi-Wakeup Service

1)
2)
Subscriber A dials *60*H1H2M1M2D1D2# on a DTMF phone set or

160H1H2M1M2D1D2 on a pulse phone set. If Subscriber A has the wakeup
announcement. H1H2 indicate hour, ranging from 00 to 23. M1M2 indicates
minute, ranging from 00 to 59.D1D2 indicates days, ranging from 00 to 99.
3)
III. Verification of Multi-Wakeup Service

1)
2)
Subscriber A dials *#60*H1H2M1M2D1D2# on a DTMF phone set. If Subscriber

A has registered the multi-wakeup service, he/she will hear the music. Otherwise,
Subscriber A will hear the busy tone. H1H2 indicate hour, ranging from 00 to 23.
M1M2 indicates minute, ranging from 00 to 59. D1D2 indicates days, ranging
from 00 to 99.
3)
IV. Implementation
When the preset time arrives, the phone set will ring automatically and the subscriber
will hear the wakeup announcement after off-hook. Then the single wakeup service is
canceled.
The ringing tone will stop automatically if the phone set rings for one minute without
being picked up. Five minutes later, the phone set will ring again lasting one minute,
and if still no one answers the call, the single wakeup service will be canceled
automatically.
If the preset time arrives when the subscriber is in conversation, the single wakeup
service will be canceled, but the multi-wakeup setting will not be canceled.
V. Cancellation of One Single-Wakeup Service

1)

2-23

2)
Subscriber
dials
#55*H1H2M1M2#
on
DTMF
phone
set
or
151155H1H2M1M2 on a pulse phone set. If Subscriber A has registered this

3)
VI. Cancellation of All Single-Wakeup Services

1)
2)
Subscriber A dials #55# on a DTMF phone set or 151155 on a pulse phone set.
If Subscriber A has registered this service, he/she will hear the announcement
hear the busy tone.
3)
VII. Cancellation of Multi-Wakeup Service

1)
2)
Subscriber A dials #60*H1H2M1M2D1D2# on a DTMF phone set or

151160H1H2M1M2D1D2 on a pulse phone set. If Subscriber A has registered
this service, he/she will hear the announcement indicating successful
3)

I. Restrictions
z
At present, a subscriber cannot set several wakeup records simultaneously. If

several records are set, only the last one will take effect.
If a subscriber simultaneously registers the wakeup service and the do-not-disturb

service, the wakeup service will take the precedence.
If a subscriber simultaneously registers the wakeup service and the call forwarding
unconditional service, the wakeup service will take the precedence.
If a subscriber simultaneously registers the wakeup service and the absent

subscriber service, the wakeup service will take the precedence.
You can set whether the wakeup service, absent subscriber service, and call
forwarding unconditional service can be registered simultaneously or not with the
command MOD FSFP. By default, these services can be registered
simultaneously.
II. Others
z
The prefix of the single-wakeup service is different from that of the multi-wakeup
service. You can query the service prefixes with the command LST SYNANA. For
example, the prefix for registering the single-wakeup service is *55* and the
2-24

prefix is analyzed as T4 (4-digit time), and that for registering the multi-wakeup
service is *60* and the prefix is analyzed as T4D2 (4-digit time + 2-digit date). If
the syntax analysis of the prefix is incorrect, the corresponding service is invalid. In
this case, you can modify syntax analysis with the command MOD SYNANA.
z
To register the multi-wakeup service, you can also use the command REG SS (the
parameter for this supplementary service is WAKE). Set the parameter Hour
(ranging from 00 to 23) and the parameter Minute (ranging from 00 to 59) as the
wakeup time; set the parameter Multi-wakeup to TRUE and the parameter
Duration days (ranging from 0 to 99). After the setting, when the preset time
arrives, the wakeup service will be activated automatically. To cancel the
multi-wakeup service, use the command RPL SS.

subscribers.
2.12 Wakeup (Hong Kong)

With the wakeup service registered, when the time preset by a subscriber arrives, the
telephone will automatically ring to remind the subscriber to do what he/she has
planned.
WAKE).
2.12.3 Operations
I. Registration
1)
2)
Subscriber A dials *02H1H2M1M2#. If Subscriber A has the wakeup service

3)

2-25

Note:
z
In fact, the registration dialing is divided into two steps: first dial *02, and then dial
the wakeup time after hearing the secondary dialing tone.
II. Verification
1)
2)
Subscriber A dials *#02H1H2M1M2#. If Subscriber A has registered the wakeup

service, he/she will hear the music. Otherwise, Subscriber A will hear the busy
tone.
3)
III. Implementation
will hear the wakeup announcement after hook-off.
and if still no one answers the call, this wakeup service will be canceled automatically.
If the preset time arrives when the subscriber is in conversation, this wakeup service
will be canceled.
IV. Deregistration
1)
2)
3)

I. Restrictions
z
At present, a subscriber cannot set several wakeup records simultaneously. If

several records are set, only the last one will take effect.
A subscriber can simultaneously register the wakeup service and the

do-not-disturb service, but the wakeup service takes the precedence.
If a subscriber simultaneously registers the wakeup service and the call forwarding
unconditional service, the wakeup service will take the precedence.

2-26

z
If a subscriber simultaneously registers the wakeup service and the absent

subscriber service, the wakeup service will take the precedence.
command MOD FSFP. By default, these services can be applied for
simultaneously.
II. Others
z
If the wakeup service is required to last for several days with no need to register it
every day, you can register it using the MML command REG SS (the parameter for
this supplementary service is WAKE): Set the parameter Hour (ranging from 00
to 23) and the parameter Minute (ranging from 00 to 59) as the wakeup time; set
the parameter Multi-wakeup to TRUE and the parameter Duration days
(ranging from 0 to 99; 0 indicates that the wakeup service will always function until
deregistration of it.) After this setting is completed, when the preset time arrives
within the duration days, the wakeup service will be activated automatically. In
addition, a subscriber can also set multiple wakeups for several days by
registering the multi-wakeup service.

subscribers.
2.13 Multi-Wakeup (Hong Kong)

Developed on basis of the wakeup service, the multi-wakeup service enables a
subscriber to enjoy the registered wakeup service all the time until deregistration of it.
WAKE).
2.13.3 Operations
I. Registration
1)
2)
Subscriber A dials *60*H1H2M1M2#. If Subscriber A has the wakeup service

3)

2-27

Note:
z
In the case of multiple registrations, the last registered time is valid.
II. Verification
1)
2)
Subscriber A dials *#60*H1H2M1M2#. If Subscriber A has registered the

multi-wakeup service, he/she will hear the music. Otherwise, Subscriber A will
hear the busy tone.
3)
III. Implementation
will hear the wakeup voice after hook-off.
and if still no one answers the call, this wakeup service will be canceled automatically
for the current day.
If the preset time arrives when the subscriber is in conversation, this wakeup service
will be canceled for the current day.
IV. Deregistration
1)
2)
Subscriber A dials #60#. If Subscriber A has registered this service, he/she will
3)

I. Restrictions
z
A subscriber cannot simultaneously register the wakeup service and the

command MOD FSFP. By default, these services can be applied for
simultaneously.

2-28

II. Others
2.14 Registered Call

With this service registered, when a call is made but the callee is busy, the call will be
registered. When the caller wants to call this callee next time, the call will be
automatically put through after the caller picks up the handset.
A subscriber has the registered call service authority (you can use the command
supplementary service is RCL).
2.14.3 Operations
A is a service subscriber. B is a common subscriber in conversation.
I. Registration
1)
2)
Subscriber A dials the number of Subscriber B and hears the busy tone.
3)
Subscriber A presses the hook or the key <R> on a DTMF phone or presses the
hook on a pulse phone, and then hears the special dial tone.
4)
Subscriber A dials *53# on a DTMF phone or 153 on a pulse phone. If

Subscriber A has the registered call service authority, he/she will hear the
5)
II. Verification
1)
2)
Subscriber A dials *#53# on a DTMF phone. If Subscriber A has registered this

tone.
3)
III. Implementation
If Subscriber A does not dial any number within 5 seconds after hook-off, the registered
call will be activated automatically. If Subscriber B is idle, the call will be put through. If
the call cannot be connected or Subscriber B does not answer the call, the call can be

2-29

connected later. However, it should be noted that the registered call is effective within
20 minutes after the registration.
IV. Deregistration
This service will be canceled automatically 20 minutes after the registration.
If the service subscriber initiates another call within 20 minutes after the registration
and the call is put through, the service will be canceled automatically.
If Subscriber A wants to cancel this service within 20 minutes after registration, he/she
should do as follows:
1)
2)

hear the busy tone.
3)

z
This service has a strict requirement on hooking time. If a subscriber presses the
hook after overlong time, he/she will hear the normal dial tone. Only after hearing
the special dial tone, the subscriber can register this service.
This service is applicable to ESL subscribers, but not to SIP subscribers and
H.323 subscribers temporarily.
2.15 Call Forwarding Unconditional

This service forwards the incoming calls to a service subscriber to another designated
number automatically regardless of the state of the service subscriber.
A subscriber has the call forwarding unconditional service authority (you can use the
command MOD VSBR, MOD MSBR, or MOD SS to set it; the parameter for this
supplementary service is CFU).
2.15.3 Operations
A is a service subscriber. B is a forwarded-to subscriber. C is a common subscriber.
I. Registration
1)

2-30

2)

Subscriber Bs number on a pulse phone. If Subscriber A has the call forwarding
unconditional service authority, he/she will hear the announcement indicating
successful registration of the service. Otherwise, Subscriber A will hear the
restriction announcement.
3)
Note:
z
You can set a forwarded-to number for a service subscriber with the command ADD
CFDATA, and this forwarded-to number will not overwrite the one activated by the
service subscribers phone. The forwarded-to number activated by the service
subscribers phone takes precedence over the number registered on the BAM.
Subscribers A and B can be either Centrex subscribers or common subscribers.
II. Verification
1)
2)
Subscriber A dials *#57* Subscriber Bs number #. If Subscriber A has registered

the call forwarding unconditional service, he/she will hear the music. Otherwise,
3)
III. Implementation
1)
2)
Subscriber C dials the number of Subscriber A and hears the ringback tone.
Subscribers B hears the ringing tone.
3)
Subscriber B picks up the phone and talks with subscriber C.
4)
Subscriber B or C hangs up.
IV. Deregistration
This service can be canceled either on the phone of Subscriber A or any other phone
set.
To deregister the service on the phone set of Subscriber A:
1)
2)

Subscriber A has registered the call forwarding unconditional service, he/she will
3)

2-31

To deregister this service on any other phone set:

Subscriber B picks up the phone and hears the dial tone.
4)
Subscriber B dials #571*SSSSSS* Subscriber As number#. SSSSSS is the

password of Subscriber A. If Subscriber A has registered the call forwarding
unconditional service, he/she will hear the announcement indicating successful
5)
Subscriber B hangs up.

I. Restrictions
z
call forwarding unconditional service.
A subscriber cannot simultaneously register the call back service and the call
forwarding unconditional service.
You can set whether the wakeup service and the call forwarding unconditional
service can be registered simultaneously by modifying parameter setting with
MOD FSFP. By default, it is "Yes. When they are registered simultaneously, the
wakeup service takes the precedence.
When the call forwarding unconditional service and the do-not-disturb service are
both registered, the call forwarding unconditional service will take the precedence.
When the call forwarding unconditional service is registered, the call waiting
function is disabled.
The CFU service takes precedence over the CFB service and the CFNR service.
You can set whether toll calls can be forwarded with the command MOD FSFP.
II. Others
z
You can set forwarded-to numbers for subscribers with ADD CFDATA, and these
numbers will not overwrite those activated by subscribers through phone set, and
the latter takes the precedence.
When Subscriber C calls Subscriber A and the call is forwarded to Subscriber B

unconditionally, if both Subscriber A and B have registered calling line
identification presentation service, Subscriber Cs number will only be displayed
on the phone set of Subscriber B.

subscribers.
Note:
The times of forwarding a call is restricted. A call can be forwarded three times for the same forwarding
type, while it can only be forwarded five times for different forwarding types. If the forwarding times exceed

2-32

the above-mentioned restrictions, the system will play an announcement prompting unsuccessful
forwarding or call barring according to the dialed number. For example, the call forwarding unconditional
service is set for A to B, B to C, C to D, and D to E, and the forwarding times exceed the restriction. When
Subscriber F calls Subscriber A, he/she will hear an announcement prompting failed forwarding. When
Subscriber F calls Subscriber B, C, D, or E, or makes an outgoing call on the phone set of any of them,
he/she will hear the call barring announcement.
2.16 Call Forwarding Unconditional (Hong Kong)

number automatically regardless of the state of the service subscriber.
A subscriber has the call forwarding unconditional (CFU) service authority (you can
use the command MOD VSBR, MOD MSBR, or MOD SS to set it; the parameter for
this supplementary service is CFU).
2.16.3 Operations
I. Registration
1)
2)
Subscriber A dials *05 Subscriber Bs number#. If Subscriber A has the call

forwarding unconditional service authority, he/she will hear the announcement
3)
II. Verification
1)
2)
Subscriber A dials *#05 Subscriber Bs number#. If Subscriber A has registered

the call forwarding unconditional service, he/she will hear the music. Otherwise,
3)
III. Implementation
1)

2-33

2)
Subscriber A hears one short ringing tone. Subscriber hears the ringing tone.
3)
4)
IV. Deregistration
This service can be canceled either on the phone of Subscriber A or any other phone
set.
1)
2)
Subscriber A dials #05. If Subscriber A has registered the call forwarding

3)

4)

password of Subscriber A. If Subscriber A has registered the call forwarding
5)

I. Restrictions
z
A subscriber cannot simultaneously register the wakeup service and the call
When Subscriber A calls Subscriber B and the call is forwarded to Subscriber C

unconditionally, if Subscriber C applies for the malicious call tracing service, the
number of Subscriber A will be traced.
II. Others
z
When the call forwarding unconditional service and the do-not-disturb service are
When the call forwarding unconditional service is registered, the call waiting

2-34

z
The call forwarding unconditional service takes precedence over the call
forwarding busy service and the call forwarding no reply service..

unconditionally, if both Subscribers A and B have registered calling line
identification presentation (CLIP) service, Subscriber Cs number will only be
displayed on the phone set of Subscriber B.

subscribers.
2.17 Call Forwarding Busy

number automatically when the service subscriber is busy.
A subscriber has the call forwarding busy service authority (you can use the
supplementary service is CFB).
2.17.3 Operations
I. Registration
1)
2)
Subscriber A dials *#40* Subscriber Bs number# on a DTMF phone. If

Subscriber A has the call forwarding busy service authority, he/she will hear the
3)
II. Verification
1)
2)

Subscriber Bs number on a pulse phone. If Subscriber A has registered the call
forwarding busy service, he/she will hear the music. Otherwise, Subscriber A will
hear the busy tone.
3)

2-35

III. Implementation
1)
2)
Subscriber C dials the number of Subscriber A. Subscriber A is busy at the time.

Subscriber C hears the ringback tone. Subscribers B hears the ringing tone.
3)
Subscriber B picks up the phone and talks with Subscriber C.
4)
IV. Deregistration
1)
2)

Subscriber A has registered the call forwarding busy service, he/she will hear the
3)

I. Restrictions
z
call forwarding busy service.
forwarding busy service.
When the call forwarding busy service and the do-not-disturb service are
When the call forwarding busy service is registered, the call waiting function is
disabled.

because Subscriber A is busy, if both Subscriber A and B have registered calling
line identification presentation service, Subscriber Cs number will only be
II. Others

2-36

2.18 Call Forwarding Busy (Hong Kong)

number automatically when the service subscriber is busy.
2.18.3 Operations
I. Registration
1)
2)

forwarding busy service authority, he/she will hear the announcement indicating
3)
II. Verification
1)
2)

the call forwarding busy service, he/she will hear the music. Otherwise, Subscriber
A will hear the busy tone.
3)
III. Implementation
1)
2)
Subscriber C dials the number of Subscriber A. Subscriber A is busy. Subscriber C

hears the ringback tone. Subscribers B hears the ringing tone.
3)
4)
IV. Deregistration
This service can be canceled either on the phone set of Subscriber A or any other
phone set.

2-37

1)
2)
Subscriber A dials #17. If Subscriber A has registered the call forwarding busy
3)

4)

password of Subscriber A. If Subscriber A has registered the call forwarding busy
5)

I. Restrictions
z
call forwarding busy service.

because Subscriber B is busy, if Subscriber C applies for the malicious call tracing
service, the number of Subscriber A will be traced.
II. Others
z
When the call forwarding busy service and the do-not-disturb service are
When the call forwarding busy service is registered, the call waiting function is
disabled.

because Subscriber A is busy, if both Subscribers A and B have registered calling
line identification presentation (CLIP) service, Subscriber Cs number will only be

subscribers.

2-38

2.19 Call Forwarding No Reply

number automatically if the calls are not answered within a preset period of time.
A subscriber has the call forwarding no reply service authority (you can use the
supplementary service is CFNR).
2.19.3 Operations
I. Registration
1)
2)
Subscriber A dials *#41* Subscriber Bs number# on a DTMF phone. If

Subscriber A has the call forwarding no reply service authority, he/she will hear the
3)
II. Verification
1)
2)

Subscriber Bs number on a pulse phone. If Subscriber A has registered the call
forwarding no reply service, he/she will hear the music. Otherwise, Subscriber A
will hear the busy tone.
3)
III. Implementation
1)
2)
Subscriber A does not answer the call. After 20 seconds, Subscriber B hears the
ringing tone.
3)
4)
IV. Deregistration
1)

2-39

2)

Subscriber A has registered the call forwarding no reply service, he/she will hear
the announcement indicating successful deregistration of the service. Otherwise,
3)

I. Restrictions
z
call forwarding no reply service.
forwarding no reply service.
When the call forwarding no reply service and the do-not-disturb service are
When the call forwarding no reply service is registered, the call waiting function is
disabled.

because Subscriber A did not answer it, if both Subscribers A and B have
registered the calling line identification presentation service, Subscriber Cs
number will be displayed on the phone sets of both Subscribers A and B.
II. Others
2.20 Call Forwarding No Reply (Hong Kong)

2.20.3 Operations
2-40

I. Registration
1)
2)

forwarding no reply service authority, he/she will hear the announcement
3)
II. Verification
1)
2)

the call forwarding no reply service, he/she will hear the music. Otherwise,
3)
III. Implementation
1)
2)
ringing tone.
3)
4)
IV. Deregistration
This service can be canceled either on the phone set of Subscriber A or any other
phone set.
1)
2)
Subscriber A dials #19. If Subscriber A has registered the call forwarding no

reply service, he/she will hear the announcement indicating successful
3)

4)

password of Subscriber A. If Subscriber A has registered the call forwarding no
reply service, he/she will hear the announcement indicating successful
5)

2-41


I. Restrictions
z
call forwarding no reply service.

because Subscriber B did not answer it, if Subscriber C applies for the malicious
call tracing service, the number of Subscriber A will be traced.
II. Others
z
When the call forwarding no reply service and the do-not-disturb service are
When the call forwarding no reply service is registered, the call waiting function is
disabled.

because Subscriber A did not answer it, if both Subscribers A and B have
registered the calling line identification presentation service, Subscriber Cs
number will be displayed on the phone sets of both Subscribers A and B.

subscribers.
2.21 Absent Subscriber

With this service registered, when a service subscriber is absent, the network will
answer all incoming calls by means of playing an announcement.
A subscriber has the absent subscriber service authority (you can use the command
service is CCA).
2.21.3 Operations

2-42

I. Registration
1)
2)

Subscriber A has the absent subscriber service authority, he/she will hear the
3)
II. Implementation
Subscriber B calls Subscriber A, and then Subscriber B hears the absence
announcement set by Subscriber A.
III. Deregistration
1)
2)

Subscriber A has registered the absent subscriber service, he/she will hear the
3)

I. Restrictions
z
A subscriber cannot simultaneously register the absent subscriber service and call
forwarding services.
call back service.
You can set whether the wakeup service and the absent subscriber service can be
registered simultaneously by modifying parameter setting with MOD FSFP. By
default, it is "Yes. When they are registered simultaneously, the wakeup service
takes the precedence.
When the absent subscriber service is registered, the call waiting function is
disabled.
II. Others

2-43

2.22 Call Waiting

With this service registered, when Subscriber C attempts to establish a connection with
a service subscriber who is in a conversation with Subscriber B, the service subscriber
will hear a prompt tone indicating that there is a new incoming call waiting for the
connection. At the same time, Subscriber C hears the call waiting tone.
A subscriber has the call waiting service authority (you can use the command MOD
VSBR, MOD MSBR, or MOD SS to set it, and the parameter for this supplementary
service is CW). You can set the operation processing of the call waiting service with the
command ADD SRVPROC.
2.22.3 Operations
A is the service subscriber. B and C are common subscribers.
I. Registration
1)
2)

Subscriber A has the call waiting service authority, he/she will hear the
3)
II. Implementation
Subscriber A is talking with Subscriber B on the phone. At this time, Subscriber C calls
Subscriber A. Subscriber C hears the announcement prompting that the called
subscriber is busy now and that Subscriber C needs to hold on and wait for the
response. Subscriber A hears a beep tone. At this time, Subscriber A has three options:
z
Reject the call from Subscriber C: Make no reaction and the call will be released
automatically after a period of time.
Hold on Subscriber B and talk with Subscriber C: Press the hook or the key <R>,
hear the special dial tone, and then press <2>.
Release Subscriber B and talk with Subscriber C: Press the hook or the key <R>,
III. Deregistration
1)

2-44

2)

Subscriber A has registered the call waiting service, he/she will hear the
3)

z
You can modify the above operations with the command MOD SRVPROC. For
example, you can set that the operations of pressing <1> after hooking means
switching between two parties.
After hearing the call waiting prompt tone, if Subscriber A does not dial any
number after pressing the hook, he/she can talk with Subscriber C and hold on
Subscriber B.
If Subscriber A has registered the call waiting service and the caller identification
display during call waiting service, and the phone set supports the caller ID
display function, he/she can see the calling number displayed on the phone set
while hearing the call waiting prompt tone.
When a call forwarding service is registered, the call waiting function is disabled.
ESL subscribers can either be the originators or the participants of this service.
H.323 subscribers and SIP subscribers can only act as the participants, but not the
originators of this service.
2.23 Call Waiting (Hong Kong)

When Subscriber C attempts to establish a connection to a subscriber with the call
waiting authority who is in a conversation with Subscriber B, the service subscriber will
hear a prompt tone indicating that there is a new incoming call waiting for the
connection. At the same time, Subscriber C hears the call waiting tone.
A subscriber has the "call waiting service authority (you can use the command MOD
service is CW).
2.23.3 Operations
A is the service subscriber. B and C are common subscribers.

2-45

I. Registration
II. Implementation
Subscriber A. Subscriber A hears the call waiting prompt tone. Subscriber C hears the
announcement prompting that the called subscriber is busy now and that Subscriber C
needs to hold on and wait for the response. At this time, Subscriber A has three options:
z
Subscriber A does not answer the new call. After 90 seconds, Subscriber C will
hear the busy tone. Subscribers A and B continue talking on the phone.
Subscriber A hangs up. Subscriber B hears the busy tone. After hearing the
ringing tone, Subscriber A picks up the phone and talks with Subscriber C.
Subscriber A presses the hook. Subscriber B hears the music. Subscribers A and
C are talking on the phone. Then Subscriber A presses the hook to hold on the
current party in conversation and talk with another party. When Subscriber A is
talking with one party, the conversation will not be affected if the third party hangs
up. When Subscriber A is talking with one party, if this party hangs up, Subscriber
A will hear the music. At this time, Subscriber A can press the hook to talk with the
held party. If Subscriber A does not press the hook after hearing the music, the
held call will be retrieved automatically 20 seconds later. When Subscriber A is
talking with one party and holding on another party, if Subscriber A hangs up at
this time, the party talking with Subscriber A will hear the busy tone. After hearing
the ringing tone (same as that of the wakeup service), Subscriber A can talk with
the held party after hook-off.
III. Deregistration
To cancel Subscriber As authority for the call waiting service, you can execute the
command MOD VSBR, MOD MSBR, or MOD SS and delete the parameter CW.

z
If Subscriber A has registered the call waiting service and the caller identification
display during call waiting service, and the phone set supports the caller ID
display function, he/she can see the calling number displayed on the phone set
while hearing the call waiting prompt tone.
z
z
If a call waiting service subscriber uses a slave number of a party line telephone
set, the call waiting service will function only when a third party calls this slave
number.
Depending on different types of incoming calls, a service subscriber will hear

different call waiting prompt tones, as listed in the following table.
2-46

Type of incoming call
Call waiting prompt tone
Including the calls from the local

out-Centrex subscribers to the
local intra- CENTREX subscribers
Local calls
440HZ: 05.s on/0.5s off
Local intra-Centrex calls
440HZ: 05.s
on/then off
Calls from a slave number

of a party line telephone set
440HZ: 0.1s on/0.1s off
International toll calls
440HZ: 1s on/1s off/1s on/then

off
on/8s
Description
off/0.5s
2.24 Call Back

With this service registered, when a service subscriber calls another subscriber who is
busy talking on the phone, the service subscriber can hang up and wait, and the call will
be connected automatically once the callee becomes free.
A subscriber has the call back service authority (you can use the command MOD
service is BCB).
2.24.3 Operations
I. Registration
1)
2)
3)
Subscriber A presses the hook or the key <R> on a DTMF phone, or presses the
hook on a pulse phone. Then Subscriber A hears the special dial tone (on a DTMF
phone) or the dial tone (on a pulse phone).
4)

Subscriber A has the call back service authority, he/she will hear the
2-47

5)
II. Implementation
After the service is registered successfully, Subscriber A will hang up and wait. When
Subscriber B becomes idle, the SoftX3000 will prompt the AMG/IAD to ring Subscriber
A. After Subscriber A picks up the phone, Subscriber B will hear the ringing tone. Both
parties can talk after Subscriber B picks up the phone.
III. Deregistration
1)
2)

Subscriber A has registered the call back service, he/she will hear the
3)
Note:
z
If Subscriber A calls other subscriber after the registration of this service, the service
will be canceled automatically.
If Subscriber A does not answer the call after hearing the ringing tone for one minute
(the ringing tone will stop automatically after one minute), or no call is returned
within 20 minutes after the successful registration, the service will canceled
automatically.
If Subscriber B is kept busy all the time or does not answer the call, the service will
be canceled automatically after 10 call attempts.

I. Restrictions
A subscriber cannot simultaneously register the call back service, the absent
subscriber service, the do-not-disturb service, or any call forwarding service.
II. Others
z
The phone set that has registered with the call back service should not be used for
making calls during the waiting time.

2-48

2.25 Call Back (Hong Kong)

With this service registered, when a service subscriber calls another subscriber who is
busy talking on the phone, the service subscriber can hang up and wait, and the call will
be connected automatically once the callee becomes free.
A subscriber has the call back service authority (you can use the command MOD
service is BCB).
2.25.3 Operations
I. Registration
1)
2)
3)
Subscriber A presses the hook or <R>, and hears the special dial tone.
4)
Subscriber A dials *08. If Subscriber A has the call back service authority, he/she
will hear the announcement indicating successful registration of the service.
5)
II. Verification
1)
2)
Subscriber A dials *#08. If Subscriber A has registered the call back service,
he/she will hear the music. Otherwise, Subscriber A will hear the busy tone.
3)
III. Implementation
After the service is registered successfully, Subscriber A will hang up and wait. When
Subscriber B becomes idle, the SoftX3000 will prompt the AMG/IAD to ring Subscriber
A. After Subscriber A picks up the phone, Subscriber B will hear the ringing tone. Both
parties can talk after Subscriber B picks up the phone.
IV. Deregistration
1)

2-49

2)
Subscriber A dials #08. If Subscriber A has registered the call back service,
3)
Note:
z
If Subscriber A calls other subscriber after the registration of this service, the service
will be canceled automatically.
If Subscriber A does not answer the call after hearing the ringing tone for one minute
(the ringing tone will stop automatically after one minute), or no call is returned
within 20 minutes after the successful registration, the service will canceled
automatically.
If Subscriber B is kept busy all the time or does not answer the call, the service will
be canceled automatically after 10 call attempts.

I. Restrictions
A subscriber cannot simultaneously register the call back service, the absent
subscriber service, the do-not-disturb service, or any call forwarding service.
II. Others
z
The phone set that has registered with the call back service should not be used for
making calls during the waiting time.
2.26 Three-Party Service

This service enables a service subscriber who is talking on the phone either as a caller
or a callee to make a call to a third party without interrupting the current conversation,
so as to achieve the three-party communication or conversation with either party
separately.

2-50

A subscriber has the three-party service authority (you can use the command MOD
TRIPTY). You can set the operation processing of the three-party service with ADD
SRVPROC.
2.26.3 Operations
I. Registration
II. Implementation
Subscriber A calls Subscriber B. During the conversation, Subscriber A presses the
hook or the key <R> to call Subscriber C.
z
After Subscriber A presses the hook or the key <R>, Subscriber B hears the music.
After hearing the special dial tone, Subscriber A dials the number of Subscriber C.
If Subscriber C answers the call, Subscribers A and C can talk with each other. If
Subscriber C does not answer the call, Subscriber A can press the hook or the key
<R> to retrieve the call with Subscriber B.
If Subscriber A wants to hold on Subscriber C and talk with Subscriber B when

talking with Subscriber C, he/she can press the hook or the key <R> and then
press the key <2> after hearing the special dial tone. If Subscriber A wants to
release Subscriber C, he/she can press the hook or the key <R> and then press
<1> after hearing the special dial tone.
If Subscriber A wants Subscriber B to join the conversation when talking with

Subscriber C, he/she can press the hook or the key <R> and then press the key
<3> after hearing the special dial tone.
During a three-party call, if Subscriber A wants to hold on one party and talk with
another party only, he/she can press the hook or the key <R> and then press <2>
after hearing the special dial tone.
III. Deregistration
To cancel Subscriber As authority for the three-party service, you can execute the
command MOD VSBR, MOD MSBR, or MOD SS and delete the parameter TRIPTY.

2-51


I. Restrictions
z
When applying for the three-party service, a subscriber cannot register a service
When the conference service and the three-party service are both registered, the
conference service will take the precedence.
II. Others
z
2.27 Three-Party Service

This service enables a service subscriber who is talking on the phone either as a caller
or a callee to make a call to a third party without interrupting the current conversation,
so as to achieve the three-party communication or conversation with either party
separately.
A subscriber has the three-party service authority (you can use the command MOD
TRIPTY).
2.27.3 Operations
I. Registration
II. Implementation
z
After Subscriber A presses the hook or the key <R>, Subscriber B hears the music.
After hearing the special dial tone, Subscriber A dials the number of Subscriber C.
Subscriber C picks up the phone to talk with Subscriber A. If the call to Subscriber
C fails, Subscriber A can retrieve the call with Subscriber B automatically after
2-52

hearing the busy tone or the number error announcement for 20 seconds. Or,
Subscriber A can press the hook or the key <R> to retrieve the call with Subscriber
B, and at the same time hear the busy tone or the number error announcement,
which will stop automatically after 15 seconds. If Subscriber A presses the hook
again when talking with Subscriber B and at the same time hearing the busy tone
or the number error announcement, the busy tone or the number error
announcement will stop.
z
If Subscriber C answers the call, Subscribers A and C will talk with each other, and
Subscriber B will hear the music. If Subscriber A presses the hook at this time,
Subscribers A, B, and C will form a three-party conversation. If Subscriber C is
busy and Subscriber A presses the hook when hearing the busy tone, Subscriber
B will stop hearing the music, but Subscriber A will continue hearing the busy tone.
If Subscriber A presses the hook when Subscriber C is hearing the ringing tone,
both Subscriber A and Subscriber B will hear the ringback tone. After ringing
timeout, Subscriber A will hear the busy tone and Subscriber B will hear the music.
After timeout of the busy tone, Subscriber A will retrieve the call with Subscriber B,
or Subscriber A can press the hook to retrieve the call. If Subscriber C answers the
call, Subscribers A, B, and C will form a three-party conversation.
During a three-party conversation, if Subscriber A presses the hook, Subscriber C

will hear the busy tone, and Subscribers A and B will continue talking.
During a three-party conversation, if Subscriber A hangs up, Subscribers B and C

will hear the busy tone.
III. Deregistration
To cancel Subscriber As authority for the three-party service, you can execute the
command MOD VSBR, MOD MSBR, or MOD SS and delete the parameter TRIPTY.

I. Restrictions
z
When applying for the three-party service, a subscriber cannot register a service
When the conference service and the three-party service are both registered, the
conference service will take the precedence.
II. Others
ESL subscribers can either be the originators or the participants of this service. H.323
subscribers and SIP subscribers can only act as the participants, but not the originators
of this service.

2-53

2.28 Conference
This service enables multiples subscribers to communicate simultaneously. The
SoftX3000 supports three types of conference services: normal conference, auto list
conference, and convener-authorized conference. This section describes the normal
conference service.
During a normal conference, the convener can add or delete a participant by operating
on a phone set, for example, pressing the key <R> and then dialing a number.
A subscriber has the conference service authority (you can use the command MOD
service is CONF).
2.28.3 Operations
I. Registration
II. Implementation
1)
2)
Subscriber A dials the number of Subscriber B and hears the ringback tone.
3)
4)
During the conversation, Subscriber A presses the key <R>. Subscriber B hears
the music, and Subscriber A hears the dial tone.
5)
Subscriber A dials the number of Subscriber C. Subscriber C picks up the phone,

Subscribers A, B, and C form a three-party call. If the call to Subscriber C fails,
Subscriber A can press the key <R> to return to the conference. If Subscriber A
presses the hook when hearing the ringback tone, he/she can also return to the
conference. After Subscriber A hears the busy tone for three seconds, he/she will
return to the conference automatically. If Subscriber C does not answer the call
after ringing timeout, Subscriber A will return to the conference automatically after
pressing the key <R>.
6)
During the conversation, Subscriber A presses the key <R>. Subscribers B and C
continue talking. Subscriber A hears the dial tone.

2-54

7)
Subscriber A dials the number of Subscriber D. After Subscriber D picks up the

phone, a four-party conference is formed. If the call to Subscriber C fails,
Subscriber A can press the key <R> to return to the conference. If Subscriber A
presses the hook when hearing the ringback tone, he/she can also return to the
conference. After Subscriber A hears the busy tone for three seconds, he/she will
return to the conference automatically. If Subscriber D does not answer the call
after ringing timeout, Subscriber A will return to the conference automatically after
pressing the key <R>.
8)
If a participant hangs up, the ongoing conference call will not be affected. If
Subscriber A (the conference convener) hangs up, all the participants will hear the
busy tone.
III. Deregistration
To cancel Subscriber As authority for the normal conference service, you can execute
the command MOD VSBR, MOD MSBR, or MOD SS and delete the parameter CONF.

z
This service can support up to 64 conference participants.
The conference service takes precedence over the three-party service.
2.29 Auto List Conference

conference, and convener-authorized conference. This section describes the auto list
conference service.
To initiate an auto list conference, the convener first registers all the participants by
dialing their numbers, and then starts the conference by calling the participants (no
registration is needed for later starts). All the participants will hear the ringing tone. After
they pick up the phone, the conference is initiated successfully.
A subscriber has the "conference service authority (you can use the command MOD
service is CONF).

2-55

2.29.3 Operations
A is a service subscriber. B, C, D, and E are common subscribers.
I. Registration
1)
2)
Subscriber A dials *81*k*Subscriber Bs number# to list Subscriber B as a

participant. If Subscriber A has the conference service authority, he/she will hear
the announcement indicating successful registration of the service. Otherwise,
3)
4)
Subscriber A repeats the above steps to list Subscribers C and D as participants

one by one.
Note:
The value k indicates the group number of a conference, ranging from 0 to 3.
II. Implementation
1)
2)
Subscriber A dials *84*k# to start a conference. Subscribers B, C, and D hear the

ringing tone simultaneously.
3)
After a participant picks up the phone, Subscriber A and the participant hear the
conference convening tone simultaneously. After all the registered participants
pick up the phone, the conference starts.
4)
During the conference, Subscriber A can perform the following operations:
Isolating a participant: Subscriber A can isolate a participant temporarily and let

him/her hear the music or mute. Subscriber A can isolate multiple participants at
the same time by dialing *88*DN#. DN stands for the telephone number of a
participant.
Retrieving a participant: By dialing #88*DN#, Subscriber A can let an isolated

participant rejoin the conference.
Dividing a conference: Subscriber A can make a call to one participant by dialing

*86*DN#. This participant will be isolated from the conference, while the other
participants will proceed with the conference normally. That is, the conference will
be divided into two small ones. The conference convener and the isolated
participant will be in one small conference, while the other participants will be in
the other. A conference can be divided only once.
Reuniting two small conferences: By dialing #86#, Subscriber A can return to the
original conference and reunite the two conferences into one.

2-56

z
Deleting a participant: By dialing #82*DN#, Subscriber A can forcedly delete a

participant who is talking in the conference, being isolated, or in a divided small
conference.
III. Deregistration of a Participant

A conference convener can deregister one participant. After successful deregistration,
this participant will not be invited for the next conference.
1)
2)
Subscriber A dials #81*k*DN#. If Subscriber A has the conference service

authority, he/she will hear the announcement indicating successful deregistration
of the service. Otherwise, Subscriber A will hear the restriction announcement.
3)
IV. Deregistration of All Participants

A conference convener can deregister all participants of a conference and make the
conference invalid.
1)
2)
Subscriber A dials #83*k#. If Subscriber A has the conference service authority,

service. Otherwise, Subscriber A will hear the restriction announcement.
3)

z
A service subscriber can register a maximum of four conference calls

simultaneously, but can only start one conference call at one time. One
conference can contain 63 participants at most.
The conference service takes precedence over the three-party service.
2.30 Convener-Authorized Conference

conference, and convener-authorized conference. This section describes the
convener-authorized conference service.
During a convener-authorized conference call, a conference convener can accept or
reject a subscriber who wants to join the conference.

2-57

None.
2.30.3 Operations
A is a service subscriber. B, C, D, and E are common subscribers. B has the conference
service authority, and has listed C, D, and E in an auto list conference. Refer to Auto
List Conference for details.
I. Registration
This service can be used directly without authority setting.
II. Implementation
1)
Subscriber B starts an auto list conference call. Subscribers B, C, D, E talk with

each other.
2)
During the conference call, Subscriber A dials the number of Subscriber B.

Subscriber A hears the conference convening tone, and Subscriber B hears the
music. At this time, Subscriber B can perform the following operations:
Subscriber B presses the hook or the key <R>, and then dials *85# to accept
Subscriber A.
Subscriber B presses the hook or the key <R>, and then dials #85# to reject
Subscriber A. Subscriber B proceeds with the conference. Subscriber A hears the
busy tone.
III. Deregistration
This service ends when Subscriber A hangs up.

None.
2.31 Designated Pickup

This service allows a service subscriber to answer an incoming call to another
subscriber by dialing the corresponding prefix and the called number.
A subscriber has the designated pickup service authority (you can use the command
service is DAN). In addition, several subscribers are in the same pickup group (You can

2-58

use the command MOD VSBR or MOD MSBR to set the same values for the
parameter co-group pickup for these subscribers).
2.31.3 Operations
A is a service subscriber. B and C are common subscribers. A and B are in the same
pickup group.
I. Registration
II. Implementation
1)
2)
Subscriber C dials the number of Subscriber B and hears the ringback tone.
3)
4)
Subscriber A dials *11*Subscriber Bs number# on a DTMF phone set.

Subscriber Bs phone set stops ringing. Subscribers A and C talk with each other.
5)
III. Deregistration
To cancel Subscriber As authority for the designated pickup service, you can execute
the command MOD VSBR, MOD MSBR, or MOD SS and delete the parameter DAN.

2.32 Call Transfer

This service enables a callee to transfer an established incoming call to a third party by
pressing the hook for the purpose of establishing a new connection between the caller
and the third party.
A subscriber has the call transfer service authority (you can use the command MOD
service is CTR).

2-59

2.32.3 Operations
I. Registration
II. Implementation
1)
2)
Subscriber B dials the number of Subscriber A and hears the ringback tone.
Subscriber A hears the ringing tone.
3)
Subscriber A picks up the phone and talks with subscriber B.
4)
During the conversation, Subscriber A presses the hook or the key <R>, and then
dials the number of Subscriber C. At this time, Subscriber B hears the music and
Subscriber C hears the ringing tone.
5)
Subscriber C picks up the phone. Subscriber A hangs up. Subscriber B and

Subscriber C talk with each other.
6)
III. Deregistration
To cancel Subscriber As authority for the call transfer service, you can execute the
command MOD VSBR, MOD MSBR, or MOD SS and delete the parameter CTR.

z
Subscribers A and C can be either Centrex subscribers or common subscribers.
If Subscriber A is a Centrex subscriber and Subscriber C is in the same Centrex as

Subscriber A, Subscriber A can press the hook and then dial the Centrex short number
of Subscriber C.
If Subscriber A is a Centrex subscriber and Subscriber C is a common subscriber,
Subscriber A can press the hook and then dial the outgoing prefix + number of
Subscriber C.
If Subscriber A is a common subscriber and Subscriber C is a Centrex subscriber,
Subscriber A can press the hook and then dial the number of Subscriber C.
If Subscriber A is a common subscriber and so is Subscriber C, Subscriber A can press
the hook and then dial the number of Subscriber C.
z
You can set whether common calls can be forwarded to a toll number with an MML
command.
originators of this service. Note that some H.323 and SIP phone sets do not
2-60

support the media stream redirection function currently, so they cannot transfer
calls when serving as the calling phone sets (participants).
2.33 Call Transfer (Hong Kong)

This service enables a callee to transfer an established incoming call to a third party by
pressing the hook for the purpose of establishing a new connection between the caller
and the third party.
A subscriber has the call transfer service authority (you can use the command MOD
service is CTR).
2.33.3 Operations
I. Registration
II. Implementation
Call transfer can be implemented in the following ways:
z
When Subscriber A and Subscriber B are talking on the phone (Subscriber A is

either a caller or a callee), Subscriber A presses the hook and then dials the
number of Subscriber C. After Subscriber C picks up the phone, Subscriber A talks
with Subscriber C. Subscriber B is held. After Subscriber A hangs up, Subscriber
B and Subscriber C talk with each other.

with Subscriber C. Subscriber C hangs up, and then Subscriber A hangs up, too.
Because Subscriber B is still being held, Subscriber As phone set rings again.
After Subscriber A picks up the phone, he/she can continue to talk with Subscriber
B. If Subscriber C hangs up but Subscriber A does not, Subscriber A will hear the
busy tone (Subscriber B is listening to the music) for 20 seconds and then retrieve
the call with Subscriber B automatically. When hearing the busy tone, Subscriber
A can also press the hook to retrieve the call.

2-61

z

with Subscriber C. Subscriber A presses the hook again. Subscribers A, B, and C
form a three-party conversation. Subscriber A presses the hook for the third time,
Subscriber C hears the busy tone, and Subscribers A and B continue the
conversation. During a three-party conversation, if any party hangs up, the other
two parties will not be affected.

number of Subscriber C. Subscriber C is busy, so Subscriber A hears the busy
tone. Subscriber A presses the hook again. Subscriber B stops hearing the music
and Subscriber A continues to hear the busy tone. After Subscriber A presses the
hook for the third time, he/she retrieves the call with Subscriber B.

number of Subscriber C. Subscriber C hears the ringing tone. Subscriber A hangs
up. Subscriber C continues hearing the ringing tone. Subscriber B hears the
ringback tone. After Subscriber C picks up the phone, Subscriber B talks with
Subscriber C.
III. Deregistration
To cancel Subscriber As authority for the call transfer service, you can execute the
command MOD VSBR, MOD MSBR, or MOD SS and delete the parameter CTR.

z
After a Centrex subscriber presses the hook, whether a call is transferred to an

intra-Centrex number or an out-Centrex number is determined by the setting of the
corresponding software parameter.
Centrex subscribers cannot transfer international calls by pressing the hook.
The forwarded-to numbers cannot be international direct-dial-in numbers,

emergency numbers, or special numbers.
When a called number is an international direct-dial-in number, the caller cannot

transfer the call.
2.34 Calling Line Identification Presentation

This service enables the SoftX3000 to send the callers number to a callee and display
it on the callees phone set or terminal.

2-62

A subscriber has the calling line identification presentation (CLIP) service authority
(you can use the command MOD VSBR, MOD MSBR, or MOD SS to set it; the
parameter for this supplementary service is CLIP).
2.34.3 Operations
I. Registration
II. Implementation
1)
2)
Subscribers A hears the ringing tone. If Subscriber B has not registered the calling
line identification restriction (CLIR) service, Subscriber Bs number will be
displayed on the phone set of Subscriber A between the first ringing tone and the
second one.
3)
4)
III. Deregistration
To cancel Subscriber As authority for the CLIP service, you can execute the command
MOD VSBR, MOD MSBR, or MOD SS and delete the parameter CLIP.

I. Restrictions
If a caller has registered the CLIR service, the callers number will not be displayed on
the callees phone set.
II. Others
2.35 Calling Line Identification Presentation (Hong Kong)

This service enables the SoftX3000 to send the callers number to a callee and display
it on the callees phone set or terminal.

2-63

A subscriber has the calling line identification presentation (CLIP) service authority
parameter for this supplementary service is CLIP).
2.35.3 Operations
I. Registration
II. Implementation
1)
2)
Subscribers A hears the ringing tone. If Subscriber B has not registered the CLIR
service, Subscriber Bs number will be displayed on the phone set of Subscriber A
between the first ringing tone and the second one.
3)
4)
III. Deregistration
To cancel Subscriber As authority for the CLIP service, you can execute the command
MOD VSBR, MOD MSBR, or MOD SS and delete the parameter CLIP.

I. Restrictions
z
For the conflict between this service and call forwarding services, refer to the
Points for Attention in call forwarding services.
For the conflict between this service and call waiting service, refer to the Points
for Attention in call waiting service.
II. Others
z
If the caller has registered the CLIR, "Private or Anonymous call will be
displayed on the phone set of the callee.
If the caller has registered the number incomplete (NI) service, Unavailable will
be displayed on the callees phone set.
If a service subscriber is a CENTREX subscriber, the parameter OUT-GROUP

PREFIX DISPLAY should be set to TRUE. When there is an incoming call from
a subscriber out of the callees Centrex group, the outgoing prefix of the caller will
2-64

be displayed preceding the calling number, indicating that the incoming call is from
an out-Centrex subscriber; otherwise, no outgoing prefix will be displayed.
z
If the callees phone set rings in the frequency shift keying (FSK) mode, the calling
number will be displayed on the callees phone set even if the callee has no CLIP
authority.

subscribers.
2.36 Calling Line Identification Restriction

This service enables a caller to restrict the presentation of his/her number on the
callees phone set.
A subscriber has the calling line identification restriction authority (you can use the
supplementary service is CLIR).
2.36.3 Operations
A is a service subscriber. B is a called subscriber registered with the CLIP service.
I. Registration
1)
2)
Subscriber A dials *61# on a DTMF phone. If Subscriber A has the CLIR service
3)
II. Verification
1)
2)
Subscriber A dials *#61# on a DTMF phone. If Subscriber A has registered the

CLIR service, he/she will hear the music. Otherwise, Subscriber A will hear the
busy tone.
3)
III. Implementation
1)
2)
Subscriber B hears the ringing tone and can see no calling number on the phone
set.
2-65

3)
4)
IV. Deregistration
1)
2)
Subscriber A dials #61# on a DTMF phone. If Subscriber A has registered the

CLIR service, he/she will hear the announcement indicating successful
3)

z
Even if this service has been registered, the caller can use the temporary
reservation for CLIP service to allow his/her number to be displayed on the phone
set of the callee.
If the callee has the authority for the calling line identification restriction override
service, even if the caller has registered the CLIR service, the callers number will
still be displayed on the phone set of the callee.
You can set whether to register the CLIR service with the command MOD FSFP.

subscribers.
2.37 Calling Line Identification Restriction Override

This service enables a service subscribers phone set to display calling numbers in all
cases.
A subscriber has the calling line identification restriction override authority (you can
this supplementary service is RIO).
2.37.3 Operations
A is a service subscriber registered with the CLIP service and having the authority for
the CLIR override service. B is a calling subscriber.
I. Registration

2-66

II. Implementation
1)
2)
Subscribers A hears the ringing tone. Whatever type of Subscriber B is,
Subscriber As phone set can always display the number of Subscriber B.
3)
4)
III. Deregistration
To cancel Subscriber As authority for the CLIR override service, you can execute the
command MOD VSBR, MOD MSBR, or MOD SS and delete the parameter RIO.

2.38 Permanent Reservation for Calling Line Identification

Restriction (Class-C Subscribers)
For a Class-C subscriber, it is not allowed to present his/her number to the callee in all
cases, even if he/she has dialed a certain prefix for number presentation before the
called number.
A subscriber has the permanent reservation for CLIR service authority (you can use
the command MOD VSBR, MOD MSBR, or MOD SS to set it; the parameter for this
supplementary service is RIP).
2.38.3 Operations
A is a service subscriber with the authority for the permanent reservation for CLIR
service. B is a called subscriber registered with the CLIP service.
I. Registration
II. Implementation
1)
2)
Subscribers B hears the ringing tone. If Subscriber B has the authority for the CLIR
2-67

override service, Subscriber A's number will be displayed. Otherwise, no calling

number will be displayed on Subscriber Bs phone set even if Subscriber A has
registered the temporary reservation for calling line identification presentation
service. If Subscriber B uses a CID phone set, Private will be displayed on the
phone set.
3)
4)
III. Deregistration
To cancel Subscriber As authority for the permanent reservation for CLIR service, you
can execute the command MOD VSBR, MOD MSBR, or MOD SS and delete the
parameter RIP.

z
If Subscriber B has registered the malicious call tracing service, even if Subscriber
A has the CLIR authority, the Telecommunication Office can still offer Subscriber
As number to Subscriber B.

subscribers.
2.39 Number Barring

This service can restrict outgoing calls. With this service registered, a service
subscriber cannot originate calls to the pre-designated restricted numbers.
A subscriber has the authority for the number barring service (you can use the
supplementary service is DLC).
A call out password is set or modified for a service subscriber with the command MOD
VSBR or MOD MSBR; the parameter is Call Out Password).
2.39.3 Operations
A is a service subscriber, using a DTMF phone set. TN is a barred number.
I. Activation
1)
2)
Subscriber A dials *76*SSSSSS#. SSSSSS is the password of Subscriber A. If

Subscriber A has the number barring service authority, he/she will hear the
2-68

announcement indicating successful activation of the service. Otherwise,

3)
II. Deactivation
1)
2)
Subscriber A dials #76*SSSSSS#. SSSSSS is a six-digit password of

Subscriber A. If Subscriber A has the number barring service authority and has
activated the service, he/she will hear the announcement indicating successful
deactivation of the service. Otherwise, Subscriber A will hear the restriction
announcement.
3)
This operation is optional. After deactivating the service, execute the command DSP
SS. The register flag is displayed as NULL.
III. Registration
1)
2)
Subscriber A dials *542*SSSSSSTN#. If Subscriber A has the number barring

announcement.
3)
IV. Verification
1)
2)
Subscriber A dials *#542*SSSSSSTN#. If Subscriber A has registered the

number barring service, he/she will hear the music. Otherwise, Subscriber A will
hear the busy tone.
3)
V. Implementation
1)
2)
Subscriber A dials TN, and then hears the call barring announcement.
3)
VI. Deregistration of One Barred Number

1)
2)
Subscriber A dials "#542*SSSSSSTN# to cancel one barred number. If

Subscriber A has registered the number barring service, he/she will hear the
3)

2-69

VII. Deregistration of All Barred Numbers

1)
2)
Subscriber A dials "#543*SSSSSS# to cancel all barred numbers. If Subscriber A

has registered the number barring service, he/she will hear the announcement
hear the busy tone.
3)

I. Restrictions
z
This service is not applicable to pulse phone sets.
A subscriber cannot register the number barring service and the designated
destination code allowed service for one destination number simultaneously.
II. Others
2.40 Secretary Service

This service enables a service subscriber to designate another telephone (secretarys
telephone) to handle all his/her incoming calls, that is, all incoming calls will be
transferred to the secretarys telephone first and only the secretary can call the service
subscriber directly.
A subscriber has the secretary service authority (you can use the command MOD
SCR).
2.40.3 Operations
A is a service subscriber. B is a secretary of the service subscriber. C is a common
subscriber.
I. Registration
1)
2)
Subscriber A dials *77* Subscriber Bs number #. If Subscriber A has the

secretary service authority, he/she will hear the announcement indicating

2-70


3)
II. Verification
1)
2)
Subscriber A dials *#77* Subscriber Bs number #. If Subscriber A has registered

the secretary service, he/she will hear the music. Otherwise, Subscriber A will
hear the busy tone.
3)
III. Implementation
1)
2)
3)
4)
Subscriber B presses the hook and hears the special dial tone. Subscriber C hears
the music.
5)
Subscribers A hears the ringing tone.
6)
7)
Subscriber B hangs up. Subscriber A talks with subscriber C.
8)
Subscribers A and C hang up.
IV. Deregistration
1)
2)
Subscriber A dials #77#. If Subscriber A has registered the secretary service,

3)

I. Restrictions
z
The secretary service cannot be used simultaneously with the number change
service; otherwise, it is possible that the bosss phone set will not ring after the
secretary presses the hook.
II. Others
z
The secretary service takes precedence over the call forwarding unconditional
service.
2-71

z
By default, the secretary service takes precedence over the do-not-disturb service,
the call forwarding busy service, and the call waiting service.
The secretary service is usually used simultaneously with the call transfer service.
You can set whether to transfer incoming calls from a Centrex group to the
secretary first or to connect them directly to the boss with the command MOD
FSFP.
2.41 Secretary Station Service

This service is an enhanced type of secretary service. When a telephone set is enabled
with this service, the incoming calls to the phone set will be queued. In other words, the
new incoming calls will be held when the phone set is busy and will be connected once
the phone set becomes idle. A secretary station can hold a maximum of five incoming
calls.
A subscriber has the secretary station service authority (you can use the command
service is SPL).
2.41.3 Operations
I. Registration
1)
2)
Subscriber A dials *78#. If Subscriber A has the secretary station service

3)
II. Verification
1)
2)
Subscriber A dials *#78#. If Subscriber A has registered the secretary station

tone.
3)

2-72

III. Implementation
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
Subscriber A hears a prompt tone (a beep sound) during the conversation.
6)
Subscriber A hangs up. Later, Subscriber hears the ringing tone again.
7)
Subscriber A picks up the phone and talks with subscriber C.
8)
IV. Deregistration
1)
2)
Subscriber A dials #78#. If Subscriber A has registered the secretary station

3)

I. Restrictions
II. Others
z
By default, the do-not-disturb service, the call forwarding unconditional service,

the call forwarding busy service, and the call waiting service take precedence over
the secretary station service.
2.42 Temporary Reservation for Calling Line Identification

Presentation (Class-B Subscribers)
For a Class-B subscriber, his/her number will not be displayed on the phone set of a
callee in normal cases, but by dialing a certain prefix before a called number, his/her
number will be presented to the callee in this call.

2-73

A subscriber has the temporary reservation for calling line identification presentation
service authority (you can use the command MOD VSBR, MOD MSBR, or MOD SS to
set it, and the parameter for this supplementary service is TCIP).
At the same time, the service subscriber has the authority for the CLIR service (you can
this supplementary service is CLIR. This service must be registered), or the authority
for the default reservation for the CLIR service (you can use the command MOD
VSBR, MOD MSBR, or MOD SS to set it; the parameter for this supplementary service
is RID. This service need not be registered).
2.42.3 Operations
A is a temporary reservation for CLIP service subscriber, having the authority for the
default reservation for CLIR service or registered with the CLIR service. B is a called
subscriber with the authority for CLIP and registered with the CLIP service.
I. Registration
II. Implementation
1)
2)
Subscriber B hears the ringing tone, but can see no calling number on the phone
set. Subscriber A dials *68 Subscriber Bs number and hears the ringback tone.
Subscriber B hears the ringing tone and can see the calling number on the phone
set.
3)
4)
III. Deregistration
To cancel Subscriber As authority for the temporary reservation for CLIP service, you
parameter TCIP.

z
If Subscriber B has the authority for the CLIR override service, Subscriber As
number will be displayed on the phone set of Subscriber B in all cases whenever
there is a call from Subscriber A.

2-74

z
If Subscriber B has registered the "malicious call tracing service, even if

Subscriber A has the CLIR authority, the Telecommunication Office can still offer
Subscriber As number to Subscriber B.

subscribers.
2.43 Temporary Unblock of Calling Line Identification

Restriction (Hong Kong)
If calling numbers are not allowed to be presented to the callees in normal cases, this
service enables a service subscriber to unblock the calling line identification restriction
during a call by dialing the corresponding prefix before a called number.
None.
2.43.3 Operations
A is a service subscriber registered with the CLIR service. B is a common subscriber
registered with the CLIP service.
I. Registration
This service can be used directly without authority setting or registration.
II. Implementation
1)
2)
Subscriber A dials #96# the number of Subscriber B and hears the ringback tone.
set.
3)
4)
III. Deregistration
This service can only be activated temporarily during a call, so no deregistration is
needed.

z
The service attribute of the prefix #96# is CID UNBLOCK.
Displayed on the user interface for call identification, the service attribute of this
prefix is caller number unlimit.

2-75

2.44 Temporary Reservation for Calling Line Identification

Restriction (Class-A Subscribers)
For a Class-A subscriber, his/her number will be displayed on the phone set of a callee
in normal cases, but by dialing a certain prefix before a called number, his/her number
will not be presented to the callee in this call.
The service subscriber has the authority for the temporary reservation for CLIR
service (you can use the command MOD VSBR, MOD MSBR, or MOD SS to set it; the
parameter for this supplementary service is TCIR).
2.44.3 Operations
A is a service subscriber with the authority for the temporary reservation for CLIR
service. B is a called subscriber registered with the CLIP service.
I. Registration
II. Implementation
1)
2)
set. Subscriber A dials *62 Subscriber Bs number and hears the ringback tone.
Subscriber B hears the ringing tone but can see no calling number on the phone
set. If Subscriber B uses a CID phone set, Private will be displayed on the phone
set.
3)
4)
III. Deregistration
To cancel Subscriber As authority for the temporary reservation for CLIR service, you
parameter TCIR.

2-76


z
If Subscriber B has the authority for CLIR override, Subscriber As number will be
displayed on the phone set of Subscriber B in all cases whenever there is a call
from Subscriber A.
If Subscriber B has registered the "malicious call tracing service, even if

Subscriber A has the calling line identification restriction authority, the
Telecommunication Office can still offer Subscriber As number to Subscriber B.

subscribers.
2.45 Temporary Block of Calling Line Identification

Presentation (Hong Kong)
If calling numbers are allowed to be presented to the callees in normal cases, this
service enables a service subscriber to block the calling line identification presentation
during a call by dialing the corresponding prefix before a called number.
None.
2.45.3 Operations
A is a service subscriber. B is a common subscriber registered with the CLIP service.
I. Registration
II. Implementation
1)
2)
Subscriber A dials *96# Subscriber Bs number and hears the ringback tone.
Subscriber B hears the ringing tone and can see Private or Anonymous call
displayed on the phone set.
3)
4)
III. Deregistration
needed.

2-77


z
The service attribute of the prefix *96# is CID BLOCK.
Displayed on the user interface for call identification, the service attribute of this
prefix is caller number limit.
2.46 Caller Identification Display during Call Waiting (Hong

Kong)
With this service registered, if a subscriber calls a service subscriber who is talking with
another subscriber on the phone, the service subscriber can see the calling number of
the new call on the phone set.
A subscriber has the caller identification display during call waiting service authority
(you can use the command MOD VSBR, MOD MSBR, or MOD SS to set it, and the
parameter for this supplementary service is CW).
The service subscriber has the CLIP authority (you can use the command MOD VSBR,
MOD MSBR, or MOD SS to set it; the parameter for this supplementary service is
CLIP).
The service subscriber has the authority for the caller identification display during call
waiting service (you can use the command MOD VSBR, MOD MSBR, or MOD SS to
set it, and the parameter for this supplementary service is CIDCW).
2.46.3 Operations
A is a service subscriber with the authorities for the call waiting service, CLIP service,
and caller identification display during call waiting service. B and C are common
subscribers.
I. Registration
1)
2)

Subscriber A has the call waiting service authority, he/she will hear the
3)

2-78

II. Implementation
Subscriber A. Subscriber C hears the announcement prompting that the called
subscriber is busy now and that Subscriber C needs to wait a while for the response.
Subscriber A hears a beep tone and can see Subscriber Cs number on the phone. At
this time, Subscriber A has three options:
z
Reject the call from Subscriber C: Make no reaction and the call will be released
automatically after a period of time.
Hold on Subscriber B and talk with Subscriber C: Press the hook or the key <R>,
Release Subscriber B and talk with Subscriber C: Press the hook or the key <R>,
III. Deregistration
1)
2)

Subscriber A has registered the call waiting service, he/she will hear the
3)

z
After hearing the call waiting prompt tone, if Subscriber A does not dial any
number after pressing the hook, he/she can talk with Subscriber C and hold on
Subscriber B.
2.47 Designated Destination Code Allowed

This service allows a local subscriber to call some designated destination codes only,
but restricts no incoming calls to the subscriber. A maximum of 10 destination codes
can be set in the list, which can be a prefix, national code, toll are code, office number,
special service number, or subscriber number (20 digits at most).

2-79

A subscriber has the designated destination code allowed authority (you can use the
supplementary service is DNCALW).
A subscriber has the intra-office call authority only (you can use the command MOD
VSBR or MOD MSBR to set it; select LCO~0(Intra-office) for the parameter Call-out
authority.
2.47.3 Operations
A is a service subscriber with the authority for the designated destination code
allowed service and the intra-office call authority. B is an out-office subscriber with a
local, national toll, international toll, or special service number.
I. Activation
1)
2)
Subscriber A dials *75*SSSSSS#. SSSSSS is the password of Subscriber A. If

Subscriber A has the authority for the designated destination code allowed service,
he/she will hear the announcement indicating successful activation of the service.
3)
Note:
The registered destination codes will take effect immediately only after you activate the service.
II. Registration
1)
2)
Subscriber A dials *#75*SSSSSS*Subscriber Bs number#. If Subscriber A has

the authority for the designated destination code allowed service and the right
password is entered, he/she will hear the announcement indicating successful
registration of the service. Otherwise, Subscriber A will hear the busy tone. If
Subscriber A has no authority for the service, he/she will hear the restriction
announcement.
3)
III. Implementation
1)
2)
Subscriber A calls Subscriber B. If Subscriber A has registered the service, he/she

will hear the ringback tone, and Subscriber B will hear the ringing tone. After
2-80

Subscriber B picks up the phone, they can talk with each other. If Subscriber A has
not registered the service, he/she will hear the restriction announcement.
3)
IV. Deactivation
1)
2)
Subscriber A dials #75*SSSSSS#. If Subscriber A has the service authority,

he/she will hear the announcement indicating successful deactivation of the
service. If a wrong password is entered, Subscriber A will hear the busy tone. If
Subscriber A has no authority for the service, he/she will hear the restriction
announcement.
3)
V. Cancellation of one destination code

Proceed as follows:
1)
2)
Subscriber A dials #*75*SSSSSS*Subscriber Bs number#. If Subscriber A has

registered the designated destination code allowed service, he/she will hear the
announcement indicating successful cancellation of the service. Otherwise,
3)
VI. Cancellation of all destination codes

Proceed as follows:
1)
2)
Subscriber A dials ##*75*SSSSSS#. If Subscriber A has registered the

designated destination code allowed service, he/she will hear the announcement
indicating successful cancellation of the service. Otherwise, Subscriber A will hear
the busy tone.
3)

I. Restrictions
z
This service is not applicable to pulse phone set.
For one destination code, the designated destination code allowed service and the
number barring service cannot be registered simultaneously.
II. Others
z
The designated destination code allowed service takes the precedence over the
call forwarding services.

2-81

z
The designated destination code allowed service takes the precedence over the
three-party service.
2.48 Password Call (Hong Kong)

After this service is enabled, a service subscriber must input the preset password when
making international toll calls.
A subscriber has the password call service authority (you can use the command MOD
service is PWDCAL).
The password for outgoing calls is set or modified for the subscriber with the command
MOD VSBR or MOD MSBR; the parameter is Call Out Password).
2.48.3 Operations
I. Registration
II. Implementation
1)
2)
Subscriber A dials an international toll number, and then hears the call barring
announcement.
3)
4)
Subscriber A picks up the phone again and hears the dial tone.
5)
Subscriber A dials *99*SSSSSS# an international number. If the password

SSSSSS is inputted correctly, the international call will be originated successfully.
If the password is wrong, Subscriber A will hear the announcement prompting
password error.
6)
III. Deregistration
To cancel Subscriber As authority for the password call service, you can execute the
command MOD VSBR, MOD MSBR, or MOD SS and delete the parameter PWDCAL.

2-82


The password call service enjoys the highest priority over the other outgoing authorities.
Even if a subscriber has no outgoing authority, he/she can still originate calls through
the password call service.
2.49 Remotely Activate Call Forwarding (Hong Kong)

This service allows a service subscriber to register or deregister a call forwarding
service such as call forwarding unconditional, call forwarding busy, or call forwarding no
reply on any phone set in the local office.
A subscriber has the remotely activate call forwarding service authority (you can use
supplementary service is RACF).
2.49.3 Operations
A is a service subscriber with the authority for the remotely activate call forwarding
service. B and C are common subscribers. B has the call forwarding authority. D is a
forwarded-to subscriber.
I. Registration
1)
2)
Subscriber A dials *571*SSSSSS* Subscriber Bs number* forwarded-to number

of Subscriber D#. SSSSSS is the password of Subscriber A. If subscriber A has
the remotely activate call forwarding authority, subscriber A will hear the
subscriber A will hear the restriction announcement.
3)
II. Implementation
1)
2)
Subscribers D hears the ringing tone.
3)
Subscriber D picks up the phone and talks with subscriber C.
4)
Subscribers C and D hang up.
III. Deregistration
1)

2-83

2)
Subscriber A dials #571*SSSSSS* Subscriber Bs number#. If Subscriber B has

registered the call forwarding service, Subscriber A will hear the announcement
hear the busy tone.
3)

z
If Subscriber A is a Centrex subscriber and Subscriber B is in the same Centrex as

Subscriber A, Subscriber B can dial the Centrex short number of Subscriber A for
registering or deregistering the call forwarding service.
If Subscriber A is a Centrex subscriber and Subscriber B is a common subscriber,
Subscriber B can dial the number of Subscriber A for registering or deregistering the
call forwarding service.
If Subscriber A is a common subscriber and Subscriber B is a Centrex subscriber,
Subscriber B can dial the outgoing prefix + number of Subscriber A for registering or
deregistering the call forwarding service.
If both Subscriber A and Subscriber B are common subscribers, Subscriber B can dial
the number of Subscriber A for registering or deregistering the call forwarding service.
z
Subscriber C can be either a local subscriber, local toll subscriber, national toll
subscriber, or international toll subscriber.

subscribers.
2.50 Remotely Activate Call Forwarding (Hong KongCard

Mode
This service allows a subscriber to register or deregister the call forwarding services
(including CFU, CFB, and CFNR) of a phone set on any other phone set in the local
office.
A subscriber can use this service if only he/she has the call-out authority. However, the
service subscriber must have the corresponding service authority.
In the Softx3000, the RACF service is implemented by the IN service procedure, so it is
necessary to set the related IN service data. The general configuration script is as
follows:

2-84

ADD
CNACLD:
PFX=K'17000,

CSTP=IN,
CSA=INSVR,
MINL=5,
MAXL=5,
CHSC=0,
SDESCRIPTION="RACF Service";
ADD ACCODE: CODE=K'17000, POS=255, DBLEN=255;
ADD TDPCFG: DPNO=3, DPCNO=ACODE, CODE=K'17000, SKEY=170;
ADD SCPADDR: SCP=0, DPC="001122", SCT=CSP;
ADD SSPADDR: SCP=0, DPC="001122";
ADD SCPCFG: SKEY=170, DB=65535, SCP0=YES;
ADD LKNDIDX: SKEY="FC", IDX="14", KIN1=ENG;
ADD LKNDIDX: SKEY="FC", IDX="A0", KIN1=CHI;
ADD CSPSRVC: SK=170, AC=K'17000, ST=RACF, CT=BACK;
ADD CSPSRVF: SRVNAME="racf", FILENAME="racf.bin";
ACT CSPSRVF: SRVNAME="racf";
ADD CSPSRVM: SKEY=170, MDLFT=22, MDLSN=23;
ADD RACFSEG: SOUN=K'10000000, EOUN=K'10000999;
ADD RACF: RACFNO=K'10000001, PWD=K'123456;
17000 is the RACF service prefix in Hong Kong (card mode).

In addition, if the MRC is used for playing announcement, you need to add the MRC
voice files.
2.50.3 Operations
Any subscriber in the local office can dial the service prefix 17000 and complete the
service operations according to the voice prompt.

None.
2.51 Block the Blocker (Hong Kong)

This service allows a service subscriber or trunk to reject anonymous calls (with no
calling numbers displayed) and to play announcement to the callers.
A subscriber has the block the blocker service authority (you can use the command
supplementary service is BTB).

2-85

2.51.3 Operations
A is a service subscriber registered with the CLIP service and having the block the
blocker authority. B is a common subscriber.
I. Registration
1)
2)
Subscriber A dials *76 on a common DTMF phone set or *#*76 on a party line
phone set. If Subscriber A has the block the blocker authority, he/she will hear
3)
II. Implementation
Subscriber B picks up the phone and dials the number of Subscriber A.
The call will be connected if
z
Subscriber B is an international toll subscriber.
Subscriber B has the authority for the number incomplete (NI) service.
Subscriber B has not activated any CLIR service except the NI service.
The call will fail if

z
Subscriber B has registered the CLIR service. In this case, Subscriber B will hear
the BTB announcement.
Subscriber B has registered the temporary reservation for CLIR service. In this
case, Subscriber B will hear the BTB announcement.
Subscriber B has activated a service for restricting caller ID display except the NI
service. In this case, Subscriber B will hear the BTB announcement.
III. Deregistration
1)
2)
Subscriber A dials #76 on a common phone set or *##76 on a party line phone
set. If Subscriber A has registered the block the blocker service, he/she will hear
3)

None.

2-86

2.52 Temporary Restriction of Call Waiting (Hong Kong)

This service enables a service subscriber with the call waiting authority to disable the
call waiting function by dialing the special prefix for the temporary restriction of call
waiting service before a called number when originating a call.
A subscriber has the call waiting service authority (you can use the command MOD
service is CW).
A subscriber has the temporary restriction of call waiting service authority (you can
use the command MOD VSBR, MOD MSBR, or MOD SS to set it, and the parameter
for this supplementary service is CCW).
2.52.3 Operations
A is a service subscriber with the authorities for the call waiting service and temporary
restriction of call waiting service. B and C are common subscribers.
I. Registration
II. Implementation during Call Origination

When originating a call, a service subscriber can implement this service by following
the steps below:
1)
2)
Subscriber A dials #07 Subscriber Bs number and hears the ringback tone.
Subscriber B hears the ringing tone.
3)
4)
Subscriber C dials the number of Subscriber A and hears the busy tone. The
conversation between Subscriber A and Subscriber B is not affected.
5)
III. Implementation during Call Process

During a call, a service subscriber can implement this service by following the steps
below:
1)
Subscriber A talks with Subscriber B either as a caller or a callee.
2)
Subscriber A presses the hook and hears the dial tone. Subscriber B hears the
music.
2-87

3)
Subscriber A dials #07.
4)
Subscriber A presses the hook again to retrieve the call with Subscriber B.
5)
Subscriber C dials the number of Subscriber A and hears the busy tone. The
6)
IV. Deregistration
To cancel Subscriber As authority for the temporary restriction of call waiting service,
you can execute the command MOD VSBR, MOD MSBR, or MOD SS and delete the
parameter CCW.

z
This service is based on single call, that is, after this service is activated, it is valid
from the start of a call to the end of it.
If a subscriber has the authority for this service but has no authority for the call
waiting service, he/she will hear the restriction announcement when activating this
service.
2.53 Number Incomplete (Hong Kong)

With this service enabled, the number of a service subscriber who sets the number
complete flag to No will not be displayed on the phone set of a callee even if the
callee has registered the CLIP service.
A subscriber has the number incomplete service authority (you can use the command
supplementary service is NUMI).
2.53.3 Operations
A is a service subscriber. B is a common subscriber registered with the CLIP service.
I. Registration
II. Implementation
1)

2-88

2)
Subscriber B hears the ringing tone and can see Unavailable displayed on the
phone set instead of the calling number.
3)
4)
III. Deregistration
To cancel Subscriber As authority for the number incomplete service, you can execute
the command MOD VSBR, MOD MSBR, or MOD SS and delete the parameter NUMI.

None.
2.54 Calling Name Identification Sending (Hong Kong)

This service allows a caller to send his/her preset name to a callee.
A subscriber has the calling name identification sending service authority (you can
for this supplementary service is CNAMV).
A name is set for the service subscriber (you can use the command ADD/MOD VSBR
or ADD/MOD MSBR to set it).
2.54.3 Operations
A is a service subscriber with the authority for the "calling name identification sending
service. B is a common subscriber with the authority for the calling name presentation
service.
I. Registration
II. Implementation
1)
2)
Subscriber B hears the ringing tone and can see the calling name on the phone
set.
3)

2-89

4)
III. Deregistration
To cancel Subscriber As authority for sending calling name, you can execute the
command MOD VSBR, MOD MSBR, or MOD SS and delete the parameter CNAMV.

I. Restriction
This service must be used in cooperation with the calling name presentation service.
II. Others
z
If the caller is a Centrex subscriber and the callee is a non-Centrex subscriber, the
calling name displayed on the callees phone set is the name of the Centrex group
to which the caller belongs.
For international toll calls without calling names, Long Distance will be displayed
on the phone sets of callees.
2.55 Calling Name Identification Presentation (Hong Kong)

This service allows a callees phone set to receive and display the corresponding
calling name.
A subscriber has the authority for the calling name identification presentation service
parameter for this supplementary service is CNAM).
2.55.3 Operations
A is a service subscriber with the authority for the "calling name identification
presentation service. B is a common subscriber with the authority for the calling name
identification sending service.
I. Registration
II. Implementation
1)

2-90

2)
Subscriber A hears the ringing tone and can see the calling name on the phone
set.
3)
4)
III. Deregistration
To cancel Subscriber As authority for the calling name identification presentation
service, you can execute the command MOD VSBR, MOD MSBR, or MOD SS and
delete the parameter CNAM.

I. Restrictions
This service must be used in cooperation with the calling name identification sending
service.
II. Others
z
If the caller is a Centrex subscriber and the callee is a non-Centrex subscriber, the
calling name displayed on the callees phone set is the name of the Centrex group
to which the caller belongs.
For international toll calls without calling names, Long Distance will be displayed
on the phone sets of callees.
2.56 Circular Hunting (Hong Kong)

If a PBX subscriber registered with this service is busy when there is an incoming call,
the SoftX3000 will search for an idle subscriber in the same PBX group and then
connect the call. In this case, the number of the PBX subscriber is similar to a PBX pilot
number.
A subscriber has the circular hunting authority (you can use the command MOD
service is CHT).
2.56.3 Operations
A and B are subscribers in one PBX group. A is a service subscriber with the authority
for the circular hunting service. C is a common subscriber.

2-91

I. Registration
II. Implementation
1)
2)
Subscriber C dials the number of Subscriber A. Subscriber A is busy. The

SoftX3000 then searches for an idle subscriber in the PBX group where
Subscriber A belongs. Suppose Subscriber B is selected. Subscriber C hears the
ringback tone, and Subscriber B hears the ringing tone.
3)
4)
Subscribers B and C hang up.
III. Deregistration
To cancel Subscriber As authority for the circular hunting service, you can execute the
command MOD VSBR, MOD MSBR, or MOD SS and delete the parameter CHT.

None.
2.57 Call Rejection in Calling Line Identification Restriction

(Hong Kong)
If a subscriber has the authorities for the CLIP and call rejection in CLIR services,
when there is an incoming call and the caller rejects to provide the calling number, the
call will be rejected.
A subscriber has the CLIP authority (you can use the command MOD VSBR, MOD
MSBR, or MOD SS to set it; the parameter for this supplementary service is CLIP).
The subscriber has the call rejection in CLIR authority (you can use the command
MOD VSBR, MOD MSBR, or MOD SS to set it; the parameter for this supplementary
service is RCLIR).
2.57.3 Operations
A is a service subscriber with the authorities for the CLIP and call rejection in CLIR
services. B is a common with the CLIR authority.

2-92

I. Registration
II. Implementation
1)
2)
Subscriber B dials the number of Subscriber A and hears the restriction
3)
announcement. Subscriber As phone set does not ring.
III. Deregistration
To cancel Subscriber As authority for the call rejection in calling line identification
restriction service, you can execute the command MOD VSBR, MOD MSBR, or MOD
SS and delete the parameter RCLIR.

I. Restriction
Subscribers of this service must register CLIP simultaneously.
II. Others
2.58 Operator Call-in Barring

With this service enabled, international calls from operators to a service subscriber will
be barred.
A subscriber has the operator call-in barring service authority (you can use the
supplementary service is OCB).
2.58.3 Operations
A is a service subscriber with the authority for the operator call-in barring service. B is
an operator making an international call.

2-93

I. Registration
II. Implementation
1)
2)
Subscriber B dials the number of Subscriber A, and then hears the call barring
3)
announcement.
III. Deregistration
To cancel Subscriber As authority for the operator call-in barring service, you can
parameter OCB.

You can define the languages of international operators whose calls are barred using a
one-byte parameter with each bit indicating a language. If a bit is set to 1, it means
that the international calls from the operators speaking the corresponding language are
barred; otherwise, no restriction is implemented.
2.59 Inquiry (Brazil)

This service allows a subscriber to originate a new call when talking on the phone, and
to switch between two calls or release a call.
A subscriber has the inquiry authority (you can use the command MOD VSBR, MOD
MSBR, or MOD SS to set it, and the parameter for this supplementary service is INQY).
2.59.3 Operations
A is a service subscriber with the inquiry authority. B and C are common subscribers.
I. Registration

2-94

II. Implementation
1)
If Subscriber A hangs up after pressing the hook, the held call will be protected
and Subscriber As phone set will ring. If Subscriber A picks up the phone before
Subscriber B hangs up or before the protection duration times out, he/she can
retrieve the call with Subscriber B.
2)
Before Subscriber C answers the call, Subscriber A can press the hook to retrieve
the call with Subscriber B and to abandon the call to Subscriber C.
3)
Before Subscriber C answers the call, the following operations may be done:
Subscriber A presses the hook and then dials 2 to switch between two calls.
Subscriber A presses the hook and then dials 1 to release the current peer party.
Subscriber A does not dial any number after pressing the hook. After timeout,
Subscriber A hears the busy tone. At this time, Subscriber A can press the hook to
return to the original call.
Subscriber A presses the hook and then dials 0 to release the held party. party.
Subscriber A dials any digit except 0, 1, or 2 to return to the original call.
Subscriber A hangs up during the conversation. The current peer party is released.
Then Subscriber As phone set rings again. After picking up the phone, Subscriber
A can talk with the held party.
Subscriber B or C hangs up when talking with Subscriber A. During the call

release process, Subscriber A can press the hook and then dial 1 to talk with
Subscriber C or B.
If the held party hangs up first, the ongoing conversation will not be affected.
III. Deregistration
To cancel Subscriber As authority for the inquiry service, you can execute the
command MOD VSBR, MOD MSBR, or MOD SS and delete the parameter INQY.

Whether to originate an inquiry call can be determined depending on analysis of the
first several digits (at least four digits) of a forwarded-to number, so that the forwarded
calls can be restricted to a certain area.
2.60 Inquiry (Hong Kong)

This service enables a callee to transfer a call by releasing himself/herself.

2-95

A subscriber has the inquiry authority (you can use the command MOD VSBR, MOD
MSBR, or MOD SS to set it, and the parameter for this supplementary service is INQY).
2.60.3 Operations
A is a service subscriber with the inquiry or transfer authority. B and C are common
subscribers.
I. Registration
II. Implementation
Subscriber B calls Subscriber A. During the conversation, Subscriber A presses the
hook or the key <R> to call Subscriber C. Subscriber C picks up the phone and talks
with Subscriber A. Subscriber B is held. At this time, the following operations are
allowed:
z
Subscriber A presses the hook and then dials 4 to release himself/herself.

Subscriber B talks with Subscriber C.
Subscriber A presses the hook and then dial any digit except 1, 2, or 4 to retrieve
the call with Subscriber B.
Subscriber A does not dial any number after pressing the hook. After timeout,
Subscriber A hears the busy tone. At this time, Subscriber A can press the hook to
return to the original call.
III. Deregistration
To cancel Subscriber As authority for the inquiry service, you can execute the
command MOD VSBR, MOD MSBR, or MOD SS and delete the parameter INQY.

z
After a call is transferred with the inquiry service, the new callee (Subscriber C in
the example) cannot use the call transfer services, inquiry service, or three-party
service.
Whether to originate an inquiry call can be determined depending on analysis of

the first several digits (at least four digits) of a forwarded-to number, so that the
forwarded calls can be restricted to a certain area.

2-96

2.61 Message Waiting Indication (Brazil)

This service notifies a service subscriber of whether there are voice messages through
the message waiting indicator on the phone set.
A subscriber has the message waiting indication service authority (you can use the
command MOD VSBR, MOD MSBR, or MOD SS to set it; the parameter for
supplementary service is MWI).
2.61.3 Operations
A is a service subscriber with the authority for the message waiting indication service.
I. Registration
II. Implementation
1)
An incoming call is forwarded to the voice mailbox because Subscriber A is busy

or no reply is received. After recording the message, the voice mailbox sends a
message waiting indication (including the service prefix 600). At this time, the
message waiting indicator on the phone set of Subscriber A is on. After picking up
the phone, Subscriber A hears the message waiting notification announcement.
2)
Subscriber A dials the access code to access the voice mailbox and then follows
3)
After hearing all messages, the voice mailbox sends a message waiting
the voice prompt to hear the message.

cancellation indication (containing the service prefix 610). The message waiting
indicator on the phone set is off. After Subscriber A picks up the phone, he/she will
hear the common dial tone.
III. Deregistration
To cancel Subscriber As authority for the message waiting indication service, you can
parameter MWI.

z
A subscriber cannot dial the prefix 610 or 600 directly. If doing so, the subscriber
will hear the number error announcement.

2-97

z
For message waiting indications and message waiting cancellation indications, a

tandem office will relay them as ordinary prefixes, in which the toll area codes will
be reserved and sent to the end office.
Currently, only TUP and ISUP support message waiting indications and message
waiting cancellation indications.
2.62 Call Forwarding Busy to Voice Mailbox (Hong Kong)

This service forwards the incoming calls to a service subscriber to the voice mailbox
automatically when the service subscriber is busy.
A subscriber has the authority for the call forwarding busy to voice mailbox service
parameter for this supplementary service is BSYTOB).
2.62.3 Operations
I. Activation
This service cannot be used until activated.
1)
2)
Subscriber A dials *92. If Subscriber A has the authority for call forwarding busy
to voice mailbox, he/she will hear the announcement indicating successful
activation of the service. Otherwise, Subscriber A will hear the restriction
announcement.
3)
II. Implementation
Subscriber B calls Subscriber A. Subscriber A is busy, so the call is connected to the
voice mailbox of Subscriber A.
III. Deregistration
1)
2)
Subscriber A dials #92. If Subscriber A has registered the call forwarding busy to
voice mailbox service, he/she will hear the announcement indicating successful
3)

2-98


I. Restrictions
z
call forwarding busy to voice mailbox service.
forwarding busy to voice mailbox service.
For conflict with the malicious call tracing service, refer to the Points for Attention
in the call forwarding busy service.
II. Others
z
When the call forwarding busy to voice mailbox service and the do-not-disturb
service are registered, the do-not-disturb service will take the precedence.
When the call forwarding busy to voice mailbox service is registered, the call
waiting function is disabled.
The call forwarding unconditional to voice mailbox service takes precedence over
the call forwarding busy to voice mailbox service.
You can set the access code of the voice mailbox system by setting the
corresponding parameter with the command SET OFI.

subscribers.
2.63 Call Forwarding No Reply to Voice Mailbox (Hong Kong)

This service forwards the incoming calls to a service subscriber to the voice mailbox
automatically if the calls are not answered within the specified period of time.
A subscriber has the authority for the call forwarding no reply to voice mailbox" service
parameter for this supplementary service is NASTB).
2.63.3 Operations
I. Activation
1)

2-99

2)
Subscriber A dials *93. If Subscriber A has the authority for the call forwarding
no reply to voice mailbox service, he/she will hear the announcement indicating
successful activation of the service. Otherwise, Subscriber A will hear the
3)
II. Implementation
Subscriber B calls Subscriber A. No one answers the call. After 20 seconds, the call is
connected to the voice mailbox of Subscriber A automatically.
III. Deregistration
1)
2)

reply to voice mailbox service, he/she will hear the announcement indicating
successful deregistration of the service. Otherwise, Subscriber A will hear the
busy tone.
3)

I. Restrictions
z
call forwarding no reply to voice mailbox service.
forwarding no reply to voice mailbox service.
in the call forwarding no reply service.
II. Others
z
When the call forwarding no reply to voice mailbox service and the do-not-disturb
service are registered, the do-not-disturb service will take the precedence.
When the call forwarding no reply to voice mailbox service is registered, the call
The call forwarding unconditional to voice mailbox service takes precedence over
the call forwarding no reply to voice mailbox service.

subscribers.

2-100

2.64 Register as Operator

This service allows a service subscriber to break in, monitor, and forcedly disconnect
the calls of intra-office subscribers.
A subscriber has the authority for the register as operator service (you can use the
supplementary service is REGC).
2.64.3 Operations
I. Registration
1)
2)
Subscriber A dials *13#. If Subscriber A has registered the register as operator

3)
II. Implementation
There are the following cases:
z
Subscriber B talks with Subscriber C on the phone set. Subscriber A dials

*89*Subscriber Bs number or *89*Subscriber Cs number to activate a
three-way call. At this time, if the party to be intruded hangs up, he/she will hear
the ringing tone.

*99*Subscriber Bs number or *99*Subscriber Cs number to monitor the call
between Subscriber B and C. However, Subscriber B or C cannot hear Subscriber
A.

*80*Subscriber Bs number or *80*Subscriber Cs number to forcedly
disconnect the call between Subscriber B and C. When disconnecting the call,
Subscriber A and the disconnected party hear the music, and the third party hears
the busy tone.
III. Cancellation
1)

2-101

2)
Subscriber A dials #13#. If Subscriber A has registered the register as operator

3)

z
This service is only applicable to ESL subscribers. The calls of SIP and H.323
subscribers cannot be intruded, monitored, or disconnected forcedly.
If Operator A is an intra-group subscriber and Subscriber B and Subscriber C are

out-group subscribers, Operator A cannot break in, monitor, or forcedly disconnect
the call between Subscriber B and Subscriber C.
This service is applicable to intra-office subscribers only but not trunks.
2.65 Do-Not-Disturb When Active

An operator cannot break in, monitor, or forcedly disconnect the calls between a
subscriber who has registered this service and other subscribers.
A subscriber has the do-not-disturb when active authority (you can use the command
service is DDWA).
2.65.3 Operations
A is a service subscriber. B is a common intra-office subscriber. C is an operator.
I. Registration
II. Implementation
z
Subscriber A talks with Subscriber B on the phone set. Subscriber C dials

*89*Subscriber As number or *89*Subscriber Bs number. Subscriber C fails to
break in the call and hears the busy tone.

monitor the call and hears the busy tone.

2-102

z

disconnect the call and hears the busy tone.
III. Cancellation
To cancel Subscriber As authority for the do-not-disturb when active service, you can
parameter DDWA.

z
This service is only applicable to ESL subscribers. The calls of SIP and H.323
subscribers cannot be intruded, monitored, or disconnected forcedly.
This service is applicable to intra-office subscribers only but not trunks.
2.66 Call Transfer by Caller Hooking

The subscriber with the authority of this service can transfer a call when acting as the
caller.
A subscriber has the call transfer by caller hooking authority (you can use the
supplementary service is CCT.
2.66.3 Operations
I. Registration
II. Implementation
z
Subscriber A dials the number of Subscriber B. Subscriber B picks up the phone

and talks with Subscriber A. During the conversation, Subscriber A presses the
hook and dials the number of Subscriber C. Subscriber C picks up the phone and
talks with Subscriber A. At this time, Subscriber B hears the music. Subscriber A
hangs up. Subscriber B and Subscriber C talk with each other.

2-103

z
Subscriber B dials the number of Subscriber A. Subscriber A picks up the phone

and talks with Subscriber B. During the conversation, Subscriber A presses the
talks with Subscriber A. At this time, Subscriber B hears the music. Subscriber C
hangs up first, and then Subscriber A hangs up. Because Subscriber B is still held,
Subscriber A hears the ringing tone again. After picking up the phone, Subscriber
A talks with Subscriber B.
Subscriber B dials the number of Subscriber A. Subscriber A picks up the phone

and talks with Subscriber B. During the conversation, Subscriber A presses the
talks with Subscriber A. At this time, Subscriber B hears the music. Subscriber A
presses the hook again to activate a three-party call. After Subscriber A presses
the hook for the third time, Subscriber C hears the busy tone, and Subscriber A
continues to talk with Subscriber B.
III. Cancellation
To cancel Subscriber As authority for the call transfer by caller hooking service, you
can execute the command MOD VSBR or MOD SS and delete the parameter CCT.

A service subscriber cannot make emergency calls or special service calls after
pressing the hook during the conversation.
2.67 Call Indication

With this service registered, a call waiting signal tone or announcement will be played
to a service subscriber who is in an ongoing call when there is a new incoming call to
the service subscriber; while, the ringback tone or the announcement indicating that the
callee is busy will be played the new caller.
A subscriber has the call indication authority (you can use the command MOD VSBR,
MOD MSBR, or MOD SS to set it; the parameter for supplementary service is CIND.
2.67.3 Operations
I. Registration
2-104

II. Implementation
1)
2)
3)
4)
Subscriber C calls Subscriber A. Subscriber C hears the ringback tone or an

announcement indicating the callee is busy, and Subscriber A hears the call
waiting signal tone or an announcement indicating there is a new incoming call.
5)
6)
Subscriber A hears the ringing tone again. After picking up the phone, Subscriber
A talks with Subscriber C.
7)
Subscriber A or C hangs up.
III. Cancellation
To cancel Subscriber As authority for the call indication service, you can execute the
command MOD VSBR, MOD MSBR, or MOD SS and delete the parameter CIND.

None.
2.68 Quota Restricted Calling

This service restricts a service subscribers calling expenses. If the money in the
subscribers account is not enough for a call, the SoftX3000 will prohibit the subscriber
from making a new call or forcedly terminate the ongoing call. It should be noted that
this service is only applicable to chargeable calls and it is ineffective to free calls such
as police call, fire call, ambulance call, and intra-Centrex calls.
A subscriber has the quota restricted calling service authority (you can use the
supplementary service is XEXH).
2.68.3 Operations
I. Registration
Execute the MML command REG SS for registration (the parameter for this
supplementary service: AR), and then input the quota value (the corresponding
parameter: Limited money).

2-105

II. Implementation
If a service subscribers balance is insufficient for one-minute call, a new call originated
by the subscriber will be prohibited and the call restriction prompt will be played. For a
service subscriber in conversation, if the balance is insufficient for one-minute
conversation, the call will be released forcedly and no prompt will be given.
III. Deregistration
To cancel a subscribers quota restricted calling service, you can execute the command
RPL SS and delete the parameter AR.

z
A subscriber cannot simultaneously register the quota restricted calling service

and the alarm for quota restriction service.
If a service subscribers balance is less than the minimum quota (for example, 50
cents), an alarm will be generated. If the communication rate is high, it is possible
that the balance is insufficient for one-minute conversation but is more than 50
cents. In this case, the call will be released forcedly but no alarm will be sent to
BAM.
When a call ends, the host will generate a bill in which the conversation charge for
this call is deducted from the balance before the call. If the balance before the call
is more than or equal to a certain threshold (50 cents, for example), but it is less
than the threshold after the conversation charge deduction (if it is less than 0, it is
set to 0), an alarm will be sent to BAM. The quota restricted calling service aims to
restricting calls actually. Only when the balance is less than 50 cents, an alarm will
be sent. This is for the purpose of minimizing the number of alarms. In addition,
only one alarm (or no alarm) will be sent before the addition of money.

subscribers.
2.69 Alarm for Quota Restriction

With this service registered, if the balance of a service subscriber is less than a certain
threshold, the SoftX3000 will send an alarm to the BAM. If the service subscriber
belongs to a Centrex group, the SoftX3000 will send an alarm to the corresponding
console simultaneously. After that, if the subscriber continues the conversation, the
SoftX3000 will not send any alarm until a new quota value is set.

2-106

A subscriber has the alarm for quota restriction authority (you can use the command
service is XEGJ).
2.69.3 Charging
I. Registration
Execute the MML command REG SS for registration (the parameter for this
supplementary service: XEGJ), and then input the quota value (the corresponding
parameter: Limited money).
II. Implementation
When a call ends, the host will generate a bill in which the conversation charge for this
call is deducted from the balance before the call. If the balance before the call is more
than or equal to a certain threshold (50 cents, for example), but it is less than the
threshold after the conversation charge deduction (if it is less than 0, it is set to 0), an
alarm will be sent to BAM, but the calling will not be affected.
III. Deregistration
To cancel a subscribers alarm for quota restriction service, you can execute the
command RPL SS and delete the parameter XEGJ.

z
A subscriber cannot simultaneously register the quota restricted calling service

and the alarm for quota restriction service.

subscribers.
2.70 Quota Restored Monthly

This service is used to restrict a service subscribers calling expenses every month. At
a fixed time of each month, the SoftX3000 will restore the predefined quota for the
subscriber.
When
the
subscribers
calling
charge
exceeds
the
quota,
outgoing/incoming calls will be prohibited until the recharge by the next month.
A subscriber has the authority for the quota restored monthly service (you can use the
2-107

supplementary service is MYHF), and the quota restored for each month is set (you can
use the command MOD VSBR or MOD MSBR to set it; the parameter is Limited
money).
The software parameter table has been modified with the command MOD FSFP
(Parameter: P87) to set the quota restoration time of each month. For example, 0A02
indicates that the quota is restored at 10 oclock on the second day of each month. By
default, it is set to 0101.
2.70.3 Operations
I. Registration
If only a subscriber has the authority for this service, and the quota and quota
restoration time have been set, this function can be used directly without registration.
II. Implementation
Set the quota before the quota restoration time. When the preset quota restoration time
arrives, change the balance by making calls, and then change the time of the BAM to
that before the quota is restored for the next month. When the quota restoration time
arrives again, query the balance of the service subscriber with the command DSP SS.
You will find that the predefined quota has been added.
For example, set the quota restoration time as 12:00 on 17th of each month. Before the
test, set the system time prior to 12:00 on 17th of this month. When the specified time
arrives, the counter will count once automatically and the balance will decrease when
you make calls. Next, set the system time prior to 12:00 on 17th of the next month.
When the specified time arrives, the counter will count again, and the system will
restore the quota according to the counts.
III. Deregistration
To cancel a subscribers authority for the quota restored monthly service, you can
parameter MYHF.

z
The quota restored monthly includes the values for call restriction and for alarm.
Both values will be restored according to the actual registration.
During the test, you can find that the quota is restored by comparing the quota
restoration of this month and that of next month.

subscribers.

2-108

2.71 Time Restricted Calling

This service restricts the conversation duration of each call made by a service
subscriber. Once the subscribers conversation duration exceeds the restricted
duration, the SoftX3000 will release the call forcedly.
A subscriber has the time restricted calling authority (you can use the command MOD
VSBR, MOD MSBR, or MOD SS to set it; the parameter for this supplementary service
is XSXH), and the restricted conversation duration for each call is set with the
command MOD VSBR or MOD MSBR (parameter: limited time).
2.71.3 Operations
I. Registration
If only a subscriber has the authority for this service and the restricted conversation
duration for each call has been set, this function can be used directly without
registration.
II. Implementation
The restricted conversation duration is set in minutes and ranges from 1 to 65535.
When the restricted conversation duration expires, the service subscriber will hear the
busy tone and no alarm will be generated.
III. Deregistration
To cancel a subscribers authority for the time restricted calling service, you can
parameter XSXH.

z
If the quota restricted calling service and the time restricted calling service are
both activated, there is no priority between them. That is, whose condition is met
first, the corresponding service will function first. If the quota is set relatively big
and the restricted conversation duration of a call is exceeded first, the call will be
released forcedly. If the restricted conversation duration is not exceeded, but the
balance detected every minute is insufficient for one-minute conversation, the call
will be released and an alarm might be generated (if the condition is met).
If the alarm for quota restriction service and the time restricted calling service are
both activated, the calls will be restricted based on the preset maximum

2-109

conversation duration. However, if the condition for quota restriction alarm is met
after a call ends, one alarm will be generated.
z

subscribers.
2.72 Call Forwarding by Time

This service enables a service subscriber to forward incoming calls to a designated
number based on the preset time segment.
A subscriber has the call forwarding by time authority (you can use the command
service is CFT).
2.72.3 Operations
I. Registration
Execute the command REG SS for registration (supplementary service parameter:
CFT), and then input the subscribers phone number and the forwarded-to number
(parameters: Subscriber number, Forwarded subscriber number).
Select the time policy with the command REG SS (parameter: Period Type). Different
period types will be listed. Currently, there are three time policy options:
z
Normal
With this policy, incoming calls will be forwarded to the designated number within the
specified time period of each day from the start date to the end date. For example,
Normal: 2003-6-11 to 2003-10-11 14:00 to 15:00 26540809 indicates that incoming
calls will be forwarded to the subscriber whose number is 26540809 during
14:0015:00 of each day from June 11, 2003 to October 11, 2003.
z
Weekly
With this policy, incoming calls will be forwarded to a designated number within the
specified time period of the preset day of each week. For example, Weekly Sunday:
12:00 to 13:00
26540807 indicates that incoming calls will be forwarded to the
subscriber whose number is 26540807 during 12:0013:00 of each Sunday.

z
Default
It is equivalent to the call forwarding unconditional service.

2-110

II. Implementation
After this service is registered successfully, the incoming calls will be forwarded to the
designated number based on the time policy specified by the subscriber.
III. Deregistration
Use the MML command RPL SS (supplementary service parameter: CFT) to cancel the
service.

z
The priority sequence of the three time policies is: Default > Normal > Weekly.

subscribers.
2.73 Call Forwarding Offline

When a call is made to an offline phone set (which has not been registered in the
SoftX3000), the call will be automatically forwarded to a pre-designated number (such
as voice mailbox or auto paging center) based on the forwarding list.
A subscriber has the call forwarding offline service authority (you can use the
supplementary service is CFO).
2.73.3 Operations
I. Registration
1)
2)

Subscriber Bs number on a pulse phone. If Subscriber A has the authority for the
call forwarding offline service, he/she will hear the announcement indicating
3)
II. Implementation
1)

2-111

2)
Subscriber A is offline. Subscribers B hears the ringing tone.
3)
4)
III. Deregistration
1)
2)

Subscriber A has registered the call forwarding offline service, he/she will hear the
3)

2.74 Call Forwarding No Reply in Call Waiting (Hong Kong)

When a subscriber attempts to establish a connection with a service subscriber who is
talking on the phone, the service subscriber will hear a call waiting prompt tone
indicating that there is a new incoming call waiting for the connection. At the same time,
the new caller will hear the call waiting tone. If the new incoming call is not connected
after the preset period of time, it will be forwarded to a specified number.
A subscriber has the authority for the call waiting service (you can use the command
supplementary service is CW).
A subscriber has the authority for the call forwarding no reply in call waiting service
parameter for this supplementary service is CWCFNR).
2.74.3 Operations
A is a service subscriber with the authorities for the call waiting service and call
forwarding no reply in call waiting service. B and C are common subscribers. D is a
I. Registration
1)

2-112

2)
Subscriber A dials *14* Subscriber Ds number #. If Subscriber A has the

authority for the call forwarding no reply in call waiting service, he/she will hear
3)
II. Verification
1)
2)
Subscriber A dials *#14* Subscriber Ds number #. If Subscriber A has registered

this service, he/she will hear the music. Otherwise, Subscriber A will hear the busy
tone.
3)
III. Implementation
1)
Subscriber A is talking with Subscriber B.
2)
Subscriber C dials the number of Subscriber A and hears the call waiting tone. The
3)
Subscriber A does not respond to the new incoming call. After 20 seconds,
Subscriber D hears the ringing tone.
4)
5)
IV. Deregistration
1)
2)

reply in call waiting service, he/she will hear the announcement indicating
successful deregistration of the service. Otherwise, Subscriber A will hear the
busy tone.
3)

If a subscriber has the authority for this service but has no authority for the call waiting
service, he/she will hear the restriction announcement when activating this service.
2.75 Call Forwarding Unconditional to Voice Mailbox (Hong

Kong)
This service enables a service subscriber to forward all the incoming calls to another
designated number regardless of the state of the service subscriber.

2-113

A subscriber has the authority for the call forwarding unconditional to voice mailbox
service (you can use the command MOD VSBR, MOD MSBR, or MOD SS to set it; the
parameter for this supplementary service is CFUM).
2.75.3 Operations
I. Activation
1)
2)
Subscriber A dials *91. If Subscriber A has the authority for the call forwarding
unconditional to voice mailbox service, he/she will hear the announcement
indicating successful activation of the service. Otherwise, Subscriber A will hear
3)
II. Implementation
Subscriber B calls Subscriber A. The call is connected to the voice mailbox of
Subscriber A directly.
III. Deregistration
1)
2)
Subscriber A dials #91. If Subscriber A has registered the call forwarding

unconditional to voice mailbox service, he/she will hear the announcement
hear the busy tone.
3)

I. Restrictions
z
call forwarding unconditional to voice mailbox service.
forwarding unconditional to voice mailbox service.
forwarding unconditional to voice mailbox service.
in the call forwarding unconditional service.

2-114

II. Others
z
When the call forwarding unconditional to voice mailbox service and the
do-not-disturb service are registered, the do-not-disturb service will take the
precedence.
When the call forwarding unconditional to voice mailbox service is registered, the
call waiting function is disabled.
The call forwarding unconditional to voice mailbox service takes precedence

over the call forwarding busy to voice mailbox service and the call forwarding no
reply to voice mailbox service.

subscribers.
2.76 Selective Call Forwarding (Hong Kong)

This service allows a service subscriber to forward incoming calls based on the preset
conditions. Only the calls meeting the conditions will be forwarded, and the others will
be rejected.
The forwarding conditions can be classified into three categories:
z
Calling number, which is less than 15 digits.
Time, which is indicated by eight digits. The first four digits indicate the start time,
and the latter four indicate the end time. For example, 08301030 means this
service is valid during 8:3010:30. Wrong time length or format will lead to
registration failure.
Weekday, which is indicated by seven digits (0 or 1). The first digit indicates
Sunday, and the latter ones indicate Monday to Saturday respectively. The digit
1 indicates that this service is valid on the current day, and 0 indicates that the
service is invalid on the current day. For example, 1001001 means that the
service is valid on Sunday, Wednesday, and Saturday.
Incoming calls will be processed based on the following criteria:

z
The priority sequence of the conditions is: calling number>time>weekday.
If one of the conditions is not met, the call will be rejected.
If one condition is not registered, SofX3000 will ignore it.
A subscriber can set several conditions as a group and can set several condition
groups. An incoming call will be forwarded only if it meets all the conditions in one
of the condition groups; otherwise, it will be rejected.

2-115

A subscriber has the authority for the selective call forwarding service (you can use
supplementary service is CFS).
2.76.3 Operations
I. Registration
1)
2)
Subscriber A can register this service in the following ways:
Subscriber A dials *821*+2-digit group number+subscriber number# to add the

calling number condition to a condition group, for example, *821*0128971799#.
Subscriber A dials *822*+2-digit group number+time# to add the time condition

to a condition group, for example, *822*0208301030#.
Subscriber A dials *823*+2-digit group number+weekday# to add the weekday

condition to a condition group, for example, *823*031001001#.
During the conversation, Subscriber A presses the hook and then dials
*824*+2-digit group number# to add the peer partys number to the
corresponding condition group.
If Subscriber A has the selective call forwarding authority, he/she will hear the
3)
Note:
z
A condition group can contain multiple types of conditions (such as calling number,
time, and weekday), but only one condition is valid for a type. If one type of condition
is registered several times in a condition group, the last registration will b valid. For
example, if a service subscriber dials *821*0128971799#" first, and then dials
*821*0128971798#, the valid calling number is 28971798.
In addition, you can set the conditions with the command REG SS (selecting CFS
for the parameter SST), and query the settings with the command DSP SS.
II. Activation and Deactivation

A condition group must be activated after registered. An activated condition group can
be deactivated.

2-116

The activation prefix is *82*, and the deactivation prefix is #82*. The following
operations can be performed with these two prefixes:
No.
1
Operation
Procedure
Activate a condition group

by group number +
forwarded-to number
Subscriber A dials *82#+2-digit group number+ MN

(forwarded-to number) #.
1. Activate a condition group by group number + forwarded-to
number.

by group number

by forwarded-to number
2. Deactivate the condition group by group number.

3. Subscriber A dials *82#+2-digit group number# to
re-activate the condition group. The forwarded-to number is
still MN.
Subscriber A dials *82#+MN (forwarded-to number)# to
activate all condition groups with the forwarded-to number
MN.
1. Activate multiple condition groups by group number +
forwarded-to number.
2. Deactivate all condition groups.
Activate all condition groups
Re-register a forwarded-to
number
through
re-activation
Deactivate a condition
group by group number
Subscriber A dials #82#+2-digit group# to deactivate a

condition group.
Deactivate
groups
Subscriber A dials #82## to deactivate all condition groups.
all
condition
3. Subscriber A dials *82## to re-activate al the condition

groups. The forwarded-to number of each group is
unchanged.
1. Activate a condition group by group number + forwarded-to
number.
2. Activate the condition group again by group number + new
forwarded-to number. The new forwarded-to number will be
valid.
Note:
A forwarded-to number must be set when activating a condition group; otherwise, this service is invalid.
III. Query
Subscriber A dials *#82*+2-digit group number# directly or after activating a condition
group. If this condition group has been registered, Subscriber A will hear the registered
calling number; otherwise, Subscriber A will hear the busy tone.

2-117

IV. Implementation
During the preset time period, Subscriber C calls Subscriber A. Subscriber B hears the
ringing tone. After picking up the phone, Subscriber B talks with Subscriber C.
During the other time periods, Subscriber C calls Subscriber A. Subscriber A hears the
ringing tone. After picking up the phone, Subscriber A talks with Subscriber C.
V. Deregistration
1)
2)
Subscriber A can cancel this service in the following ways:
Subscriber A dials #821*+2-digit group number# to delete the number condition

from a condition group, for example, #821*01#.
Subscriber A dials #822*+2-digit group number# to delete the time condition from
a condition group, for example, #822*02#.
Subscriber A dials #823*+2-digit group number# to delete the weekday condition

Subscriber A dials #824*+2-digit group number# to delete a condition group, for

example, #824*01#.
Subscriber A dials #824# to delete all conditions.
If Subscriber A has registered the selective call forwarding service, he/she will hear the
3)
Note:
You can also deregister this service with the command RPL SS.

None.
2.77 Selective Call Acceptance (Hong Kong)

This service allows a service subscriber to accept incoming calls based on the preset
conditions. Only the calls meeting the conditions will be accepted, and the others will be
rejected.
The acceptance conditions can be classified into three categories:

2-118

Calling number, which should be less than 15 digits.
Weekday, which is indicated by seven digits. The first digit indicates Sunday, and
the latter ones indicate Monday to Saturday respectively. The digit 1 indicates
that this service is valid on the current day, and 0 indicates that the service is
invalid on the current day. For example, 1001001 means that the service is valid
on Sunday, Wednesday, and Saturday.

z
If one of the conditions is not met, the call will be rejected.
groups. An incoming call will be accepted only if it meets all the conditions in one of the
condition groups; otherwise, it will be rejected.
A subscriber has the selective call acceptance service authority (you can use the
supplementary service is SCA).
2.77.3 Operations
I. Registration
1)
2)
Subscriber A dials *301*+2-digit group number + subscriber number# to add the

Subscriber A dials *302*+2-digit group number + time# to add the time condition
Subscriber A dials *303*+2-digit group number + weekday# to add the weekday

If Subscriber A has the authority for the selective call acceptance service, he/she will
hear the announcement indicating successful registration of the service. Otherwise,
3)

2-119

Note:
time, and weekday), but only one condition is valid for a type. If one type of
condition is registered several times in a condition group, the last registration will be
valid. For example, if a service subscriber dials *301*0128971799#" first, and then
dials *301*0128971798#, the valid calling number is 28971798.
In addition, you can set the conditions with the command REG SS (selecting SCA

be deactivated.
No.
Operation
Procedure
Activate a condition group by

group number
Subscriber A dials *300*+2-digit group# to activate a

condition group.
Subscriber A dials *300*# to activate all condition groups.
Deactivate a condition group by

group number
Subscriber A dials #300*+2-digit group# to deactivate a

condition group.
Deactivate all condition groups
Subscriber A dials #300## to deactivate all condition

groups.
III. Query
Subscriber A dials *#301*+2-digit group number# directly or after activating a
condition group. If this condition group has been registered, Subscriber A will hear the
registered calling number; otherwise, Subscriber A will hear the busy tone.
IV. Implementation
During the preset time period, Subscriber C calls Subscriber A. Subscriber A hears the
ringing tone. After picking up the phone, Subscriber A talks with Subscriber C.
During the other time periods, Subscriber C calls Subscriber A. Subscriber C hears the
busy tone. The call is rejected.
V. Deregistration
1)
2)

2-120

z



example, #310*01#.
Subscriber A dials #310*# to delete all conditions.
If Subscriber A has registered the selective call acceptance service, he/she will hear the
3)
Note:

None.
2.78 Selective Call Rejection (Hong Kong)

This service allows a service subscriber to reject incoming calls based on the preset
conditions. Only the calls meeting the conditions will be rejected, and the others will be
accepted.
The rejection conditions can be classified into three categories:
z
Calling number, which should be less than 15 digits.
Weekday, which is indicated by seven digits. The first digit indicates Sunday, and
the latter ones indicate Monday to Saturday respectively. The digit 1 indicates
that this service is valid on the current day, and 0 indicates that the service is
invalid on the current day. For example, 1001001 means that the service is valid
on Sunday, Wednesday, and Saturday.

2-121


z
If one of the conditions is not met, the call will be accepted.
groups. An incoming call will be rejected only if it meets all the conditions in one of the
condition groups; otherwise, it will be accepted.
A subscriber has the selective call rejection service authority (you can use the
supplementary service is SCR).
2.78.3 Operations
I. Registration
1)
2)
Subscriber A dials *501*+2-digit group number + subscriber number# to add the

Subscriber A dials *502*+2-digit group number + time# to add the time condition
Subscriber A dials *503*+2-digit group number + weekday# to add the weekday

If Subscriber A has the selective call rejection service authority, he/she will hear the
announcement indicating successful registration of the service. Otherwise, Subscriber
A will hear the restriction announcement.
3)

2-122

Note:
time period, and weekday), but only one condition is valid for a type. If one type of
condition is registered several times in a condition group, the last registration will be
valid. For example, if a service subscriber dials *501*0128971799#" first, and then
dials *501*0128971798#, the valid calling number is 28971798.
In addition, you can set the conditions with the command REG SS (selecting SCR

be deactivated.
No.
Operation
Operation
Activate a condition group by

group number
Subscriber A dials *500*+2-digit group# to activate a

condition group.
Subscriber A dials *500*# to activate all condition groups.
Deactivate a condition group by

group number
Subscriber A dials #500*+2-digit group# to deactivate a

condition group.
Deactivate all condition groups
Subscriber A dials #500## to deactivate all condition

groups.
III. Query
Subscriber A dials *#501* + 2-digit group number# directly or after activating a
condition group. If this condition group has been registered, Subscriber A will hear the
registered calling number; otherwise, Subscriber A will hear the busy tone.
IV. Implementation
During the preset time period, Subscriber C calls Subscriber A. Subscriber C hears the
busy tone. The call is rejected.
During the other time periods, Subscriber C calls Subscriber A. Subscriber C hears the
ringback tone. After picking up the phone, Subscriber A talks with Subscriber C.
V. Deregistration
1)
2)

2-123

z



example, #510*01#.
Subscriber A dials #510*# to delete all conditions.
If Subscriber A has registered the selective call rejection service, he/she will hear the
3)
Note:

None.
2.79 Super Do-Not-Disturb (Hong Kong)

With this service registered, incoming calls to a service subscriber will be rejected
unless the caller inputs a preset password.
A subscriber has the do-not-disturb service authority and has registered it. Refer to
the related contents in Do-Not-Disturb Service of this chapter.
A subscriber has the super do-not-disturb service authority (you can use the
supplementary service is SUDND).
2.79.3 Operations
A is a service subscriber who has the authorities for the do-not-disturb service and
super do-not-disturb service, and who has registered the do-not-disturb service.

2-124

I. Registration
1)
2)
Subscriber A dials *01 or *01H1H2M1M2. If Subscriber A has the

do-not-disturb service authority, he/she will hear the announcement indicating
successful registration of the service. Otherwise, Subscriber A will hear the long
busy tone.
3)

2-125

Note:
z
H1H2M1M2 stands for the end time of the do-not-disturb service. If the end time is
set earlier than the current time of registration, the do-not-disturb service will end at
this preset time tomorrow. If the end time is set later than the current time of
registration, the do-not-disturb service will end at this preset time today. If the
subscriber does not set H1H2M1M2, the do-not-disturb service will take effect all
the time until the subscriber deregisters it.
II. Verification
1)
2)
Subscriber A dials *#01 or *#01H1H2M1M2. If Subscriber A has registered this

3)
III. Implementation
When a subscriber calls Subscriber A, the caller will hear the announcement prompting
to input the password. After inputting the correct password, the caller hears the
ringback tone and Subscriber A hears the ringing tone. After Subscriber A picks up the
phone, both parties can talk.
Subscriber A can originate calls normally after hearing the special dial tone.
Note:
z
The password for the super do-not-disturb service is not a call-out password. You
can set it with the command ADD VSBR or ADD MSBR (the parameter: SDDPWD)
or the command REG SS (the parameter: SPPWD). By default, this password is the
latter six digits of a subscriber number.
You can modify the super do-not-disturb password of a service subscriber with the
command MOD VSBR or MOD MSBR or MOD SS directly.
You can query this password with the command LST VSBR or LST MSBR.
IV. Deregistration
1)

2-126

2)
3)

I. Restriction
A service subscriber must have the authorities for the do-not-disturb service and super
do-not-disturb service, and has registered the do-not-disturb service.
II. Others
2.80 Message Waiting Notification (Hong Kong)

This service notifies a service subscriber of whether there are voice messages through
the message waiting indicator on the phone set.
A subscriber has the message waiting notification service authority (you can use the
supplementary service is HKMWN).
2.80.3 Operations
A is a service subscriber with the authority for the message waiting notification service.
I. Registration
II. Implementation
1)
When a voice message is received in the mailbox of Subscriber A, the mailbox will
send a message waiting notification (MWN) indication to the office to which
Subscriber A belongs.
2)
Upon receiving the MWN indication, the office sends an MWN indication to
Subscriber As phone set. If Subscriber A is busy at that time, the indication will be
held and then be sent as soon as Subscriber A is available.

2-127

3)
After receiving the MWN indication, the phone set of Subscriber A turns on the
message waiting indicator. After picking up the phone, Subscriber A hears the
message waiting notification announcement instead of the dial tone.
4)
Subscriber A dials the access code to access the voice mailbox and then follows
the voice prompt to hear the message.
5)
After the message is heard, the message waiting indicator is off. After Subscriber
A picks up the phone, he/she will hear the common dial tone.
III. Deregistration
To cancel Subscriber As authority for the message waiting notification service, you can
parameter HKMWN.

z
The message waiting notification service takes precedence over the call
This service is not charged. It is inapplicable to PBX subscribers or ISDN

subscribers, and corresponding alarms will be generated.
2.81 Call Hold

This service allows a service subscriber to hold and then retrieve a call.
A subscriber has the call hold service authority (you can use the command MOD
service is HOLD).
2.81.3 Operations
A is a service subscriber with the call hold service authority. B and C are common
subscribers.
I. Registration
II. Implementation
1)

2-128

2)
Subscriber A dials the telephone number of Subscriber B. Subscriber A hears the

ringback tone and Subscriber B hears the ringing tone.
3)
After picking up the phone, Subscriber B talks with Subscriber A.
4)
Subscriber A dials *704. Subscriber B is held and hears the music. At the same
time, Subscriber A hears the call hold prompt tone.
5)
After pressing the hook, Subscriber A dials the telephone number of Subscriber C.
6)
Subscriber C picks up the phone and talks with Subscriber A.
7)
Subscriber A presses the hook to hold Subscriber C. Subscriber C hears the music.
Subscriber A hears the ringback tone and Subscriber C hears the ringing tone.
After hearing the dial tone, Subscriber A dials *704 to retrieve the call with
Subscriber B.
8)
Subscriber A and B hang up.
III. Deregistration
To deregister this service, cancel the call hold authority of Subscriber A with MOD
VSBR, MOD MSBR, or MOD SS, that is, remove HOLD from the supplementary
service parameters.

None.
2.82 Collect Call Screening

This service allows a service subscriber to screen collect calls from operators.
A subscriber has the collect call screening service authority (you can use the
supplementary service is CCS).
2.82.3 Operations
A is a service subscriber with the collect call screening authority. B is an operator of
the local office. C is an international toll operator. D is a subscriber of the local office. E
is a trunk interception operator.
I. Registration
1)
2)
Subscriber A dials *735XXXXX# on a DTMF phone set or *737XXXXX# on a

pulse phone set. XXXXX is a PIN code of five to seven digits. If Subscriber A has

2-129

the authority for the collect call screening service, he/she will hear the
3)
II. Implementation
1)
Subscriber B calls Subscriber A. Subscriber A hears the ringing tone and then
2)
Subscriber C calls Subscriber A. Subscriber C hears the call rejection
picks up the phone to talk with Subscriber B. Subscriber A hangs up.

announcement and the call fails. If Subscriber A is busy, Subscriber C hears the
busy tone.
3)
Subscriber D calls Subscriber A. Subscriber A hears the ringing tone and then
picks up the phone to talk with Subscriber D. Subscriber A hangs up.
4)
Subscriber E calls Subscriber A. Subscriber A hears the ringing tone and then
picks up the phone to talk with Subscriber E. Subscriber A hangs up.
III. Deregistration
1)
2)

Subscriber A dials *736XXXXX# on a DTMF phone set or *738XXXXX9# on a
pulse phone set. If Subscriber A has registered the collect call screening service,
3)

z
By default, IP Centrex has the authority for this service with registration.
This service can only screen collect calls from operators whose caller type is
incoming trunk, but not collect calls from operators of the local office, interception
operators, or normal subscribers.
2.83 Call Park

This service allows a service subscriber to retrieve on a phone set a call that is held on
another phone set within the same group. If the held call is not retrieved on another
phone set within the specified period of time, the service subscribers phone set will
ring.

2-130

A subscriber has the call park service authority (you can use the command MOD
service is PARK).
2.83.3 Operations
A is a Centrex subscriber with the call park authority. B is a subscriber in the same
Centrex group as Subscriber A. C is a common subscriber.
I. Registration
II. Implementation
1)
Subscriber A is talking with Subscriber C on the phone. Subscriber A presses the

hook and then dials *727". Subscriber A hears the service activation
announcement.
2)
Subscriber A hangs up. Subscriber C hears the music.
3)
Subscriber B dials *728 Subscribers A number# within a predefined period of

time. Subscriber C stops hearing the music. Subscriber B talks with Subscriber C
on the phone.
4)
If no subscriber in the same group as Subscriber A answers the call within a

pre-defined period of time, Subscriber A hears the ringing tone and Subscriber C
stops hearing the music. After picking up the phone, Subscriber A talks with
Subscriber C.
III. Deregistration
To deregister this service, cancel the call park authority of Subscriber A with MOD
VSBR, MOD MSBR, or MOD SS, that is, remove PARK from the supplementary
service parameters.

None.
2.84 Executive Busy Override

This service enables a service subscriber to forcedly break in an ongoing call if the call
does not end within the specified time of period after the service subscriber calls one
party of the ongoing call and both parties hear the alarm announcement.
2-131

A subscriber has the executive busy override service authority (you can use the
supplementary service is EBO).
The executive busy override level and executive busy override protection level have
been set for the subscriber with MOD VSBR (the parameters are EBOCL and EBOPL).
2.84.3 Operations
A is a service subscriber with the executive busy override authority. B and C are
common subscribers.
I. Registration
II. Implementation
1)
When Subscriber B talks with Subscriber C on the phone, Subscriber A dials the
number of Subscriber B. Subscriber A hears the busy tone.
2)
Subscriber A presses the hook and then dials *749. The system detects
Subscriber As phone set and compares the executive busy override levels of
Subscribers A, B, and C.
3)
If Subscriber A triggers the executive busy override service, Subscribers B and C

will hear the alarm announcement; otherwise, Subscriber A hears the prompt
announcement.
4)
When the alarm tone ends, if the call between Subscriber B and Subscriber C
does not end, Subscriber A will forcedly break in the call to form a three-party call.
III. Deregistration
To deregister this service, cancel the executive busy override authority of Subscriber
A with MOD VSBR, MOD MSBR, or MOD SS, that is, remove EBO from the
supplementary service parameters.

The executive busy override service takes precedence over the call waiting service, call
forwarding no reply service, call forwarding busy service, call forwarding unconditional
service, and selective call forwarding service.

2-132

2.85 Barge in (Immediate Mode)

This service allows a service subscriber to barge in an ongoing call to form a
three-party call.
A subscriber has the barge in service authority (you can use the command MOD
service is BRGIN).
The executive busy override level of the service subscriber is set to be higher than
that of subscribers talking on the phone with MOD VSBR or MOD MSBR.
2.85.3 Operations
A is a service subscriber with the barge in and executive busy override service
authorities. B and C are common subscribers.
I. Registration
II. Verification
Use LST VSBR or LST MSBR to check if Subscriber A has the barge-in authority and if
the executive busy override level of Subscriber A is higher than that of Subscribers B
and C.
III. Implementation
1)
When Subscriber B is talking with Subscriber C on the phone, Subscriber A picks

up the phone and hears the dial tone.
2)
Subscriber A dials the number of Subscriber B or C. Subscriber A hears the

ringback tone. Subscriber B and Subscriber C hear the barge-in alarm
announcement. Subscriber A barges in the call between Subscriber B and
Subscriber C successfully to form a three-party call.
3)
Subscriber A or C hangs up. Subscriber B can continue talking with the reserved
party.
IV. Deregistration
To deregister this service, cancel the barge-in authority of Subscriber A with MOD
VSBR, MOD MSBR, or MOD SS, that is, remove BRGIN from the supplementary
service parameters.

2-133


z
A software parameter controls whether the system will play the barge-in alarm
announcement.
When any party in a three-party call formed by Subscribers A, B, and C hangs up,
the remaining two parties can still talk on the phone.
2.86 Barge in (Negotiating Mode)

three-party call.
service is BRGIN).
2.86.3 Operations
I. Registration
II. Verification
and C.
III. Implementation
1)

2)
Subscriber A dials the number of Subscriber B or C. Subscriber A hears the busy

tone.
3)
Subscriber A presses the hook. After hearing the special dial tone, Subscriber A
dials *750.

2-134

4)
Subscriber A hears the ringback tone, and Subscribers B and C hear the barge-in
alarm announcement. Subscriber A barges in the call between Subscriber B and
5)
Subscriber A or C hangs up. Subscriber B can continue talking with the remaining
party.
IV. Deregistration
service parameters.

z
A software parameter controls whether to play the barge-in alarm tone.
2.87 Call Transfer to Three Way

This service allows a service subscriber (either as a caller or a callee in an ongoing call)
to call a third party without interrupting the ongoing call. After the service subscriber
hangs up, the remaining two parties can still talk on the phone.
A subscriber has the call transfer to three way authority (you can use the command
supplementary service is CT3WAY).
2.87.3 Operations
A is a service subscriber with the call transfer to three way authority. B and C are
common subscribers.
I. Registration
II. Implementation
1)
When Subscriber A is talking with Subscriber B on the phone, Subscriber A

presses the hook. Subscriber B hears the music and Subscriber A hears the
special dial tone.
2-135

2)
Subscriber A dials the number of Subscriber C. Subscriber C hears the ringing

tone and then picks up the phone. Subscriber A talks with Subscriber C.
3)
Subscriber A presses the hook to activate a three-party call.
4)
Subscriber A hangs up. Subscribers B and C continue talking on the phone.
III. Deregistration
To deregister this service, cancel the call transfer to three way authority of Subscriber
A with MOD VSBR, MOD MSBR, or MOD SS, that is, remove CT3WAY from the

None.
2.88 Password Call Barring

This service allows a service subscriber to bar outgoing calls on a phone set.
A subscriber has the password call barring service authority (you can use the
supplementary service is PWCB).
The service subscriber has the authorities for intra-office calls, local calls, national toll
calls, and international toll calls.
2.88.3 Operations
A is a service subscriber with the password call barring service authority. B is a
subscriber of the local office. C is a local subscriber. D is an international toll subscriber.
I. Registration
Register the password call barring service for Subscriber A with REG SS (The
supplementary service parameter is PWDOCB).
At this time, Subscriber A can only make intra-office outgoing calls.
II. Activation
1)
2)
Subscriber A dials *708PIN#. PIN is a password of five to seven digits. If

Subscriber A has registered the password call barring service, he/she will hear the
Subscriber A will hear call restriction announcement.
2-136

3)
At this time, Subscriber A can only make intra-office, local, national toll, and
III. Verification
1)
2)
Subscriber A dials the number of Subscriber C or D. If Subscriber A has registered

the password call barring service, he/she will hear the call restriction
announcement; otherwise, Subscriber A will hear the ringback tone.
3)
IV. Implementation
1)
Subscriber A picks up the phone and hears the dial tone. Subscriber A dials the
number of Subscriber B. After hearing the ringing tone, Subscriber B picks up the
phone and the call is connected.
2)
Subscriber A dials the number of Subscriber C or D directly. If Subscriber A has

activated the password call barring service, the call fails. Subscriber A dials
*710PIN*Subscriber C or Ds number# (PIN is a password of five to seven digits).
Subscriber A hears the ringback tone, and Subscriber C or D hears the ringing
tone. After picking up the phone, Subscriber C or D can talk with Subscriber A.
V. Deregistration
1)
2)
Subscriber A dials *709PIN# (PIN is a password of five to seven digits). If

announcement indicating successful deregistration of the service; otherwise,
3)

This service is only applicable to ESL subscribers.
2.89 Selective Call Waiting

This service allows a service subscriber who is talking on the phone to set a new
incoming call to the waiting state according to the calling number of the incoming call.

2-137

A subscriber has the calling line identification presentation service authority (you can
for this supplementary service is CLIP).
A subscriber has the selective call waiting service authority (you can use the
supplementary service is SCW).
2.89.3 Operations
A is a service subscriber with the selective call waiting service authority. B, C, and D
are subscribers of the local office.
I. Registration
1)
2)
Subscriber A dials *743YYXXXXXXX# to call a local subscriber, or *743YY00#

to call an oversea subscriber or incoming trunk subscriber. YY stands for the
two-digit code identifying an incoming call; XXXXXXX stands for the calling
number of the incoming call (for example, Subscriber Cs number). If Subscriber A
has the authority for the selective call waiting service, he/she will hear the
announcement indicating successful registration of the service; otherwise,
3)
II. Activation
1)
2)
Subscriber A dials *744YY# to activate a registered calling number of an

incoming call or *74499# to activate all registered calling numbers of incoming
calls. If Subscriber A has registered the selective call waiting service, he/she will
hear the announcement indicating successful activation of the service; otherwise,
Subscriber A will hear the call restriction announcement.
3)
III. Deactivation
1)
2)
Subscriber A dials *746YY# to remove an activated calling number of an

incoming call or *74699# to remove all activated calling numbers of incoming
calls. YY stands for a two-digit code identifying an incoming call. If Subscriber A
has the authority for the selective call waiting service and has activated the service,
he/she will hear the announcement indicating successful deactivation of the
service; otherwise, Subscriber A will hear the call restriction announcement.
3)

2-138

IV. Implementation
1)
Subscriber A talks with Subscriber B on the phone. Subscriber C dials the number
of Subscriber A.
2)
If Subscriber C and Subscriber A are in the same Centrex group, Subscriber A will
hear the announcement indicating that an incoming call is waiting, and Subscriber
C will hear the call waiting announcement.
3)
If Subscriber C is a non-Centrex subscriber, Subscriber A will hear the

announcement indicating that a new call is waiting and a special prompt tone
indicating that the new call is from a non-Centrex subscriber. At the same time,
Subscriber C hears the call waiting announcement.
4)
After Subscriber A ends the call with Subscriber B, Subscriber A accepts the call
from Subscriber C. Subscriber A hangs up.
5)
When Subscriber A talks with Subscriber B on the phone, Subscriber D dials the
number of Subscriber A. Subscriber D hears the busy tone.
V. Deregistration
1)
2)
Subscriber A dials *745YY# to cancel a registered calling number of an incoming

call or *74599# to cancel all registered calling numbers of incoming calls. If
Subscriber A has registered the selective call waiting service, he/she will hear the
3)

None.
2.90 Incoming Call Memory

This service provides a service subscriber with an announcement notifying the last
missed incoming call, and enables the service subscriber to call back.
A subscriber has the incoming call memory service authority (you can use the
supplementary service is ICM).

2-139

2.90.3 Operations
A is a service subscriber with the incoming call memory service authority. B is a
common subscriber of the local office.
I. Registration
II. Implementation
1)
Subscriber B dials the number of Subscriber A. Subscriber As phone set does not
ring and the call fails.
2)
Subscriber A picks up the phone and hears the announcement notifying the last
missed incoming call.
3)
Subscriber A dials *700 to call Subscriber B. After hearing the ringing tone,
Subscriber B picks up the phone to talk with Subscriber A.
III. Deregistration
To deregister this service, cancel the incoming call memory authority of Subscriber A
with MOD VSBR, MOD MSBR, or MOD SS, that is, remove ICM" from the

None.
2.91 Outgoing Call Memory

This service allows a service subscriber to re-originate the last outgoing call that has
been made.
A subscriber has the outgoing call memory service authority (you can use the
supplementary service is OCM).
2.91.3 Operations
A is a service subscriber with the outgoing call memory service authority. B is a
common subscriber of the local office.

2-140

I. Registration
II. Implementation
1)
Subscriber A dials the number of Subscriber B. After hearing the ringing tone,
2)
3)
Subscriber A dials *701 to call Subscriber B. After hearing the ringing tone,
III. Deregistration
To deregister this service, cancel the outgoing call memory authority of Subscriber A
with MOD VSBR, MOD MSBR, or MOD SS, that is, remove OCM" from the

None.
2.92 Distinctive Ringing

This service allows a service subscriber to set different ringing modes for different
callers.
A subscriber has the calling line identification presentation service authority (you can
for this supplementary service is CLIP).
A subscriber has the distinctive ringing service authority (you can use the command
supplementary service is DRG).
2.92.3 Operations
A is a service subscriber with the distinctive ringing service authority. B and C are
common subscribers of the local office.
I. Registration
1)

2-141

2)
Subscriber A dials *730YYXXXXXXX# to call a subscriber of the local office or

*730YY00# to call an oversea subscriber or incoming trunk subscriber. YY
stands for the two-digit code identifying an incoming call. XXXXXXX stands for the
calling number of an incoming call (for example, Subscriber B or Cs number). If
Subscriber A has the authority for the distinctive ringing service, he/she will hear
the announcement indicating successful registration of the service; otherwise,
3)
II. Activation
1)
2)
Subscriber A dials *731YYZZ#. YY stands for the two-digit code indicating an

incoming call. ZZ stands for the two-digit code indicating the ringing type.
Subscriber A dials *731YY# to activate a registered distinctive ringing mode or
*73199# to activate all registered distinctive ringing modes. If Subscriber A has
registered the distinctive ringing service, he/she will hear the announcement
indicating successful activation of the service; otherwise, Subscriber A will hear
the call restriction announcement.
3)
III. Deactivation
1)
2)
Subscriber A dials *732YY# to deactivate a registered distinctive ringing mode or

*73299# to deactivate all registered distinctive ringing modes. YY stands for the
two-digit code indicating an incoming call. If Subscriber A has the authority for the
distinctive ringing service and has activated it, he/she will hear the announcement
indicating successful deactivation of the service; otherwise, Subscriber A will hear
the call restriction announcement.
3)
IV. Verification
1)
2)
Subscriber A dials *734YY#. YY stands for the two-digit code indicating an

incoming call. If Subscriber A has registered the distinctive ringing service, he/she
will hear the music; otherwise, Subscriber A will hear the busy tone.
3)
V. Implementation
Subscribers B and C dial the number of Subscriber A in turn. Subscriber As phone set
rings differently.

2-142

VI. Deregistration
1)
2)
Subscriber A dials *733YY# to cancel a registered distinctive ringing mode or

*73399# to cancel all registered distinctive ringing modes. If Subscriber A has
registered the distinctive ringing service, he/she will hear the announcement
indicating successful deregistration of the service; otherwise, Subscriber A will
hear the busy tone.
3)

None.
2.93 Malicious Call Tracing Caller

This service allows a service subscriber to trace all malicious outgoing calls.
A subscriber has the malicious call tracing caller service authority (you can use the
supplementary service is MCTCLR).
2.93.3 Operations
A is a subscriber with the malicious call tracing caller authority. B is a common
subscriber.
I. Registration
This service cannot be registered through a phone set, but only with the MML
command REG SS (the parameter for the supplementary service is MCTCALLER).
II. Implementation
1)
Subscriber A dials the number of Subscriber B. Subscriber B answers the call.
2)
A malicious call report is generated.
3)
III. Deregistration
To deregister this service, cancel the malicious call tracing caller authority of
Subscriber A with the command RPL SS (the parameter for the supplementary service
is MCTCALLER).

2-143


z
This service is designed for operators only and cannot be registered or

deregistered through a phone set.
This service is applicable to ESL, SIP, H.323, and V5 subscribers, but the hooking
operation is inapplicable to SIP subscribers and H323 subscribers.
2.94 Call Waiting Originating

This service allows a service subscriber to call two subscribers who are in an ongoing
call and to queue the call no matter whether the two subscribers have the call waiting
service authority. After the two subscribers end their ongoing call, they can retrieve the
call from the service subscriber.
A subscriber has the call waiting originating service authority (you can use the
supplementary service is CWO).
2.94.3 Operations
A is a service subscriber with the call waiting originating service authority. B and C are
subscribers of the local office.
I. Activation
1)
2)
Subscriber A dials *71#. If Subscriber A has the authority for the call waiting
originating service, he/she will hear the announcement indicating successful
activation of the service; otherwise, Subscriber A will hear the busy tone.
3)
II. Implementation
1)
Subscriber B talks with Subscriber C on the phone. Subscriber A dials the number
of Subscriber B or Subscriber C.
2)
If Subscribers A, B, and C are in the same Centrex group, Subscriber B or

Subscriber C will hear the announcement indicating that an incoming call is
waiting, and Subscriber A will hear the call waiting announcement.
3)
If Subscriber A is a non-Centrex subscriber, Subscriber B or Subscriber C will hear

the announcement indicating that a new call is waiting and a special prompt tone
indicating that the new call is from a non-Centrex subscriber. At the same time,
Subscriber A hears the call waiting announcement.
2-144

4)
After the call between Subscriber B and Subscriber C ends, Subscriber A can talk
with Subscriber B or Subscriber C.
III. Deregistration
1)
2)
Subscriber A dials #71#. If Subscriber A has registered the call waiting

originating service, he/she will hear the announcement indicating successful
deregistration of the service; otherwise, Subscriber A will hear the busy tone.
3)

z
This service is usually used by subscribers of the same Centrex group.
The call waiting service is activated no matter whether both subscribers in an

ongoing call have the service authority after the service subscriber calls both
subscribers.
2.95 Call Waiting Terminating

This service enables a service subscriber in an ongoing call to queue a new incoming
call and to retrieve the waiting call after the ongoing call ends.
A subscriber has the call waiting terminating service authority (you can use the
supplementary service is CWT).
2.95.3 Operations
A is a service subscriber with the call waiting terminating service authority. B and C
are subscribers of the local office.
I. Activation
1)
2)
Subscriber A dials *72#. If Subscriber A has the authority for the call waiting
terminating service, he/she will hear the announcement indicating successful
activation of the service; otherwise, Subscriber A will hear the busy tone.
3)

2-145

II. Implementation
1)
Subscriber A talks with Subscriber B on the phone. Subscriber C dials the number
of Subscriber A.
2)
If Subscriber C and Subscriber A are in the same Centrex group, Subscriber A will
hear the announcement indicating that an incoming call is waiting, and Subscriber
C will hear the call waiting tone.
3)
If Subscriber C is a non-Centrex subscriber, Subscriber A will hear the call waiting

announcement and a special prompt tone indicating that an incoming call is from a
non-Centrex subscriber. At the same time, Subscriber C hears the call waiting
tone.
4)
After the call between Subscriber A and Subscriber B ends, Subscriber A can talk
with Subscriber C.
III. Deregistration
1)
2)
Subscriber A dials #72#. If Subscriber A has registered the call waiting

terminating service, he/she will hear the announcement indicating successful
deregistration of the service; otherwise, Subscriber A will hear the busy tone.
3)

This service is usually used by subscribers of the same Centrex group.
2.96 Query Fee 180

This service allows a service subscriber to query the fee for the last call as well as the
total call charges.
A service prefix is added with the command ADD CNACLD (the service category is
Supplementary service and the service attribute is Query fee 180).
A subscriber has the query fee 180 service authority (you can use the command MOD
service is QFEE).
2.96.3 Operations
A is a service subscriber with the query fee 180 service authority. B is a common
subscriber of the local office.

2-146

I. Registration
II. Implementation
1)
Subscriber A makes several calls to Subscriber B.
2)
Subscriber A dials 1800. The system broadcasts the meter counts of the last call
to Subscriber A. Subscriber A dials 1801. The system broadcasts the current
total meter counts to Subscriber A. Subscriber A dials 1802. The system
broadcasts the meter counts of the last call and the current total meter counts to
Subscriber A. Subscriber A dials 1803. The system broadcasts the fee for the
last call to Subscriber A. Subscriber A dials 1804. The system broadcasts the
current total call charges to Subscriber A. Subscriber A dials 1805. The system
broadcasts the fee for the last call and the current total call charges to Subscriber
A.
III. Deregistration
To deregister this service, cancel the query fee 180 service authority of Subscriber A
with MOD VSBR, MOD MSBR, or MOD SS, that is, remove QFEE" from the

You can reset all call charges of a subscriber in the dynamic table of the host with RST
FEE.
2.97 MRS Test

This service allows a service subscriber to test the announcements loaded by MRS
using a common phone set.
A subscriber has the MRS test service authority (you can use the command MOD
service is MRST).
2.97.3 Operations
A is a service subscriber with the MRS test authority.

2-147

I. Registration
II. Implementation
Subscriber A dials #99*5-digit MRS GW index 4-digit announcement ID. Subscriber A
can hear the announcements of the specified voice files played by the system.
III. Deregistration
To deregister this service, cancel the MRS test authority of Subscriber A with MOD
VSBR, MOD MSBR, or MOD SS, that is, remove MRST from the supplementary
service parameters.

This service needs the support from the MRS, and it is only applicable to MRS voice
test involving no charging.
2.98 Interception Service

When a call is made to a non-existing number or a changed number, or a route is
blocked temporarily during the call, or a subscriber does not operate correctly to make
a call, the SoftX3000 will automatically intercept such calls and then direct them to a
pickup device, which avoids virtual connections of the switching equipment.
None.
2.98.3 Operations
If Subscriber A dials an unallocated number after hook-off, or the dialed number is
found inexistent after the analysis of the called number, or the callee is disconnected
temporarily, Subscriber A will hear the corresponding announcement.

z
This service is a free service provided by the carrier, and the subscribers need not
register it to the Telecommunication Office.

subscribers.

2-148

2.99 Remotely Set Call Forwarding Unconditional

A remote subscriber can set to forward all incoming calls to a service subscriber
unconditionally to another designated number.
2.99.3 Operations
A is a service subscriber with the authority for the call forwarding unconditional service.
B and C are common subscribers. B is in the same office as A. D is a forwarded-to
subscriber.
I. Registration
1)
2)
Subscriber B dials *571*SSSSSS* Subscriber As number* forwarded-to number

of Subscriber D#. SSSSSS is the password of Subscriber A. If Subscriber A has
the call forwarding unconditional service authority, Subscriber B will hear the
Subscriber B will hear the restriction announcement.
3)
II. Implementation
1)
2)
3)
4)
Subscriber C or D hangs up.
III. Deregistration
1)
2)
Subscriber B dials #571*SSSSSS*Subscriber As number#. If Subscriber A has

registered the call forwarding unconditional service, Subscriber B will hear the
Subscriber B will hear the busy tone.
3)

2-149


z
forwarding busy service and the call forwarding no reply service.
a) If Subscriber A is a Centrex subscriber and Subscriber B is in the same Centrex as

b) If Subscriber A is a Centrex subscriber and Subscriber B is a common subscriber,
c) If Subscriber A is a common subscriber and Subscriber B is a Centrex subscriber,
d) If both Subscriber A and Subscriber B are common subscribers, Subscriber B can
dial the number of Subscriber A for registering or deregistering the call forwarding
service.
z

subscribers.
2.100 Remotely Set Call Forwarding Busy

A remote subscriber can set to forward all incoming calls to a service subscriber to
another designated number when the service subscriber is busy.
2.100.3 Operations
A is a service subscriber with the authority for the call forwarding busy service. B and C
are common subscribers. B is in the same office as A. D is a forwarded-to subscriber.
I. Registration
1)

2-150

2)

the call forwarding busy service authority, Subscriber B will hear the
3)
II. Implementation
1)
2)
Subscriber C dials the number of Subscriber A. Subscriber A is busy. Subscriber C

hears the ringback tone. Subscriber D hears the ringing tone.
3)
4)
III. Deregistration
1)

registered the call forwarding busy service, Subscriber B will hear the
2)

z

service.
z
2-151

z

subscribers.
2.101 Remotely Set Call Forwarding No Reply

A remote subscriber can set to forward all incoming calls to a service subscriber to
another designated number if the service subscriber does not answer the call within the
specified time.
2.101.3 Operations
A is a service subscriber with the authority for the call forwarding no reply service. B and
C are common subscribers. B is in the same office as A. D is a forwarded-to subscriber.
I. Registration
1)
2)

the call forwarding no reply service authority, Subscriber B will hear the
3)
II. Implementation
1)
2)
3)
Subscriber A does not answer the call within the specified time. Subscriber Ds
phone set rings
4)
5)
III. Deregistration
1)
2)

registered the call forwarding no reply service, Subscriber B will hear the
2-152


3)

z

service.
z

subscribers.
2.102 Call Forwarding Restriction (Hong Kong)

You can set to prohibit forwarding calls with some specific call prefixes. The calls with
prohibited forwarded-to numbers will not be forwarded.
None.
2.102.3 Operations
You can use the command ADD CFBAR to add the restriction group number of call
forwarding services, and use the command SET GRPAC to set the relationship
between two restriction groups, and use the command ADD CLDGRP to add the

2-153

restriction group number of prohibited prefixes. Refer to the online help of these
commands for operations.

z
When registering the call forwarding services, the forwarded-to numbers

registered with the command ADD CFDATA will not be restricted, but those
registered through telephone will be restricted.
The forwarded-to numbers registered either with the command ADD CFDATA or
through telephone will all be checked when the forwarding occurs. If one of these
forwarded-to numbers meets the forwarding restriction condition, the forwarding
will fail.
2.103 Call Forwarding List

This service is used to activate or deactivate the related records in the call forwarding
list of a service subscriber.
A subscriber has set some call forwarding records for call forwarding unconditional, call
forwarding busy, or call forwarding no reply service.
2.103.3 Operations
A is a service subscriber who have registered some call forwarding records.
Subscriber A can perform the following operations:
z
Activation: Subscriber A dials *572*SSSSSS# to activate the records in the call

forwarding list, which is similar to the registration operation.
Deactivation: Subscriber A dials #572*SSSSSS# to deactivate the records in the

call forwarding list, which is similar to the deregistration operation.

z
After a new record is added in the call forwarding list of Subscriber A, this record is
activated by default.
The activation prefix (*572*) and the deactivation prefix (#572*) can contain a
maximum of 12 digits.
This service can be used directly without authority setting, registration, or

deregistration.

2-154

2.104 Temporary Block of Calling Name Identification

Presentation (Hong Kong)
If calling names are allowed to be presented to the callees in normal cases, this service
enables a service subscriber to block the calling name identification presentation during
a call by dialing the corresponding prefix before a called number.
2.104.3 Operations
A is a service subscriber. B is a common subscriber registered with the CLIP service
and the calling name identification presentation service.
I. Registration
II. Implementation
1)
2)
Subscriber A dials *95#the number of Subscriber B and hears the ringback tone.
Subscriber B hears the ringing tone and can see Name unavailable displayed on
the phone set.
3)
Subscriber B picks up the phone and talks with Subscriber A.
4)
III. Deregistration
needed.

Displayed on the user interface for call identification, the attribute of this service is
Caller name block by DTMF.

2-155

2.105 Temporary Unblock of Calling Name Identification

Restriction (Hong Kong)
If calling names are not allowed to be presented to the callees in normal cases, this
service enables a service subscriber to unblock the calling name identification
restriction during a call by dialing the corresponding prefix before a called number.
2.105.3 Operations
A is a service subscriber. B is a common subscriber registered with the CLIP service
and the calling name identification presentation service.
I. Registration
II. Implementation
1)
2)
Subscriber A dials #95# the number of Subscriber B and hears the ringback tone.
Subscriber B hears the ringing tone and can see the calling number and name on
the phone set.
3)
4)
III. Deregistration
needed.

Displayed on the user interface for call identification, the attribute of this service is
Caller name unblock by DTMF.

2-156

2.106 Advice of Charge at Call End

With this service registered, at the end of a call originated by a service subscriber, the
charge will be displayed on the phone set after one ringing tone.
A subscriber has the authority for the advice of charge at call end service (you can use
the command MOD VSBR, MOD MSBR, or MOD SS to set it, and the parameter for
this supplementary service is AOCE).
2.106.3 Operations
I. Registration
If BIT2 of the internal call parameter 4 is set to 1, a subscriber can use this service
directly if only he/she has the authority for this service. If BIT2 of the internal call
parameter 4 is set to 0, this service must be registered through telephone or on BAM
before being used. A subscriber can proceed as follows to register this service through
telephone:
1)
2)
Subscriber A dials *88#. If Subscriber A has the authority for the advice of
charge at call end service, he/she will hear the announcement indicating
3)
II. Implementation
1)
2)
3)
4)
Subscriber A hangs up. After hearing a ringing tone, Subscriber A can see the
charge for the call displayed on the phone set.
III. Deregistration
If BIT2 of the internal call parameter 4 is set to 1, to cancel Subscriber As authority for
this service, you can execute the command MOD VSBR or MOD SS and delete the
parameter AOCE.

2-157

If BIT2 of the internal call parameter 4 is set to 0, Subscriber A must deregister the
service through telephone or you can cancel it from the BAM. A service subscriber can
proceed as follows to deregister this service through telephone:
1)
2)
Subscriber A dials #88#. If Subscriber A has registered the advice of charge at

call end service, he/she will hear the announcement indicating successful
deregistration of the service. Otherwise, Subscriber A will hear the restriction
announcement.
3)

2.107 Call Hold (Brazil)

In Brazil, calling party release is adopted for common analog subscribers by default.
During a local call, if the callee has the call hold authority, the release mode will change
to second party release.
During a toll call, if the billing office is the originating office and the callee has the call
hold authority, the release mode will change to second party release. If the billing office
is a tandem office or the terminating office, the call hold service will fail and the release
mode is still calling party release. That's because the billing office is usually the
originating office for local calls.
service is BHLD).
2.107.3 Operations
A is a service subscriber with the call hold authority. B is a common subscriber.
I. Registration
II. Implementation
When Subscriber B calls Subscriber A:

2-158

z
If both Subscriber A and Subscriber B are in the local office, the release mode will
change to second party release after the call is connected. That is, the call can be
released only after both Subscribers A and B hang up.
If Subscriber A is in a common office, but Subscriber B belongs to a billing office,

the release mode will change to second party release after the call is connected.
That is, the call can be released only after both Subscribers A and B hang up.
If Subscriber A and Subscriber B belong to two common offices and the call is
transferred by a billing office, the release mode will still be calling party release
after the call is connected.
If Subscriber A is in a billing office and Subscriber B belongs to a common office,

the release mode will still be calling party release after the call is connected.
If the call is a DIC/DLC call, the release mode will change to first party release after
the call is connected. That is, the call can be released after either Subscriber B or
A hangs up.
III. Deregistration
To cancel Subscriber As authority for the call hold service, you can execute the
command MOD VSBR, MOD MSBR, or MOD SS and delete the parameter BHLD.

z
This service is applicable to ESL subscribers.
ISUP trunks support this service.
2.108 International Operator Call-in Barring (Hong Kong)

This service supports a service subscriber to prohibit incoming calls from international
operators.
A subscriber has the authority for the international operator call-in barring service (you
can use the command MOD VSBR or MOD SS to set it, and the parameter for this
supplementary service is ICIB).
2.108.3 Operations
A is a service subscriber with the authority for the international operator call-in barring
service. B is an operator who makes an international call.

2-159

I. Registration
II. Implementation
1)
2)
Subscriber B dials the number of Subscriber A, and then hears the call barring
3)
tone.
III. Deregistration
To cancel Subscriber As authority for the international operator call-in barring service,
you can execute the command MOD VSBR or MOD SS and delete the parameter ICIB.

The barred languages can be set with a software parameter, that is, a byte, each bit of
which indicates a language. If a bit is set to 1, it means that the corresponding language
will be barred; otherwise, no barring is set.
2.109 Password Modification

This service enables a service subscriber to modify his/her own password.
An initial password is set for a subscriber (you can use the command ADD VSBR or
ADD MSBR to set it; the parameter is 000000 by default).
2.109.3 Operations
A is a service subscriber. SSSSSS is the original password. TTTTTT is the password
inputted for the first time. RRRRRR is the password inputted for the second time (if
RRRRRR=TTTTTT, the setting is valid).
I. Registration
II. Implementation
1)

2-160

2)
Subscriber A dials *541*SSSSSS*TTTTTT*RRRRRR#. If SSSSSS is correct,

and TTTTTT and RRRRRR are the same, Subscriber A will hear the
announcement indicating successful registration of the service, and TTTTTT will
be the valid password; otherwise, Subscriber A will hear the announcement
indicating error.
3)
III. Deregistration
This service is canceled after the cancellation of the subscribers authority.

This service can only be implemented on the phone set that supports a long number of
more than 20 digits. VIZUFON H323 phone set only supports 17-digit number, and
pingtel SIP phone set does not support #.
2.110 Ring Back (Hong Kong)

This service is used to send the ringing tone to a subscriber for alert if he/she has hung
up but the other party is still holding on.
You can execute the command ADD SRVPROC and set the parameter Ring back flag
to 1 (that is, set it to TRUE) to activate this service.
2.110.3 Operations
This service needs no authority setting or registration. It can be used only if you set the
Ring back flag for call waiting, inquiry, inquiry/transfer, call transfer, three-party
services to 1 in the local office. After the above settings, the ringing tone will be sent to
a subscriber for alert if he/she has hung up but the other party is still holding on.

None.
2.111 Quick Access Function (Hong Kong)

This service allows a subscriber to originate a call by dialing a short number (for
example, *14, *15, *16 or others) that corresponds a long number.

2-161

1)
Use the command ADD CNACLD to add a short number (for example, *14) as a
supplementary service prefix.
2)
Use the command ADD DNC to add a conversion index, setting the conversion
type to convert and the new number to the corresponding long number.
3)
Use the command ADD PFXPRO to add prefix processing of the short number
(*14), converting the called number with the preset conversion index and setting
the parameter for reanalyze to TRUE.
2.111.3 Operations
This service needs no authority setting or registration. It can be used directly after the
corresponding data is set. After the data setting, a subscriber can dial a short number to
place a call, and the SoftX3000 will automatically convert the short number to the
corresponding long number and then connect the call.

For Centrex subscribers, you need to add the corresponding out-group prefix before
the long number when configuring the data.
2.112 Party Line Call (Hong Kong)

This service is also called distinctive ringing, which means that different ringing tones
are set for two numbers of a party line. The master number is abbreviated as Leg-1 and
the slave number as Leg-2.
Use the command ADD MSN to add a slave number for a master number, setting the
attributes and authorities of the slave number by directly copying those of the master
number, but setting the super do-not-disturb password to the latter six digits of the slave
number.
2.112.3 Operations
For a party line call,
z
If the call is made to the master number, the Hong Kong ringing tone will be sent.
If the call is made to the slave number, the common ringing tone will be sent.
Most supplementary services are valid if the master number has the
corresponding authorities. Only the call waiting service and block the blocker
service are applicable to the slave number.
2-162


None.
2.113 PBX Call Forwarding Unconditional (Hong Kong)

This service enables a PBX subscriber to forward all the incoming calls to another
designated number regardless of the state of this subscriber.
2.113.3 Operations
A is a PBX subscriber with the authority for the CFU service. B is a forwarded-to
subscriber. C is a common subscriber.
I. Registration
1)
2)
Subscriber A dials *55* Subscriber Bs number #. If Subscriber A has the call

forwarding unconditional service authority, he/she will hear the announcement
3)
II. Verification
1)
2)

the PBX call forwarding unconditional service, he/she will hear the music.
3)
III. Implementation
1)
2)
3)
4)

2-163

IV. Deregistration
1)
2)
Subscriber A dials #55*. If Subscriber A has registered the PBX call forwarding
3)

I. Restrictions
z
PBX call forwarding unconditional service.
A subscriber cannot simultaneously register the call back service and the PBX call
A subscriber cannot simultaneously register the wakeup service and the PBX call
in the call forwarding conditional service.
II. Others
z
When the PBX call forwarding unconditional service and the do-not-disturb service
are registered, the do-not-disturb service will take the precedence.
When the PBX call forwarding unconditional service is registered, the call waiting
The PBX call forwarding unconditional service takes precedence over the PBX call
forwarding busy service and the PBX call forwarding no reply service..

unconditionally, if both Subscribers A and B have registered calling line
identification presentation service, Subscriber Cs number will only be displayed
on the phone set of Subscriber B.

subscribers.
2.114 PBX Call Forwarding Busy (Hong Kong)

This service forwards all the incoming calls to a PBX subscriber to another designated
number automatically when this service subscriber is busy.

2-164

2.114.3 Operations
A is a PBX subscriber with the authority for the CFB service. B is a forwarded-to
I. Registration
1)
2)
Subscriber A dials *571* Subscriber Bs number#. If Subscriber A has the

authority for the call forwarding busy service, he/she will hear the announcement
3)
II. Verification
1)
2)
Subscriber A dials *#57* Subscriber Bs number#. If Subscriber A has registered

the PBX call forwarding busy service, he/she will hear the music. Otherwise,
3)
III. Implementation
1)
2)
Subscriber A is busy. Subscribers B hears the ringing tone.
3)
4)
IV. Deregistration
1)
2)
Subscriber A dials #571*. If Subscriber A has registered the PBX call forwarding
busy service, he/she will hear the announcement indicating successful
3)

2-165


I. Restrictions
z
PBX call forwarding busy service.
A subscriber cannot simultaneously register the wakeup service and the PBX call
in the call forwarding busy service.
II. Others
z
When the PBX call forwarding busy service and the do-not-disturb service are
When the PBX call forwarding busy service is registered, the call waiting function
is disabled.

because Subscriber A is busy, if both Subscribers A and B have registered calling
You can set whether toll calls can be forwarded or not by use of the command
MOD FSFP.

subscribers.
2.115 PBX Call Forwarding No Reply (Hong Kong)

This service forwards all incoming calls to a PBX subscriber to another designated
2.115.3 Operations
A is a PBX subscriber with the authority for the CNFR service. B is a forwarded-to

2-166

I. Registration
1)
2)
Subscriber A dials *56# Subscriber Bs number#. If Subscriber A has the call

forwarding no reply service authority, he/she will hear the announcement
3)
II. Verification
1)
2)

the PBX call forwarding no reply service, he/she will hear the music. Otherwise,
3)
III. Implementation
1)
2)
ringing tone.
3)
4)
IV. Deregistration
1)
2)
Subscriber A dials #56#. If Subscriber A has registered the PBX call forwarding
no reply service, he/she will hear the announcement indicating successful
3)

I. Restrictions
z
PBX call forwarding unconditional service.
A subscriber cannot simultaneously register the call back service and the PBX call
in the call forwarding no reply service.

2-167

II. Others
z
When the PBX call forwarding no reply service and the do-not-disturb service are
When the PBX call forwarding no reply service is registered, the call waiting

because of no reply, if both Subscribers A and B have registered calling line
identification presentation service, Subscriber Cs number will be displayed on the
phone sets of both Subscriber A and Subscriber B.

subscribers.
2.116 PBX Block the Blocker (Hong Kong)

This service allows a PBX subscriber to reject anonymous calls (with no calling
numbers displayed) and to play announcement to the callers.
A subscriber has the block the blocker service authority (you can use the command
supplementary service is BTB).
2.116.3 Operations
A is a PBX subscriber registered with the CLIP service and having the block the
blocker authority. B is a common subscriber.
I. Registration
1)
2)
Subscriber A dials *76. If Subscriber A has the block the blocker authority,
he/she will hear the announcement indicating successful registration of the service.
3)
II. Implementation
Subscriber B picks up the phone and dials the number of Subscriber A.
The call will be connected if
2-168

Subscriber B is an international toll subscriber.
Subscriber B has the authority for the network indication (NI) service
Subscriber B has not activated any CLIR service except the NI service.
The call will be rejected if

z
Subscriber B has registered the CLIR service. In this case, Subscriber B will hear
the BTB prompt tone.
Subscriber B has registered the temporary reservation for CLIR service. In this
case, Subscriber B will hear the BTB prompt tone.
Subscriber B has activated a service for restricting caller ID display except the NI
service. In this case, Subscriber B will hear the BTB prompt tone.
III. Deregistration
1)
2)
Subscriber A dials #76. If Subscriber A has registered the PBX block the blocker
3)

None.
2.117 PBX Remotely Activate Call Forwarding (Hong Kong)

This service allows a PBX subscriber to register or deregister a call forwarding service
such as call forwarding unconditional, call forwarding busy, or call forwarding no reply
on any phone set in the local office.
A subscriber has the remotely activate call forwarding service authority (you can use
supplementary service is RACF).
2.117.3 Operations
A is a PBX subscriber with the authority for the remotely activate call forwarding service.
B and C are common subscribers. B has the call forwarding authority. D is a
I. Registration
1)

2-169

2)
Subscriber A dials *571*SSSSSS* Subscriber Bs number* forwarded-to number

of Subscriber D#. SSSSSS is the password of Subscriber B. If Subscriber B has
the call forwarding authority, Subscriber A will hear the announcement indicating
3)
II. Implementation
1)
2)
3)
Subscriber D picks up the phone and talks with Subscriber C.
4)
III. Deregistration
1)
2)
Subscriber A dials #571*SSSSSS*Subscriber Bs number#. If Subscriber B has

registered the call forwarding service, Subscriber A will hear the announcement
hear the busy tone.
3)

z
If Subscriber A is a Centrex subscriber and Subscriber B is in the same Centrex as

Subscriber A, Subscriber A can dial the Centrex short number of Subscriber B for
If Subscriber A is a Centrex subscriber and Subscriber B is a common subscriber,

Subscriber A can dial the number of Subscriber B for registering or deregistering
the call forwarding service.
If Subscriber A is a common subscriber and Subscriber B is a Centrex subscriber,

Subscriber A can dial the outgoing prefix + number of Subscriber B for registering
or deregistering the call forwarding service.
If both Subscriber A and Subscriber B are common subscribers, Subscriber A can

dial the number of Subscriber B for registering or deregistering the call forwarding
service.

2-170

2.118 PBX Line Hunting

At the SoftX3000 side, each trunk of a PBX is equivalent to a common subscriber line
(that is, a subscriber). All subscribers of a PBX share several trunks. The SoftX3000
allocates a subscriber number to a PBX, which will be used as the switchboard number
of the PBX.
The SoftX3000 allocates a number to all subscriber lines connected with a PBX, which
will act as the PBX pilot number. When a subscriber calls this pilot number, the call
processing program will select an idle subscriber line connected with the PBX based on
the PBX line hunting mode set in the SoftX3000 to put through the call. It should be
noted that the subscribers of a PBX group can locate in multiple modules, which will not
affect line hunting.
PBX line hunting can be carried out in the following ways:
z
In ascending order by subscriber line number.
In descending order by subscriber line number.
In cyclic order.
A line hunting mode is set for the subscribers of a PBX group (you can use the
command ADD/MOD PBX to set it; the parameter is Line hunting mode).
2.118.3 Operations
No registration is needed if only a subscriber has the authority for this service.

None.
2.119 Collect Call (Brazil)

In the collect call service, callees are charged. To use this service, a caller must dial the
preset service prefix before the called number. After the callee picks up the phone, both
the caller and the callee will hear the announcement indicating that the call is a collect
call. If either the caller or the callee hangs up within 12 (which can be set) seconds after
hearing the announcement, no charge is generated. Otherwise, the call will be charged
as a collect call.

2-171

First, you need to set the prefix for this service, for example, 90. Suppose the dialing
process is as follows:
Caller----->Office before charging office----->Charging office----->Office after charging
office----->Callee
Then complete the following data configuration:
I. Office before Charing Office

1)
Set 90 as a common toll prefix and the route selection code of the prefix to the
route to the charging office.
2)
Do not implement special processing to the prefix 90.
3)
Suppose the charging case for the prefix 90 is n, set the charging flag for the
charging case to Before bill point.
4)
To generate free bills, set bit 2 of the parameter P141 to 1.
II. Charging Office

1)
Set the service type for the called prefix 90 to BASIC SERVICE and service
attribute to Collect call.
2)
Set that special processing is implemented to the prefix 90. That is, delete the
prefix and then reanalyze the number.
3)
Determine how to judge if an office is a charging office by setting bit 1 of the

parameter P141. If the local office is a charging office, carry out the number
change and charging processing as mentioned above. Otherwise, no number
analysis and charging processing will be done.
When bit 1 of P141 is set to 0, if the charging case for the prefix 90 is n and the
charging flag for this charging case is Bill point, the local office is a charging
office. Otherwise, the local office is not a charging office.
When bit 1 of P141 is set to 1 and the called prefix is 90, the local office is a
4)
If an office does not support the collect call service, you need to set the data for
charging office no matter what the charging case is.

barring calls from the local office to that office. The default call barring group for
the DIC&DLC service is 60004.
SET GRPAC: SRG=65534, DRG=60004, CI=CDIS;
MOD N7TG: TG=140, LMTGRP=60004;
//Add the call barring group.
//Add the ISUP trunk of the office to the
call barring group.
III. Office after Charging Office

1)
Because the prefix 90 has been deleted during number processing in the
charging office, no setting is needed here. If the charging case is n, the
corresponding charging flag for this charging case is After bill point.

2-172

2)
To generate free bills, set bit 2 of P141 to 1.
2.119.3 Operations
This service is available if only the service prefix is set. It is implemented as follows:
1)
A caller picks up the phone and hears the dial tone.
2)
The caller dials 90 + called number. The callee hears the ringing tone and the
caller hears the ringback tone.
3)
When the callee picks up the phone, the caller hears the announcement After the
signal, tell your name and the city you are speaking from.
4)
If either the caller or the callee hangs up within 12 seconds after the callee
answers the phone, no bill will be generated; otherwise, the call is charged as a
collect call.

You can set the no-charge duration for the collect call service with the command MOD
ITIMER as follows:
MOD ITIMER: PID=120, YWLX=0, SEQ=49,NVL=6;
Where, the parameters PID, YWLX and SEQ are fixed; NVL indicates the
no-charge time, which is 6 seconds in the above example.
2.120 Cancel All Registered Supplementary Services

This service is used to cancel all registered supplementary services.
None.
2.120.3 Operations
Subscriber A dials #21*SSSSSS# on a DTMF phone or 151121SSSSSS on a pulse
phone. If Subscriber A has registered any supplementary service, he/she will hear the
Note:
SSSSSS is the password of Subscriber A.

2-173


z
The maximum length of the service prefix is 11 digits. Otherwise, wrong

announcement will be played.
This service can be used directly without authority setting, registration, or

deregistration.

2-174

Chapter 3 IP Centrex Services

3.1 Overview of IP Centrex Services
The IP Centrex services of the SoftX3000 can be classified as basic services and
supplementary services.
3.2 IP Centrex Basic Services

3.2.1 Introduction of IP Centrex Basic Services
The SoftX3000s IP Centrex can provide subscribers with the following basic services:
z
Intra-group calling out
Out-group calling out
Intra-group calling in
Out-group calling in
Emergency call
Distinctive ringing
These basic services are achieved through the setting of IP Centrex subscriber data,
and they will be described briefly in the following part. It should be noted that ESL
terminals, SIP terminals, and H.323 terminals all support the IP Centrex basic services
in this manual.
3.2.2 Intra-Group Calling Out

A Centrex subscriber can make a call to another subscriber in the same Centrex group
by directly dialing the extension number of the callee.
3.2.3 Out-Group Calling Out

A Centrex subscriber can make a call to an out-Centrex subscriber by dialing the
outgoing prefix (0 for example) before the number of the callee.
3.2.4 Intra-Group Calling In

When a Centrex subscriber calls another subscriber in the same Centrex group, he/she
can directly dial the extension number of the callee, with no need to dial the PSTN
number of the callee. The intra-group calling in service is the same as the intra-group
calling out service. The former is described from the view of a callee, while the latter is
presented from the view of a caller.

3-1

3.2.5 Out-Group Calling In

When an out-Centrex subscriber calls a Centrex subscriber, he/she can only dial the
PSTN number of the callee, but not the extension number.
3.2.6 Distinctive Ringing

The SoftX3000 supports distinctive ringing tones for intra-group and out-group
incoming calls. For example, short ringing tone is played for intra-group incoming calls,
and normal/special ringing tone is played for out-group incoming calls.
It should be noted that this service can only be accomplished with the cooperation of
AMG/IAD.
3.2.7 Emergency Call

On the SoftX3000, you set out-group emergency numbers by adding Centrex group
prefixes with the command ADD CXPFX (parameter: Service attribute). After the
settings, the intra-Centrex subscribers can directly dial the out-group emergency
numbers without dialing the outgoing prefix.
3.3 IP Centrex Supplementary Services

3.3.1 Introduction to IP Centrex Supplementary Services
IP Centrex subscribers can not only enjoy all basic services and supplementary
services provided for common subscribers, but also a number of specialized services.
Here, the default prefixes of the SoftX3000 are used to introduce the activation,
registration, implementation, verification, and cancellation of various supplementary
services. In different countries or regions, the prefix of the same supplementary service
may vary. You can set or modify a supplementary service prefix of a Centrex subscriber
with the command ADD CXPFX or MOD CXPFX. Refer to U-SYS SoftX3000
SoftSwitch System Operation Manual-Configuration Guide for details.
3.3.2 Group-Shared Abbreviated Dialing

I. Service Introduction
This service enables a Centrex subscriber to place a call by dialing one or two digits
(also called abbreviated code) instead of a complete called number. The abbreviated
dialing service for subscribers of a Centrex group can be registered and deregistered
with corresponding MML commands only. While the abbreviated dialing service for
common subscribers can only be registered or deregistered through a telephone, and it
is valid for the registered telephone only.

3-2

II. Preconditions
A subscriber has the abbreviated dialing authority (you can use the command MOD
VSBR, MOD MSBR or MOD SS to set it, and the parameter for this supplementary
service is ADI).
III. Operations
A is a Centrex subscriber with the abbreviated dialing authority. B and C are common
subscribers.
z
Registration
On the MML input window, type the command ADD CXSD, and then the Centrex group
number of Subscriber A, abbreviated code MN, and number of Subscriber B. After the
command is executed, the registration is completed.
Note:
z
The abbreviated code MN ranges from 00 to 99.
by one.
Implementation
1)
2)
Subscriber A dials **MN and then hears the ringback tone. Subscriber B hears
the ringing tone.
3)
4)
Note:
Only intra-group subscribers with the abbreviated dialing authority can use this service.
Deregistration of an abbreviated code
To deregister Subscriber As abbreviated code MN, you can input the command RMV
CXSD on the MML window and then type the Centrex group number of Subscriber A
and the abbreviated code MN.
z
Simultaneous accomplishment of deregistration and registration of an abbreviated

code

3-3

To make the abbreviated code MN indicate Subscriber C, you can input the command
MOD CXSD on the MML window and then type the Centrex group number of
Subscriber A, abbreviated code MN, and number of Subscriber C.
z
Deregistration of all abbreviated codes
You can deregister all abbreviated codes of the Centrex group to which Subscriber A
belongs by typing the command RMV CXSD on the MML input window and then the
Centrex group number of Subscriber A.
IV. Points for Attention

1)
Restrictions
2)
Others
If the number to be abbreviated belongs to the same Centrex as Subscriber A, you

can input the Centrex short number of this number during registration. If not, you
must input outgoing prefix + PSTN number of the target" during registration.

subscribers.
3.3.3 Register Console

With this service registered, a service subscriber becomes the console of a Centrex
group and has the authority to queue and transfer incoming calls.
II. Preconditions
A subscriber has the register console authority (you can use the command MOD
service is REGC).
III. Operations
A is a Centrex subscriber with the authority for the register console service. B, C, and
D are common subscribers.
z
Registration
1)
2)
Subscriber A dials *13#. If Subscriber A has the register console authority,

he/she will hear the announcement indicating successful registration of the service.
3)
Queuing calls
4)

3-4

5)
6)
7)

Subscriber C dials the number of Subscriber A and hears the call waiting
announcement. Subscriber A hears an announcement prompting that there is a
new incoming call.
8)
Subscriber A hangs up. Subscriber As phone set rings again. After picking up the
phone, Subscriber A talks with Subscriber C.
9)
Transferring calls
10) Subscriber B picks up the phone and hears the dial tone.
11) Subscriber B dials the number of Subscriber A and hears the ringback tone.
12) Subscriber A picks up the phone and talks with subscriber B.
13) During the conversation, Subscriber A presses the hook or the key <R>, and then
dials the number of Subscriber C. At this time, Subscriber B hears the music and
14) Subscriber C picks up the phone and talks with Subscriber B.
15) Subscriber B or C hangs up.
z
Deregistration
16) Subscriber A picks up the phone and hears the dial tone.
17) Subscriber A dials *13#". If Subscriber A has registered this service, he/she will
18) Subscriber A hangs up.

z
Intra-group operators cannot forcedly break in, release, or intercept calls.
Subscribers B, C, and D can also be Centrex subscribers. If both the caller and
callee belong to the same Centrex group, the caller can dial the Centrex short
number of the callee directly.
3.3.4 Designated Pickup in Centrex

With this service registered, if a call is made to an extension in a Centrex group but no
reply is received, other subscribers in the same Centrex group can answer the call by
dialing the designated pickup access code plus the called number.

3-5

II. Preconditions
A subscriber has the designated pickup authority (you can use the command MOD
service is DAN).
A subscriber has the designated pickup in Centrex authority (you can use the
command MOD VSBR, MOD MSBR or MOD SS to set it, and the parameter for this
supplementary service is IGAA).
III. Operations
A and B are in the same Centrex group but belong to different call pickup groups. A is a
service subscriber with the authorities for the designated pickup service and the
designated pickup in Centrex service. C is a common subscriber.
Note:
Call pickup group is one of subscriber attributes and is defined during addition of a subscriber. The
subscribers of a call pickup group can answer calls to other subscribers in the group by dialing the
corresponding prefix. Refer to Designated Pickup and Co-Group Pickup in Chapter 2 for details.
Registration
z
Implementation
1)
2)
3)
Subscriber A dials *11*Subscriber Bs Centrex short number#. Subscriber Bs

phone set stops ringing. Subscribers A and C talk with each other.
4)
Deregistration
To cancel Subscriber As authority for the designated pickup in Centrex service, you
parameter IGAA.


3-6

3.3.5 Do-Not-Disturb When Active

The operator cannot forcedly intercept, break in, or release the calls of the subscribers
with the Do-not-disturb when active authority.
II. Preconditions
A subscriber has the authority for the do-not-disturb when active service (you can use
the command MOD VSBR, MOD MSBR or MOD SS to set it; the parameter for
supplementary service is DDWA).
III. Operations
A, B, and C are in the same Centrex group. A is a service subscriber with the authority
for the do-not-disturb when active service. C is an operator.
z
Registration
z
Implementation
1)
2)
3)
4)
Subscriber C dials *70* telephone number of subscriber A#. Subscriber C hears

the busy tone. The conversation between Subscriber A and Subscriber B is not
affected.
5)
Deregistration
To cancel Subscriber As authority for the do-not-disturb when active service, you can
parameter DDWA.

This service is also applicable to toll operators.
3.3.6 Into-Centrex Call Forwarding

This service enables a Centrex subscriber to forward only incoming calls from the
subscribers out of the Centrex group, while calls from the intra-Centrex subscribers will
not be forwarded.

3-7

II. Preconditions
A subscriber has the into-Centrex call forwarding authority (you can use the command
MOD VSBR, MOD MSBR or MOD SS to set it, and the parameter for this
supplementary service is ICENCF).
The subscriber has the call forwarding unconditional authority (you can use the
supplementary service is CFU), and has registered the CFU service.
Note:
Other forwarding services are also supported, such as call forwarding busy and call forwarding no reply.
This section takes CFU as an example.
III. Operations
A and C are in the same Centrex group. A is a service subscriber with the authority for
the forwarding of incoming call to Centrex service and has registered the CFU service.
B is a forwarded-to subscriber. D is a common subscriber.
z
Registration
z
Implementation
1)
Subscriber D picks up the phone and hears the dial tone.
2)
Subscriber D dials the number of Subscriber A and hears the ringback tone.
3)
Subscriber B picks up the phone and talks with Subscriber D.
4)
Subscribers B and D hang up.
5)
6)
Subscriber C dials the Centrex short number of Subscriber A and hears the
ringback tone. Subscriber A hears the ringing tone.
7)
Subscriber A picks up the phone and talks with Subscriber C.
8)
Deregistration
To cancel Subscriber As authority for the into-Centrex call forwarding service, you
parameter ICENCF.

3-8


This service must be used in cooperation with call forwarding services such as CFU,
CFNR, or CFB.
3.3.7 Call Forwarding Unconditional to Centrex Attendant

This service unconditionally forwards all incoming calls to a Centex subscriber to the
corresponding Centrex attendant automatically regardless of the state of the service
subscriber.
II. Preconditions
A subscriber has the call forwarding unconditional to Centrex attendant authority (you
can use the command MOD VSBR, MOD MSBR, or MOD SS to set it, and the
parameter for this supplementary service is CFUCS).
III. Operations
A and B are in the same Centrex group. A is a service subscriber with the authority for
the call forwarding unconditional to Centrex attendant service. B is a Centrex
attendant. C is a common subscriber.
z
Registration
1)
2)

Subscriber Bs number on a pulse phone. If Subscriber A has the authority for the
call forwarding unconditional to Centrex attendant service, he/she will hear the
3)
Verification
4)
5)
Subscriber A dials *#57* telephone number of Subscriber B#. If Subscriber A has

registered this service, he/she will hear the music. Otherwise, Subscriber A will
hear the busy tone.
6)
Implementation
7)
8)
9)
10) Subscriber B or C hangs up.

z
Deregistration

3-9

This service can be cancelled on the phone set of Subscriber A or any other phone set.
Subscriber A can proceed as follows to cancel this service:
11) Subscriber A picks up the phone and hears the dial tone.
12) Subscriber A dials #57# on a DTMF phone or 151157 on a pulse phone. If
hear the busy tone.
13) Subscriber A hangs up.
A subscriber other than Subscriber A (subscriber C, for example) can proceed as
follows to cancel this service:
14) Subscriber C picks up the phone and hears the dial tone.
15) Subscriber C dials #571*SSSSSS* Subscriber As number#. SSSSSS is the
password of Subscriber A. By default, it is 000000. If Subscriber A has registered
the call forwarding unconditional to Centrex attendant service, he/she will hear
16) Subscriber C hangs up.

1)
Restrictions
A Centrex subscriber cannot simultaneously apply for the call forwarding

unconditional to Centrex attendant service and the call forwarding unconditional"
service.
A Centrex subscriber cannot simultaneously apply for the absent subscriber

service and the call forwarding unconditional to Centrex attendant service.
A Centrex subscriber cannot simultaneously apply for the call back service and
the call forwarding unconditional to Centrex attendant service.
A Centrex subscriber cannot simultaneously apply for the wakeup service and
the call forwarding unconditional to Centrex attendant service.
For conflict with the malicious call tracing service, refer to the Points for
Attention in the call forwarding unconditional service.
2)
Others
When the call forwarding unconditional to Centrex attendant service and the
precedence.
When the call forwarding unconditional to Centrex attendant service is registered,

the call waiting function is disabled.
The call forwarding unconditional to Centrex attendant service takes precedence

over the call forwarding busy to Centrex attendant service and the "call
forwarding no reply to Centrex attendant service.

3-10

z

unconditionally, if both Subscriber A and Subscriber B have registered the calling
displayed on Subscriber Bs phone set.

subscribers.
3.3.8 Call Forwarding Busy to Centrex Attendant

This service forwards all incoming calls to a Centrex subscriber to the Centrex
attendant automatically when the service subscriber is busy.
II. Preconditions
None.
III. Operations
A and B are in the same Centrex group. A is a service subscriber. B is the Centrex
z
Registration
On the attendant console, select [Data Maintenance/Setting User Data], select the CFB
service, and then input the Centrex group number, Centrex short numbers of
Subscriber A and Subscriber B.
z
Implementation
1)
2)
Subscriber A is busy. Subscriber B hears the ringing tone.
3)
4)
Deregistration
On the attendant console, select [Data Maintenance/Setting User Data] and then
deselect the CFB service.

1)
Restrictions

service and the call forwarding busy to Centrex attendant service.
A Centrex subscriber cannot simultaneously apply for the wakeup service and
the call forwarding busy to Centrex attendant service.
Attention" in the call forwarding busy service.

3-11

2)
Others
When the call forwarding busy to Centrex attendant service and the
precedence.
When the call forwarding busy to Centrex attendant service is registered, the call

over the call forwarding busy to Centrex attendant service.

due to callee busy, if both Subscriber A and Subscriber B have registered the
calling line identification presentation service, Subscriber Cs number will only be
displayed on Subscriber Bs phone set.

subscribers.
3.3.9 Call Forwarding No Reply to Centrex Attendant

This service forwards all incoming calls to a Centrex subscriber to the Centrex
attendant automatically if the calls are not answered within a preset period of time.
II. Preconditions
None.
III. Operations
A and B are in the same Centrex group. A is a service subscriber. B is the Centrex
z
Registration
On the attendant console, select [Data Maintenance/Setting User Data], select the
CFNR service, and then input the Centrex group number, Centrex short numbers of
Subscriber A and Subscriber B.
z
Implementation
1)
2)
3)
ringing tone.
4)
5)
Deregistration

3-12

On the attendant console, select [Data Maintenance/Setting User Data] and then
deselect the CFNR service.

1)
Restrictions

service and the call forwarding no reply to Centrex attendant service.
A Centrex subscriber cannot simultaneously apply for the call back service and
the call forwarding no reply to Centrex attendant service.
Attention in the call forwarding no reply service.
2)
Others
When the call forwarding no reply to Centrex attendant service and the
precedence.
When the call forwarding no reply to Centrex attendant service is registered, the
call waiting function is disabled.

due to no response, if both Subscriber A and Subscriber B have registered the
calling line identification presentation service, Subscriber Cs number will be
displayed on the phone sets of both Subscriber A and Subscriber B.

over the call forwarding no reply to Centrex attendant service.

subscribers.
3.3.10 Operator Interception

This service enables an operator to intercept local calls between two Centrex
subscribers as well as between a Centrex subscriber and a common subscriber.
II. Preconditions
A subscriber has the operator authority (you can use the command MOD VSBR, MOD
MSBR or MOD SS to set it; the subscriber type parameter is OPR).
III. Operations
A and B are in the same Centrex group. A is an operator. C is either a common
subscriber or a Centrex subscriber in the same Centrex group as A and B.
z
Registration
3-13

Implementation
1)
2)
Subscriber B dials the number of Subscriber C and hears the ringback tone.
Note:
If Subscriber C belongs to the same Centrex group as Subscriber B, Subscriber B can dial the Centrex
short number of Subscriber C directly.
3)
Subscriber C picks up the phone and talks with Subscriber B.
4)
Subscriber A dials *99* telephone number/Centrex short number of subscriber

B#. Subscriber A hears the conversation between Subscriber B and Subscriber C.
If Subscriber A is not an operator, he/she will hear the restriction announcement.
Note:
If Subscriber C belongs to the same Centrex group as Subscribers A and B, Subscriber A can dial *99*
telephone number/Centrex short number of Subscriber C # directly.
5)
Deregistration
To cancel Subscriber As authority for the operator interception service, just modify the
subscriber type to any other type except operator with the command MOD VSBR, MOD
MSBR or MOD SS.

1)
Restrictions
Currently, this service only enables an operator to intercept local calls between two
Centrex subscribers as well as between a Centrex subscriber and a common
subscriber.
2)
Others
During interception, Subscriber B or C cannot hear Subscriber A.
After 60 seconds of interception, this service stops automatically.

3-14

3.3.11 Operator Interception (Hong Kong)

This service enables an operator to intercept local calls between two Centrex
II. Preconditions
III. Operations
z
Registration
z
Implementation
1)
2)
Note:
3)
4)

B#. Subscriber A hears the conversation between Subscriber B and Subscriber C.
If Subscriber A is not an operator, he/she will hear the restriction announcement.
Note:
5)
Deregistration

3-15

MSBR or MOD SS.

1)
Restrictions
Currently, this service only enables an operator to intercept local calls between two
subscriber.
2)
Others
During interception, Subscriber B or C cannot hear Subscriber A.
This interception service has no duration limit.
3.3.12 Operator Break In

This service enables an operator to forcedly break in local calls between two Centrex
subscribers as well as between a Centrex subscriber and a common subscriber so as
to form a three-party call.
II. Preconditions
III. Operations
z
Registration
z
Implementation
1)
2)
Note:

3-16

3)
4)

B#. Subscriber A breaks in the conversation between Subscriber B and
Subscriber C to form a three-party call. If Subscriber A is not an operator, he/she
will hear the restriction announcement.
Note:
5)
Deregistration
MSBR or MOD SS.

Currently, this service only enables an operator to break in local calls between two
subscriber.
3.3.13 Operator Break In (Hong Kong)

This service enables an operator to forcedly break in local calls between two Centrex
subscribers as well as between a Centrex subscriber and a common subscriber so as
to form a three-party call.
II. Preconditions
III. Operations
z
Registration
z
Implementation
3-17

1)
2)
Note:
3)
4)

B#. Subscriber A breaks in the conversation between Subscriber B and
Subscriber C to form a three-party call. Subscriber B and Subscriber C hear the
voice prompt. If Subscriber A is not an operator, he/she will hear the restriction
announcement.
Note:
5)
Deregistration
MSBR, or MOD SS.

Currently, this service only enables an operator to break in local calls between two
subscriber.
3.3.14 Forced Release by Operator

This service enables an operator to forcedly release local calls between two Centrex
subscribers as well as a Centrex subscriber and a common subscriber when there is an
incoming toll call or for other reason.

3-18

II. Preconditions
MSBR, or MOD SS to set it; the subscriber type parameter is OPR).
III. Operations
z
Registration
z
Implementation
1)
2)
Note:
3)
4)

B#. Subscriber A hears the music. When there is an incoming toll call to
Subscriber B, Subscriber B will hear the toll call waiting announcement. In the
other cases, Subscriber B will hear the forced release announcement. Subscriber
C will hear the busy tone. If Subscriber A is not an operator, he/she will hear the
Note:
If Subscriber C belongs to the same Centrex group as Subscribers A and B, Subscriber A can also dial
*80* telephone number/Centrex short number of Subscriber C # directly. Subscriber C will hear the toll
call prompt tone or the forced release prompt tone. Subscriber B will hear the busy tone.
5)
Deregistration

3-19

MSBR or MOD SS.

Currently, this service only enables an operator to forcedly release local calls between
two Centrex subscribers as well as between a Centrex subscriber and a common
subscriber.
3.3.15 Forced Release by Operator (Hong Kong)

This service enables an operator to forcedly release local calls between two Centrex
II. Preconditions
III. Operations
z
Registration
z
Implementation
1)
2)
Note:
3)
4)

B#. Subscriber A hears the music. Subscriber B hears the forced release prompt
tone. Subscriber C hears the busy tone. After timeout, Subscribers A and B hear

3-20

the busy tone. If Subscriber A is not an operator, he/she will hear the restriction
announcement.
Note:
telephone number/Centrex short number of Subscriber C # directly. Subscriber C will hear the forced
release prompt tone. Subscriber B will hear the busy tone.
5)
Deregistration
MSBR, or MOD SS.

Currently, this service only enables an operator to forcedly release local calls between
two Centrex subscribers as well as between a Centrex subscriber and a common
subscriber.
3.3.16 Dedicated Line Call

Dedicated line call is also called specified trunk call. Normally, the voice channels
between trunk modules are allocated by the SoftX3000 automatically for calls. However,
in some special cases, for example, when it is necessary to check if a specific trunk
circuit is normal or not, a call can be made through this trunk circuit. The dedicated line
call service can specify any trunk circuit for an outgoing call.
II. Preconditions
A subscriber has the operator or tester authority (you can use the command MOD
VSBR, MOD MSBR, or MOD SS to set it; the subscriber type parameter is OPR or
TEST).
III. Operations
A is an operator or tester.
z
Registration
z
Implementation
3-21

Subscriber A dials *66*MMM*T#CCCC*DN. MMM stands for the number of the

module where the circuit is located; T stands for circuit type; CCCC stands for the
specified circuit number; DN stands for the called number. The call will be connected
successfully as specified. If Subscriber A is not an operator, he/she will hear the
Note:
z
At present, there is only one circuit type: trunk circuit, that is, T=0.
If DN belongs to the local office, Subscriber A can dial it directly. If not, Subscriber A
needs to input the outgoing prefix before the called number.
Deregistration
To cancel Subscriber As authority for the dedicated line call service, just modify the
subscriber type to any other type except operator and tester with the command MOD
VSBR, MOD MSBR or MOD SS.

If DN is not a local number and an incoming trunk circuit is selected, the call will fail.
3.3.17 Co-Group Pickup

The subscribers in one Centrex group and one pickup group can answer the calls to
any other subscriber in the group by dialing the co-group pickup access code *11#
only.
II. Preconditions
The service subscriber has the authority for the co-group pickup service (you can use
supplementary service is GAA).
The service user is in the same co-group pickup group (you can use the command
MOD VSBR or MOD MSBR to set it; the parameter is call pickup).
III. Operations
A, B and C are subscribers in one pickup group and in one Centrex group. They all
have the authority for the co-group pickup service. D and E are common subscribers.
z
Registration
3-22

Implementation
1)
Subscriber D picks up the phone and hears the dial tone.
2)
Subscriber D dials the number of Subscriber B. Subscriber D hears the ringback

tone. Subscriber B hears the ringing tone.
3)
Subscriber E picks up the phone and hears the dial tone.
4)
Subscriber E dials the number of Subscriber C. Subscriber E hears the ringback

tone. Subscriber C hears the ringing tone.
5)
Subscriber A dials *11#. Subscriber Bs phone set stops ringing. Subscriber A

talks with Subscriber D.
6)
Subscriber A hangs up and then dials *11#. Subscriber Cs phone set stops
ringing. Subscriber A talks with Subscriber E.
7)
Subscribers A and E hang up.
Deregistration
To cancel Subscribers A, B, and Cs authority for the service, you can execute the
command MOD VSBR, MOD MSBR, or MOD SS and delete the parameter GAA.

z
The called subscribers and pickup subscribers must belong to the same co-group
pickup group and the same Centrex group.

subscribers.
3.3.18 Authorized Code for STD/IDD

This service enables Centrex subscribers to make outgoing calls such as local calls
and international toll calls.
II. Preconditions
A subscriber has the authorized code for STD/IDD service authority (you can use the
supplementary service is ASI).
A service subscriber is authorized to place or receive intra-office calls only.
III. Operations
A is a Centrex subscriber with the authorized code for STD/IDD authority. B is a local
subscriber. C is an international toll subscriber.
z
Registration
z
Implementation (one-time unblocking)

3-23

1)
2)
Subscriber A dials *47YYYYYYY*XXXXX#. YYYYYYY stands for the

intra-Centrex short number of two to eleven digits of Subscriber A. XXXXX stands
for the PIN code of five to seven digits.
3)
If the PIN code is valid, Subscriber A will hear the announcement indicating
successful unblocking of calling authority. If the PIN code is invalid, Subscriber A
will hear, Sorry you have not entered the correct PIN. Subscriber A hangs up.
4)
Subscriber A picks up the phone again and this service is activated. Subscriber A
makes a local call to Subscriber B and an international toll call to Subscriber C.
The calls are connected successfully.
5)
Subscriber A makes a local call to Subscriber B and an international toll call to

Subscriber C again. Both calls fail.
Implementation (manual unblocking)
1)
2)

3)
successful registration. If the PIN code is invalid, Subscriber A will hear, Sorry you
have not entered the correct PIN. Subscriber A hangs up.
4)
The calls are connected successfully.
Subscriber A makes a local call to Subscriber B and an international toll call to
Subscriber C again. Both calls are connected successfully.
Lock (manual locking)
successful registration. If the PIN code is invalid, Subscriber A will hear, Sorry you
have not entered the correct PIN. Subscriber A hangs up.
Both calls fail.
Deregistration
5)
z
1)
2)
3)
4)
To deregister this service, cancel the authorized code for STD/IDD authority of
Subscriber A with MOD VSBR, MOD MSBR, or MOD SS, that is, remove ASI from
the supplementary service parameters.

3-24


For one-time unblocking, a service subscriber has to unblock the calling authority every
time when originating an outgoing call. For manual unblocking, a service subscriber
can originate several outgoing calls.
3.3.19 Call Forward Incoming Only

This service allows a Centrex subscriber to forward an incoming call from a
non-Centrex subscriber to another destination.
II. Preconditions
A subscriber has the call forward incoming only service authority (you can use the
supplementary service is CFIO).
Note:
You can also set other forwarding services such as call forwarding busy or call forwarding no reply for the
service subscriber. The section only takes CFU as an example.
III. Operations
A is a Centrex subscriber with the call forward incoming only service authority and
registered with the call forwarding unconditional service. B is a forwarded-to
subscriber. C is a common subscriber. D is a subscriber within the same Centrex group
as Subscriber A.
z
Registration
z
Implementation
1)
2)
3)
After picking up the phone, Subscriber B talks with Subscriber C.
4)
5)

3-25

6)
Subscriber D dials the number of Subscriber A and hears the ringback tone.
Subscriber A hears the ringing tone. After picking up the phone, Subscriber A talks
with Subscriber D.
Deregistration
To deregister this service, cancel the call forward incoming only authority of
Subscriber A with MOD VSBR, MOD MSBR, or MOD SS, that is, remove CFIO" from

z
This service is also applicable to wide area Centrex subscribers.
You can set whether the wakeup service and call forwarding unconditional service
can be registered simultaneously or not with the command MOD FSFP. By default,
both services can be applied for simultaneously. If a subscriber simultaneously
registers the wakeup service and the call forwarding unconditional service, the
wakeup service will take the precedence.
If a subscriber simultaneously registers the call forwarding unconditional service

and the do-not-disturb service, the call forwarding unconditional service will take
the precedence.
If a subscriber registers the call forwarding unconditional service, the call waiting
service is invalid.
You can set whether to allow forwarding a toll call with MOD FSFP.

subscribers.
3.3.20 Call Forward within Group Only

This service allows a Centrex service subscriber to forward an incoming call from
another Centrex subscriber or a non-Centrex subscriber to a destination within the
same Centrex group as the service subscriber.
II. Preconditions
A subscriber has the call forward within group only service authority (you can use the
supplementary service is CFGO).

3-26

Note:
You can also set other forwarding services such as call forwarding busy or call forwarding no reply for the
service subscriber. The section only takes CFU as an example.
III. Operations
A is a Centrex subscriber with the call forward within group only service authority and
registered with the call forwarding unconditional service. B is a forwarded-to
subscriber in the same Centrex group as Subscriber A. C is a common subscriber.
z
Registration
z
Implementation
1)
2)
3)
After picking up the phone, Subscriber B talks with Subscriber C.
4)
Deregistration
To deregister this service, cancel the call forward within group only authority of
Subscriber A with MOD VSBR, MOD MSBR, or MOD SS, that is, remove CFGO" from

z
This service is also applicable to wide area Centrex subscribers.
This service does not support forwarding a call to a non-Centrex subscriber. If a

service subscriber tries forwarding a call to a non-Centrex subscriber, the
connection will fail.
You can set whether the wakeup service and call forwarding unconditional service
can be registered simultaneously or not with the command MOD FSFP. By default,
both services can be applied for simultaneously. If a subscriber simultaneously

3-27

registers the wakeup service and the call forwarding unconditional service, the
wakeup service will take the precedence.
z
If a subscriber simultaneously registers the call forwarding unconditional service

and the do-not-disturb service, the call forwarding unconditional service will take
the precedence.
If a subscriber registers the call forwarding unconditional service, the call waiting
service is invalid.
You can set whether to allow forwarding a toll call with MOD FSFP.

subscribers.
3.3.21 Call Transfer Incoming Only

This service allows a Centrex subscriber to forward an incoming call from a
non-Centrex subscriber to another destination.
II. Preconditions
A subscriber has the call transfer incoming only service authority (you can use the
supplementary service is CTIO).
III. Operations
A is a Centrex subscriber with the call transfer incoming only authority. B and C are
common subscribers.
z
Registration
z
Implementation
1)
2)
3)
After picking up the phone, Subscriber A talks with Subscriber B.
4)
During the call, Subscriber A presses the hook or presses <R> and then dials the
number of Subscriber C. At this time, Subscriber B hears the music and
5)
Subscriber C picks up the phone. Subscriber A hangs up. Subscriber B talks with
Subscriber C.
6)
Deregistration
3-28

To deregister this service, cancel the call transfer incoming only" authority of
Subscriber A with MOD VSBR, MOD MSBR, or MOD SS, that is, remove CTIO from

z
A service subscriber can also transfer a call from a Centrex subscriber to another
destination. This service is also applicable to wide area Centrex subscribers.
Subscriber C can either be a Centrex subscriber or a common subscriber. If

Subscriber A is a Centrex subscriber and Subscriber C is in the same Centrex
group as Subscriber A, Subscriber A should dial the Centrex short number of
Subscriber C after pressing the hook. If Subscriber A is a Centrex subscriber and
Subscriber C is a common subscriber, Subscriber A should dial the outgoing
prefix + number of Subscriber C after pressing the hook.
You can set with the corresponding MML command whether to allow forwarding a
local call to a toll number.
ESL subscribers can act as service participants or originators. H.323 and SIP
subscribers can only act as service participants, but not originators.
3.3.22 Call Transfer within Group Only

This service allows a Centrex service subscriber to forward an incoming call from a
non-Centrex subscriber to a destination within the same Centrex group as the service
subscriber.
II. Preconditions
A subscriber has the call transfer within group only service authority (you can use the
supplementary service is CTGO).
III. Operations
A is a Centrex subscriber with the call transfer within group only authority. B is a
subscriber within the same Centrex group as Subscriber A. C is a common subscriber.
z
Registration
z
Implementation
1)
2)
3)
After picking up the phone, Subscriber A talks with Subscriber C.

3-29

4)
During the call, Subscriber A presses the hook or presses <R> and then dials the
number of Subscriber B. At this time, Subscriber C hears the music and
5)
Subscriber B picks up the phone. Subscriber A hangs up. Subscriber B talks with
Subscriber C.
6)
Deregistration
To deregister this service, cancel the call transfer within group only authority of
Subscriber A with MOD VSBR, MOD MSBR, or MOD SS, that is, remove CTGO from

z
A service subscriber can also transfer a call from a Centrex subscriber to a

destination within the same Centrex group. This service is also applicable to wide
area Centrex subscribers.
If a service subscriber tries forwarding a call to a non-Centrex subscriber, the

connection will fail.
You can set with the corresponding MML command whether to allow forwarding a
local call to a toll number.
ESL subscribers can act as service participants or originators. H.323 and SIP
subscribers can only act as service participants, but not originators.
3.3.23 Barge in (Immediate Mode)

three-party call.
II. Preconditions
service is BRGIN).
III. Operations
z
Registration

3-30

z
Verification
and C.
z
Implementation
1)

2)
Subscriber A dials the number of Subscriber B or C. Subscriber A hears the

ringback tone. Subscriber B and Subscriber C hear the barge-in alarm
announcement. Subscriber A barges in the call between Subscriber B and
3)
Subscriber A or C hangs up. Subscriber B can continue talking with the reserved
party.
Deregistration
service parameters.
3.3.24 Barge in (Negotiating Mode)

three-party call.
II. Preconditions
service is BRGIN).
III. Operations
z
Registration
z
Verification

3-31

and C.
z
Implementation
1)

2)
Subscriber A dials the number of Subscriber B or C. Subscriber A hears the busy

tone.
3)
Subscriber A presses the hook. After hearing the special dial tone, Subscriber A
dials *750.
4)
Subscriber A hears the ringback tone, and Subscribers B and C hear the barge-in
alarm announcement. Subscriber A barges in the call between Subscriber B and
5)
Subscriber A or C hangs up. Subscriber B can continue talking with the remaining
party.
Deregistration
service parameters.

z
A software parameter controls whether to play the barge-in alarm tone.
3.3.25 Password Call Barring

This service allows a service subscriber to bar outgoing calls on a phone set.
II. Preconditions
A subscriber has the password call barring service authority (you can use the
supplementary service is PWCB).
The service subscriber has the authorities for intra-office calls, local calls, national toll
calls, and international toll calls.
III. Operations
A is a service subscriber with the password call barring service authority. B is a
subscriber of the local office. C is a local subscriber. D is an international toll subscriber.
z
Registration

3-32

Register the password call barring service for Subscriber A with REG SS (The
supplementary service parameter is PWDOCB).
At this time, Subscriber A can only make intra-office outgoing calls.
z
Activation
1)
2)
Subscriber A dials *708PIN#. PIN is a password of five to seven digits. If

Subscriber A will hear call restriction announcement.
3)
At this time, Subscriber A can only make intra-office, local, national toll, and
z
Verification
1)
2)
Subscriber A dials the number of Subscriber C or D. If Subscriber A has registered

the password call barring service, he/she will hear the call restriction
announcement; otherwise, Subscriber A will hear the ringback tone.
3)
Implementation
1)
Subscriber A picks up the phone and hears the dial tone. Subscriber A dials the
number of Subscriber B. After hearing the ringing tone, Subscriber B picks up the
phone and the call is connected.
2)
Subscriber A dials the number of Subscriber C or D directly. If Subscriber A has

activated the password call barring service, the call fails. Subscriber A dials
*710PIN*Subscriber C or Ds number# (PIN is a password of five to seven digits).
Subscriber A hears the ringback tone, and Subscriber C or D hears the ringing
tone. After picking up the phone, Subscriber C or D can talk with Subscriber A.
Deregistration
1)
2)
Subscriber A dials *709PIN# (PIN is a password of five to seven digits). If

3)

This service is only applicable to ESL subscribers.
3.3.26 Wide Area Centrex Service

A Centrex group consisting of subscribers of different exchanges is called a wide area
Centrex (WAC), which has no requirement on location of subscribers and provides
3-33

convenience to the government organs, corporations, factories and so on whose

working offices are distributed separately.
The SoftX3000 supports subscribers of different exchanges to place calls to each other
by dialing Centrex short numbers through software setting, that is, the SoftX3000
supports WAC function.
For example,
Exchange A has a Centrex group, whose long number is 765xxxxx and short number is
7xxxx. Exchange B has a Centrex group, whose long number is 654xxxxx and short
number is 6xxxx. Both Exchange A and Exchange B support WAC service, that is,
subscribers of them can call each other by dialing Centrex short numbers.
The above configuration can achieve the following:
A Centrex subscriber of Exchange A can call another Centrex subscriber of the same
exchange by dialing 7xxxx, and can call a Centrex subscriber of Exchange B by dialing
6xxxx.
A Centrex subscriber of Exchange B can call another Centrex subscriber of the same
exchange by dialing 6xxxx, and can call a Centrex subscriber of Exchange A by dialing
7xxxx.
3.3.27 IP Console
Inheriting abundant Centrex services of the C&C08 switch, the SoftX3000 IP console
provides a remote, IP-based and centralized management mode for the SoftX3000
Centrex services. Due to rich services supported, the SoftX3000 IP console has
become a platform for providing applicable Centrex Services to hotels, enterprises,
factories, government organs and so on.
The IP console (U-Path) is an important component of the SoftX3000 for offering
Centrex services. It gains remote access to the SoftX3000 through an ordinary
multimedia PC configured with a network adapter, and provides such functions as
intra-Centrex call transfer, subscriber management, and charging.
To be specific, IP console supports the following functions:
z
IP access feature, which allows the console to access the SoftX3000 across the IP
network so that the attendant can be located far away from the SoftX3000.
Distinctive presentation for intra-group and out-group incoming calls.
Call control functions such as call transfer, call assistance, incoming call queue,
call hold and retrieve, and night service.
Call emergency override/transfer functions.
Transferring calls to a standby number in the event of console failure.
Call origination by callees name and calling name identification presentation

functions.
Traffic measurement function.
Setting and management of data of the subscribers in the local Centrex group.
3-34

Receipt of immediate charging information from the host.
Intra-Centrex subscriber bill settlement function.
Connection with hotel management system.
Automatic wakeup service.
Do-not-disturb service.
Registration of supplementary services for subscribers in the local Centrex group

on IP console.
3.3.28 IP Supermarket
IP supermarket refers to IP toll call services deployed by carriers. The IP supermarket
function of the SoftX3000 is implemented in IP Centrex mode (IP console charges all
calls made at IP supermarkets) or through polarity reversal signals sent by IAD directly
(the SoftX3000 charge all calls). The technical features of the IP supermarket are as
follows:
z
Supports unified management of charging: such information as deposit, balance,

and charge can be displayed.
Supports immediate charging, immediate generation of bill, and immediate

settlement after hang-up.
Supports quota restricted calling service.
Supports daily or monthly settlement.
Supports integrated settlement.
Supports realtime charging and display of conversation duration.
Supports bill query.
Supports bill print.
Provides simple and easy-to-operate interface.

3-35

Chapter 4 Multimedia Services

4.1 Overview of Multimedia Services
The SoftX3000 supports the following three types of multimedia services:
z
Point-to-point multimedia communication
Multimedia video conference initiated by MediaCentre
Multimedia video conference initiated by ViewPoint iDo
Point-to-point multimedia communication refers to the communication between two

multimedia devices, but the latter two multimedia services refer to the communication
among several multimedia video devices initiated by a management device.
4.2 Point-to-Point Multimedia Communication

4.2.1 Video Communication
With respective video cameras installed, a terminal subscriber can directly originate a
video call to the opposite party and select the appropriate video quality depending on
the network bandwidth.
The terminals supporting video communication include SIP telephone, H.323
telephone, SIP SoftPhone, H.323 SoftPhone, and others. This manual introduces the
ViewPoint OpenEye (referred to as OpenEye hereinafter) developed by Huawei. See
Figure 4-1 for the OpenEye interface.

4-1

Figure 4-1 OpenEye interface
4.2.2 Chat
It allows real-time communication by means of text between one terminal subscriber
and another who has already logged in.
4.2.3 File Transfer

It allows files to be transferred from one computer to another where the received files
can be saved under a particular directory or a specified directory.
4.2.4 Program Sharing

It allows a certain program to be shared by a terminal subscriber with another even if
the opposite subscriber has not installed the corresponding program.

4-2

4.2.5 Electronic Whiteboard

It allows both parties to write and draw on the same board for discussion purpose. This
is applicable to many occasions such as remote teaching and technology
communication.
4.3 Multimedia Video Conference Initiated by MediaCentre

4.3.1 Flow of Video Conference Initiated by MediaCentre
MediaCentre supports multi-point video conference. Figure 4-2 illustrates the general
flow of multi-point video conference initiated by MediaCentre manager.
Add conference
Define
conference
Schedule
conference
Control
conference
End conference
Figure 4-2 General flow for holding multi-point video conference
4.3.2 Adding Site

Site is codetermined by the site defined in MediaCentre manager, actual terminal, and
endpoint defined by gatekeeper (GK). The site number defined in MediaCentre
manager, actual terminal number, and GK-defined endpoint number must be the same.
4.3.3 Defining Conference

Conference is the interaction of image and voice between two terminals or among more
terminals. Defining a conference involves at least the setting of site(s) and transmission
speed.
4.3.4 Scheduling Conference

This step solves two problems: when to hold the conference and whether the required
resources are available. It is a process of allocation and activation of resources:
4-3

reserving enough resources for a conference and activating resources at the start time
of a conference.
4.3.5 Controlling Conference

This step is to enhance the present sensation of the attendants by use of conference
control functions.
4.3.6 Ending Conference

It is a process of releasing resources. The resources released can be used for other
conferences.
4.4 Multimedia Video Conference Initiated by ViewPoint iDo

4.4.1 Flow of Video Conference Initiated by ViewPoint iDo
ViewPoint iDo can help the terminals without conference control functions to hold and
control a conference.
ViewPoint iDo can achieve the following functions:
z
Holding conference: to define and hold a conference by means of sitecall at a

terminal.
Controlling conference: to control a conference in several aspects such as

auto-browse, mute microphone, broadcast site, and view site.
Figure 4-3 illustrates the general flow of multi-point video conference initiated by
ViewPoint iDo.
Add site
Define
conference
Start conference
Control
conference
End conference
Figure 4-3 General flow for holding multi-point video conference

4-4

4.4.2 Defining Site

To define a site, you need to set such parameters as site name, line type, bandwidth,
and terminal number.
4.4.3 Defining Conference

Defining a conference can be divided into two steps: setting up a conference and
adding sites to the conference. The first step is to set such basic parameters as
conference name, continuous presence resource, bandwidth, and conference control
password. In addition, if you are an advanced subscriber, you can customize the
conference and set such parameters as video code, video format, audio code, and so
on. The second step is to add the defined sites to the conference.
4.4.4 Starting Conference

The convener can start a defined video conference by inputting the registered account
and password.
4.4.5 Controlling Conference

Only one Chair site is allowed in one conference, which has absolute control over the
ongoing conference. All the other sites are Non-Chair sites, subject to the management
and control of the Chair site. In controlling a conference, you can perform such
operations as adding or deleting a site, setting continuous presence, requesting speak,
and turning speaker on or off.
4.4.6 Ending Conference

The convener can close the current conference and release the resources occupied.

4-5

Chapter 5 Value Added Services

5.1 Overview of Value Added Services
This chapter introduces the value added services provided by the SoftX3000 in
cooperation with U-NICA as well as intelligent network (IN) services, such as personal
communication agent (PCA) service, SIP based prepaid service (SIPPPS), Presence
service, card calling service (CCS), advanced prepaid service (APS) and so on.
Note:
U-NICA is the IN platform developed by Huawei based on the next generation network
(NGN) solution.
5.2 Personal Communication Agent Service

The personal communication agent (PCA) service is a new type of IN service provided
based on the NGN platform. Combining the traditional IN services and Internet, it offers
the following functions to service subscribers:
z
Service subscribers can use multiple and different types of terminals and can
maintain all terminals through a PCA number. To originate a call to a PCA service
subscriber, the caller only needs to dial PCA access code + 0 + PCA number of
the service subscriber. The system will route the call to the corresponding
terminal number based on the routing rules set by the service subscriber. To
originate a call to a common subscriber, a service subscriber can use the unique
PCA number to make calls on different terminals. The conversation fee will be
charged to the subscribers PCA account.
Service subscribers can activate the personal notification function to receive

notifications: By setting a personal calendar on the web page, a service subscriber
can write messages and schedule them to be sent at different time. The system
will send the messages to the specified terminals through phones, short
messages, or Emails at the specified time.
Service subscribers can maintain their service data on the web page, including
personal notification, personal address book, and other functions. Besides, they
can initiate calls with the personal address book or historical call record on the web
page.

5-1

Note:
z
Service carrier: the telecom carrier who provides the PCA service.
Service administrator: the service carriers administrator, responsible for

maintaining the data of the PCA service.
Service subscriber: the subscriber who applies for the PCA service and enjoys its
abundant functions after successful application.
5.2.2 Example
I. Preconditions
Suppose that Subscriber A has subscribed the PCA service. The PCA access code is
300, and the PCA number allocated to Subscriber A is 3344566. Subscriber A has set
the following service data in advance:
z
Subscriber
sets
the
mobile
phone
(13011111111),
home
phone
(075522222222), and office phone (075533333333) as service terminals.

Subscriber A also sets the time-based routing rule: incoming calls made from 8:00
to 18:00 everyday are routed to the number 075533333333, and incoming calls
made during the rest time are routed to the number 075522222222.
z
Subscriber A
sets
the forwarded-to
number for
075533333333
and
075522222222 in case of busy or no replay (CFB/CFNA) to 13011111111.

z
Subscriber A sets some notifications in the personal calendar such as wakeup call
in the morning and sending a short message to remind his/her friend to have lunch
at noon.
Subscriber A sets a personal address book.
II. Service Functions

After data setting, Subscriber A will enjoy the following services:
z
The incoming calls during the working hours will be connected to Subscriber As
office phone, while the incoming calls during non-working hours will be routed to
his/her home phone. If the call is not answered or the line is engaged, the system
will forward the call to Subscriber As mobile phone.
In the morning, Subscriber A will receive a wakeup call at home. At noon,

Subscriber As friend will receive a short message reminding him/her to have
lunch.
Subscriber A can log in to the web page to maintain his/her personal address book
at any time. Besides, he/she can initiate calls on the web page through OpenEye.

5-2


Service subscribers can originate calls on various terminals such as PSTN phone, SIP
phone, H.323 phone, MGCP phone, Mobile phone, and OpenEye.
5.3 SIP Based Pre-Paid Service

This service is the pre-paid service based on session initiation protocol (SIP).
A common subscriber becomes a service subscriber after purchasing a PPS card on
which the card number (subscribers account) and password are provided. Service
subscribers can originate calls or use other functions on phone set or through Internet.
The charge will be deducted from the PPS card. The SoftX3000 will determine whether
to allow calls or other functions according to the balance in a service subscribers
account and the valid period, and charge the service subscriber by deducting the
corresponding sum from the account. If there is no balance in the account, the system
will terminate the calls or the use of other functions.
For telecom carriers, SIP-PPS avoids the profit loss due to owing charge or fraud of
subscribers, thus reducing operation risk and speeding investment reclamation. For
service subscribers, SIP-PPS omits the trouble of credibility check for opening an
account, periodical payment, deposit payment, and worry of number stealing. In
addition, SIP-PPS is a good option for subscribers who want communication services
only in short term.
SIP-PPS provides three functions:
z
Normal calling: After a service subscriber dials the SIP-PPS access code, presses
the card number and password according to the voice prompt for authentication,
and then presses the called number, the call will be connected and the
conversation fee will be deducted from the PPS card of the service subscriber.
Click To Dial (CTD): After the authentication of the card number and the password,
a service subscriber can log in to the SIP-PPS website, enter the CTD function
page, type two called numbers, and then submit the request. The call between
these two subscribers will be connected, and the conversation charge will be
deducted from the PPS card of the service subscriber.
Note:
In the CTD function, a service subscriber can originate a call between two common
subscribers without joining the conversation.

5-3

z
Web Call: After the authentication of the card number and the password, a service
subscriber can log in to the SIP-PPS website, enter the Web Call function page,
type a called number, and then submit the request. The outgoing call to a callee
will be originated through OpenEye, and the conversation charge will be deducted
from the PPS card of the service subscriber.
To use Web Call or CTD, a service subscriber needs to install related software on the
personal computer (PC), which can be downloaded from the service carriers website.
Note:
z
Service carrier: the telecom carrier who provides the SIP-PPS service.
Service administrator: the service carriers administrator, responsible for configuring

service parameters of the SIP-PPS service, such as the maximum number of family
numbers allowed to be set and charging time unit.
Service subscriber: the subscriber who purchases a SIP-PPS card and enjoys the
SIP-PPS service.
5.3.2 Example
I. Normal Calling
A service subscriber dials the SIP-PPS access code to enter the service process and
then selects the corresponding option according to the announcement.
II. CTD
A service subscriber enters the SIP-PPS website, and then types the card number and
password for login. After logging in to the system, the service subscriber selects the
CTD function. After a dialog box appears prompting to type two called numbers, the
service subscriber types the numbers and then submits it to initiate the call between
these two numbers. The call charge will be deducted from the PPS card of the service
subscriber.
III. Web Call

A service subscriber enters the SIP-PPS website, and then types the card number and
password for login. After logging in to the system, the service subscriber selects the
Web Call function. After a dialog box appears prompting to type a called number, the
service subscriber types the number and then submits it to initiate the call through
OpenEye.

5-4


Service subscribers can originate calls on various terminals such as PSTN phone, SIP
phone, H.323 phone, MGCP phone, Mobile phone, and OpenEye.
5.4 Presence Service

The Presence service developed by Huawei is intended for corporate users. It provides
abundant software for carriers and service subscribers.
z
It provides carriers with service management software running on SMS for

managing the whole Presence service.
It provides companies with Web administrator interface for managing terminal

subscribers.
It provides terminal subscribers with client software running on Windows, which is

used to send or receive instant messages, set status, subscribe contact, and
perform other operations.
Note:
z
Service administrator: the service carriers administrator, responsible for managing

the life cycle, basic data, company administrator, License, and other information of
the Presence service.
Company administrator: the administrator who is created and managed by the

service administrator, responsible for managing Presence subscribers and
company directory server, and querying operation logs.
Presence subscriber: a subscriber who is managed by the company administrator,

enjoying various functions of the Presence service.
5.4.2 Example
I. Preconditions
Suppose that a company has applied for the Presence service, and Subscriber A is an
employee of this company.
II. Adding Contact

Subscriber A wants to add Subscriber B as his/her contact:
Subscriber A clicks the U-NICA Messenger subscription menu to enter the contact
addition interface, types Subscriber Bs name and then submits the request. Subscriber

5-5

Bs name will be listed in the contact list of Subscriber A. After Subscriber B approves
the request from Subscriber A, the addition of a new contact is successful.
III. Sending Instant Message

Subscriber A sends an instant message to Subscriber B:
Subscriber A double clicks Subscriber Bs name in the contact list at the U-NICA
Messenger client. After a dialog box pops up, Subscriber A types the message to be
sent to Subscriber B and then clicks <Send>.
IV. Changing Subscriber Status

Subscriber A sets his/her current status as Offline at the U-NICA Messenger client.

U-NICA Messenger client software includes three files, namely U-NICA Messenger.exe,
presence.cfg, and ThreadDll.ll. Make sure that these three files are in the same folder,
and ThreadDll.ll is a hidden file.
5.5 Unified Communication Service

Equipped with the following devices, company subscribers can enjoy corresponding
unified communication (UC) services supported. Refer to Table 5-1.
Table 5-1 Services and corresponding devices supporting the services
Services
Devices
Voice
Telephone
Voice mailbox
Telephone
E-mail
PC or personal digital assistant (PDA)
Fax
Fax machine
Short message service (SMS)
Mobile phone
Instant message
PC or PDA
Telephone conference
Telephone conference terminal
From the table, we know that there are a variety of communication methods that can be
used with corresponding devices offered. Such a problem that how to associate these
devices effectively to better serve the subscribers has become a pressing challenge.
The UC system runs on Huawei U-NICA intelligent system. It is developed based on
the Huawei U-SYS NGN solution and is a platform for convergence and interworking

5-6

among all communication devices by integrating the functions of Microsofts enterprise

directory software and associating various communication means effectively, so as to
achieve the goal that a subscriber can communicate with others by use of fixed
telephone, mobile phone, PC, PDA, or fax machine.
5.5.2 Example
I. Preconditions
A certain company has subscribed the UC service, and Subscriber A is an employee of
the company.
II. Authentication
Subscriber A types the user name, password, and number of the bound fixed phone,
and sets the answer mode to automatic answer.
Note:
There are two answer modes for each telephone: automatic answer and manual
answer.
III. Incoming Calls

When there is an incoming call, the UC system will first check whether Subscriber A
has set the intelligent routing data. If so, the UC system will route the call based on the
predefined routing policy (by work day, time, status, calling number, or caller type).
If no intelligent routing data is set, the UC system will check the answer mode. In case
of manual answer, an incoming call dialog box will appear on the client interface of
Subscriber A showing such information as caller number, caller type, and status, and
offering operations such as hold, accept, terminate, and transfer.
IV. Click to Dial

Subscriber A can select the callees phone number from the address list on the UC
client interface and then click the dial button to call the callee.
V. Click to Fax
Subscriber A can find the callees fax number from the address list on the UC client
interface and then click the fax button. A dialog box for writing the fax will pop up. After
subscriber A finishes writing and confirms it, the UC system will call the callees fax
machine to send the fax.

5-7

VI. Click to Conference

Subscriber A can select the conference attendants from the address list on the UC
client interface and then click the conference button. The UC system will call to invite all
the attendants. After all the attendants join the conference, Subscriber A becomes the
chair of the conference, and he/she has the authority for managing the conference, for
example, adding or removing an attendant.
VII. Presence Management

As a subordinate of Subscriber A, Subscriber B needs to contact Subscriber A
frequently. However, Subscriber A is quite busy all the time, so Subscriber B usually
fails to contact him/her in time due to not knowing his/her exact location. Presence
management can solve this problem. Through presence management, Subscriber B
can check Subscriber As current status at any time and contact him/her conveniently
only if Subscriber A updates his/her presence status.

z
Service subscribers can originate calls on various terminals such as PSTN phone,
SIP phone, H.323 phone, MGCP phone, MOBILE phone, and OpenEye.
In a video conference, the attendants must only use SIP phone, H.323 phone, or
OpenEye.
5.6 Card Calling Service

Due to its convenience and flexibility in use, the card calling service (CCS) has been
widely used in the telecommunications service market. However, the carriers of
different regions have different requirements on services and charging policies, so
various CCSs have been promoted, such as IPCARD, universal card service (UCS),
200 and 201 card service. The diversity of types and versions of card services has
caused inconvenience in maintenance and promotion of the services by carriers.
To meet the various demands on card services, CCS has integrated the advantages
and functions of various card services. CCS card can not only accomplish all the
functions of such traditional card services as IPCARD, UCS, 200 and 201, but also can
be used for calls supported by the install communication software, Internet access,
payment of phone charge, water and electricity charge. In addition, it can be recharged
directly from debit card or credit card.
5.6.2 Service Features

I. Overview of Service Features
The features of CCS (taking the existing services as example) include
5-8

Supporting play of welcome announcement
Supporting multiple dialing modes
Supporting caller binding authentication
Providing voice prompt
Rechargeable
Supporting collection of card number and password
One card serving multiple purposes
II. Welcome Announcement

After a subscriber dials the CCS access code, the SoftX3000 will play a welcome
announcement to the subscriber, for example, Welcome to use the xx service. You
can set whether to play it, the contents of it, and the mode of playing it (that is, whether
the play can be interrupted). You can also set the welcome announcement as an
advertisement. For example, if a corporation purchases a batch of CCS cards as
presents to be given to its customers, the welcome announcement can be set to We
appreciate your support for the xx Corporation. Best wishes to you!
III. Dialing Mode

CCS supports the successive input of card number and password, one-stage dialing,
and dual-stage dialing. One-stage dialing refers to the mode of dialing access code +
called number successively (applicable to the case that the caller has bound the card
number on a phone set). Dual-stage dialing refers to the mode of first dialing the access
code and then selecting the subsequent operations needed according to the voice
prompt of the system.
IV. Caller Binding Authentication

Caller binding means that a service subscriber can bind a card number to a phone set,
so that the subscriber need not press the card number on the phone set when making
CCS calls.
V. Voice Prompt
CCS provides multiple voice prompt options, which can be configured flexibly based on
the need. The options are whether to activate the language selection function, whether
to use the default language of the card bound, whether to use the card menu, whether
to activate the announcement prompting the last minute available, whether to play the
announcement indicating route selection failure, whether to play the balance in the card,
whether to notify the charge for the conversation after callee hang-up, and whether to
play alarm announcement for Class-B cards.

5-9

VI. One Card Serving Multiple Purposes

It means that one prepaid service (PPS) card (Category-B or Category-C card) can be
used simultaneously for multiple purposes, such as making a call, accessing Internet,
recharge, and payment.
5.6.3 Example
The main flow of CCS is as follows:
1)
After a subscriber dials the CCS access code, the SoftX3000 will authenticate the
caller binding first.
2)
If a welcome announcement is set to be played, the SoftX3000 will play it to the

subscriber. Note that the welcome announcement will not be played in case of
one-stage dialing.
3)
If the language selection function is configured, the SoftX3000 will prompt the
subscriber to select the language type (no such prompt will be played in case of
one-stage dialing).
4)
If the card menu is set to be activated, the SoftX3000 will play the card menu to the
subscriber. The subscriber can input the card number and password or select
other card menu options. Note that no such voice prompt will be played in case of
one-stage dialing.
5)
The SoftX3000 authenticates the card number and password inputted by the
subscriber to check whether the subscriber has the authority to use the service or
not.
6)
After the authentication succeeds, the SoftX3000 will start the calling flow directly
in case of one-stage dialing.
7)
After the authentication succeeds, the SoftX3000 will play the main menu to the
subscriber in case of dual-stage dialing.
5.7 Advanced Prepaid Service

Telecom carriers usually encounter the problem of subscriber defaulting. For example,
some service subscribers or non-local subscribers run away after owing a lot of phone
charge, or some enterprises are unable to pay for the phone charge due to
deterioration in business operation, which has brought considerable economic loss to
the carriers.
In addition, in normal operation mode, a subscriber will be charged with subscription
fee and monthly rental for installing a fixed phone set, and the number allocated to
him/her is not portable. After the installation, such problems exist as inconvenient
payment, conversation fee uncontrollable for the subscriber and conflict in charge due
to change of apartment renters. Due to post-payment, the credibility of the subscriber

5-10

need be checked before the installation of phone set, which enhances the complexity of
the installation. Therefore, non-local subscribers will not select to install a new fixed
phone set. The mode of post-payment has restricted the number allocation quantity to
some extent.
To solve the defaulting problem completely, to boost the subscriber quantity, and to
increase the profit of carriers, Huawei has prompted the advanced prepaid service
(APS).

The features of APS (taking the existing services as example) include
z
Supporting play of welcome announcement
Supporting configurable service category and card category
Supporting two dialing modes
Supporting caller binding authentication
Supporting charging of international incoming calls
Supporting charging of forwarded calls
Supporting License
Providing voice prompt
Supporting shift from pre-payment to post-payment
Supporting service measurement
Supporting virtual access code
Supporting Internet access and various supplementary services
II. Welcome Announcement

After a subscriber dials the APS access code, the SoftX3000 will play a welcome
announcement to the subscriber, for example, Welcome to use the advanced prepaid
service. You can set whether to play it, the contents of it, and the mode of playing it
(that is, whether the play can be interrupted).
III. Configuration of Card Category and Service Category

APS supports two kinds of card: phone card and recharge card. Phone card is divided
to three categories, namely category-A card, category-B card, and category-C card.
Carriers can set card features based on the specific card category, such as preferential
rate, pre-payment or post-payment. Recharge card can only be used to recharge
money to other cards, not for making calls.
IV. Dialing Mode

APS supports two dialing modes: one-stage dialing and dual-stage dialing. One-stage
dialing refers to the mode of dialing access code + called number successively
(applicable to the case that the caller has bound the card number on a phone set).
5-11

Dual-stage dialing refers to the mode of first dialing the access code and then selecting
the subsequent operations as needed according to the voice prompt of the system.
V. Caller Binding Authentication

Caller binding means that a subscriber can bind a card number to a phone set, so that
the subscriber need not press the card number on the phone set when making APS
calls.
VI. Voice Prompt

It includes advance prompt and last-minute prompt.
VII. Shift from Pre-Payment to Post-Payment

There are two shift modes: registration of subscriber information for the shift from
pre-payment to post-payment (applicable to the shift from category-B card to
category-C card), and automatic shift from pre-payment to post-payment when the
balance in the PPS card is less than the minimum balance threshold.
5.7.3 Example
The main flow of APS is as follows:
1)
A subscriber hooks off.
2)
The SoftX3000 authenticates the caller binding according to the input by the
subscriber.
If the subscriber implements one-stage dialing on the phone set bound with the
card number, the SoftX3000 will carry out the corresponding authentication for
one-stage dialing. After the authentication succeeds, it will check and update the
balance of the subscriber. Then go to step 9 for call filtering.
If the subscriber adopts dual-stage dialing without authentication, the SoftX3000

will directly carry out step 9 for call filtering.
If the subscriber implements normal dual-stage dialing, the SoftX3000 will carry
out the next step.
3)
The SoftX3000 plays the welcome announcement to the subscriber.
4)
The SoftX3000 prompts the subscriber to select a language.
5)
The SoftX3000 plays the card menu to the subscriber, who can select such
functions as caller activation, subscription or cancel subscription on mobile phone,
and so on. If the subscriber selects to input the card number and password, the
SoftX3000 will carry out the next step.
6)
The SoftX3000 authenticates the inputted card number and password.
If the authentication fails, the SoftX3000 will carry out the corresponding operation,
for example, adding the card number into the black list.
If the authentication succeeds, the SoftX3000 will carry out the next step.
7)
The SoftX3000 checks and updates the balance in the subscribers account.

5-12

8)
The SoftX3000 plays the main menu to the subscriber, who can select to activate
such functions as account query and password modification. If the subscriber
selects to make a call, the SoftX3000 will carry out the next step.
9)
The SoftX3000 performs call filtering.
10) The SoftX3000 adjusts the rate based on the setting such as preferential rate,
family number, and so on.
11) The SoftX3000 carries out such processing as flexible routing and calling number
conversion.
12) If the callee is a non-local subscriber using a mobile phone, the SoftX3000 will
carry out the corresponding processing first and then go to the next step; if not, the
SoftX3000 will carry out the next step directly.
13) The SoftX3000 starts charging and sends connection command. The subscriber
starts conversation with the callee.
5.8 Family Free Phone Service

The main feature of the family free phone (FFPH) service is that callees will be charged,
and this service is intended for the calls between family members, for example, kids call
parents. However, the targets of the service are not restricted to family members in
actual applications.

The features of FFPH (taking the existing services as example) are as follows:
z
Supporting payment by service subscribers
Supporting communication passport function
Supporting three subscription modes
Supporting telephone management function
Supporting calling of other numbers besides FFPH number
Supporting calling password
Supporting management password or communication passport password
Supporting filtering of incoming calls
Supporting call forwarding busy or no reply
Supporting automatic deactivation
Supporting call forward selection
Supporting operation log
Supporting quota and charge control
Supporting family numbers
Supporting bill query
Supporting multiple 97 systems

5-13

Supporting black list
Supporting setting of charge preferential segment
Supporting detection point event prompt
II. Payment by Service Subscribers

A common subscriber need not pay the phone charge if he/she makes a call through
the FFPH service, but the callee (service subscriber) will be charged.
III. Calling Numbers Other Than FFPH Number

Telecom carriers can set whether common subscribers can call numbers other than the
FFPH number when using the FFPH service. Service subscribers can also set it
through the business hall.
IV. Three Subscription Modes

Subscription by telephone: Subscribers can register the FFPH service directly by
telephone.
Subscription through the service management access point (SMAP) interface: An
operator can open an account for a subscriber on the SMAP operation & maintenance
interface.
Subscription through 97 system: An operator can open an account for a subscriber by
setting data on the 97 system.
V. Calling Password
When a common subscriber originates a call to the FFPH number, he/she may be
required to input the calling password for connection. Service subscribers can modify or
cancel the password through the service flow, and the password can be set to 4-6
characters.
VI. Call Forwarding Busy/No Reply

When a service subscriber (callee) is busy or does not answer an incoming call, the call
will be forwarded to another number pre-designated by the service subscriber.
VII. Quota and Charge Control

If a service subscriber expects to restrict the daily or monthly expenses on calls, he/she
can require to set the maximum daily/monthly quota for the FFPH number at the
business hall.
VIII. Bill Query

Service subscribers can query the charge of the current month through the telephone
management flow.

5-14

IX. Black List

In the call flow and management flow of the FFPH service, password authentication is
necessary before a call is put through. To avoid continuous call attempts by guessing
the password maliciously, the black list function is provided. For example, if a
subscriber inputs wrong passwords for certain consecutive times (a threshold is set for
it, 30 times for instance), the corresponding FFPH number will be added in the
password black list.
X. Family Number
Service subscribers can set family numbers through the FFPH service management
flow or at the business hall. When a call is made from one of the family numbers to the
service subscriber or to other subscribers through the FFPH number, the service
subscriber but not the caller will be charged. Preferential rate is given to the FFPH
numbers.
5.8.3 Example
I. Background
There are two kinds of subscriber in the FFPH service: service subscriber and common
subscriber.
z
Service subscribers are those who apply to carriers for the FFPH service.
Common subscribers are call originators, who call the service subscriber (FFPH
number) or other numbers through the FFPH number, but service subscribers will
be charged.
II. Service Subscriber Entering the Telephone Management Flow

Service subscribers can dial the access code 880 of the FFPH service to enter the
service management flow, and then select the desirable options according to the voice
prompt, as shown in Figure 5-1.
A service
subscriber
hooks off.
The service subscriber

hears dialing tone and then
dials the service access
code 880.
The system judges the caller is

an FFPH service subscriber
and then activates the
management flow.
The service subscriber

hears the voice prompt and
then selects the
corresponding option.
Figure 5-1 Service subscriber entering the telephone management flow
Note:
The subsequent figures have the same feature.

5-15

III. Common Subscriber Using the FFPH Service

Suppose:
z
The FFPH number (service subscribers number) is 075512345678, and the

calling password is 1234.
A common subscribers number is 02012345678.
The common subscriber wants to dial 0251234567.
The calling number is 02012345678, and the called number is 0251234567. The
common subscriber dials the access code 880, and then inputs the valid FFPH number
and calling password according to the voice prompt for call connection, as shown in
Figure 5-2.
The subscriber hears
the dialing tone and
then dials the service
access code 880.
A subscriber
hooks off.
The subscriber hears the

voice prompt and then
presses the FFPH number
"075512345678" and call
password "1234".
The
authentication
is successful.
The system judges the

caller (020 12345678) is
not an FFPH service
subscriber and then
activates the service flow.
The subscriber
hears the voice
prompt and then
presses the called
number.
"#": The system

connects the FFPH
number
"075512345678".
"0251234567#": The
system connects the
called number.
Figure 5-2 Common subscriber using the FFPH service
5.9 Virtual Private Network Service

With the development of telecommunication technology, more and more requirements
on telecommunication services are raised. For example, some enterprises or
corporations expect to set up their own internal communication networks, but it is
impossible for them to have their own switching equipment due to some restrictions, so
they can only use the existing PSTN resources to achieve this goal. The virtual private
network (VPN) service just meets the need of them. By establishing a virtual private
network in the PSTN, not only the basic functions of internal communication networks
but also other functions can be realized.
The VPN service is to provide a logical private network for certain institutions and
enterprises by using the PSTN resources so that these institutions and enterprises can
provide services on this private network. Simply speaking, VPN is composed of
Centrex groups covering multiple offices/cities, PBX, and subscriber terminals, so you

5-16

need not purchase another PBX again. VPN is applicable to Centrex subscribers, PBX
subscribers, and terminal subscribers.
VPN supports the dedicated numbering for service subscribers and is flexible in
charging. The VPN special account number is charged for all outgoing calls except
those made by means of personal account number by a VPN member.

The features of VPN (taking the existing services as example) include
z
Supporting intra-VPN calls
Supporting out-VPN calls
Supporting voice prompt
Providing discount for intra-VPN calls
Providing discount for out-VPN calls
Supporting account calling
Supporting authentication code
Supporting abbreviated dialing
Supporting closed subscriber group
Supporting extended closed group
Supporting calling operator
Supporting operator login
Supporting operator logout
II. Basic Features

z
Intra-VPN calls
These calls are either between two subscribers of different Centrex groups or two
non-Centrex subscribers in one VPN group. If an intra-VPN call is originated by a PBX
subscriber, the SoftX3000 will authenticate the subscriber and change the number.
z
Out-VPN calls
This allows a VPN subscriber to call subscribers outside his/her VPN group.
z
Remote access
This allows a VPN subscriber to call another VPN subscriber on a phone set outside the
VPN group.
z
Canceling operation by pressing *
If a VPN subscriber wants to abandon the dialing or desires to redial in the course of
inputting the password, account number, or other number, he/she need not hang up but
can press * to cancel the input, and the SoftX3000 will prompt the subscriber to redial
again.
z
Voice prompt
5-17

The SoftX3000 plays announcement to a subscriber using the VPN service to prompt
the next operation or notify the subscriber of the operation result (authentication failure
or incorrect input, for example).
III. Charging Features

z
Discount for intra-VPN calls
The SoftX3000 offers discount for intra-VPN calls. Telecom carriers can set different
discounts for each phone set in SMAP conveniently and flexibly.
z
Discount for out-VPN calls
The SoftX3000 offers discount for out-VPN calls. Telecom carriers can set different
discounts for each VPN group in SMAP conveniently and flexibly.
IV. Call Management Features

z
Account calls
This allows to debit the charges of calls made by a VPN subscriber in a specified
account.
z
Authorization code
A VPN subscriber can originate calls to an out-VPN subscriber after dialing a four-digit
authentication code.
z
Originating calls on another extension
This feature allows a VPN subscriber to originate calls on the extensions other than
his/hers in this VPN group by entering his/her own user ID and password on the
extension.
z
Restriction of call times
Before connecting a call, the SoftX3000 will check the total number of calls to the callee.
If the total number of calls exceeds the specified maximum value, the call will be
refused and the caller will be notified of the cause.
z
Out-VPN call restriction
Restriction of out-VPN calls can be set based on the specific call type (such as local
calls, toll calls, international calls, or special service calls).
z
Intra-VPN call restriction
In a VPN, setting can be done on an extension to restrict the calls from some callers.
z
Call forwarding
This allows a VPN subscriber to forward incoming calls to another VPN extension or an
NGN number.
V. Subscriber Group Features

z
Closed subscriber group

5-18

It means a VPN subscriber in a closed subscriber group is only allowed to make calls to
or receive calls from the subscribers within the same VPN closed subscriber group.
z
Extended closed group
It allows a subscriber to define one or more closed subscriber groups. If the callee is out
of the closed subscriber group of the caller, the SoftX3000 will query whether the callee
is within the extended closed group of the caller. If so, the call will be put through.
VI. Operator Features

z
Calling operator
This feature enables the system to set operators within a VPN to provide related
service information to subscribers.
z
Operator login
After login, operators join the automatic call distribution, that is, the system will
distribute calls automatically to the operators according to specified rules.
z
Operator logout
After logout, operators cannot join the automatic call distribution.
5.9.3 Example
I. Intra-VPN Calling
Suppose:
z
A VPN subscriber originates a call on his/her own phone set to another VPN
subscriber.
Before sending the called number to the service switching point (SSP), the switch
cannot add 60011 before the called number (600 is the access code, and 11
is the database ID).
The called number is 651234. The calling number is not listed in the call restriction
table of the called number. The maximum call times is not set for the called
number.
After the caller dials 60011651234#, the system confirms that the calling number is
not in the call restriction table of the called number and that the callee has not set the
maximum call times, and then puts through the call.
A VPN
subscriber
hooks off.
The subscriber dials

"60011651234#".
Figure 5-3 Intra-VPN calling flow

5-19
The system
connects
the callee.

II. Originating Calls on Another Extension

Suppose:
z
VPN subscriber 1 calls an out-VPN subscriber on the phone set of VPN subscriber
2 in the same VPN group through dual-stage dialing mode, and the called number
is 02158548888.
The phone set of VPN subscriber 2 has no authority for out-VPN calling.
VPN subscriber 1s ID is 87878787.
VPN subscriber 1 has the authority for out-VPN calling (national valid).
VPN subscriber 1 is not contained in the call restriction table of the callee.
VPN subscriber 1 dials 6001116# (600 is the access code; 11 is the database ID;
16 is the special service number for out-VPN calling). After finding that VPN
subscriber 1 has no authority for out-VPN calling, the system plays the voice prompt
Please input your user ID and password. VPN subscriber 1 inputs the user ID. After
confirming that VPN subscriber 1 has the authority for out-VPN calling, the system
plays the voice prompt, Please dial the called number. VPN subscriber 1 dials
02158548888#. After determining that VPN subscriber 1 has the authority for national
toll calls and has not been restricted, the system puts through the call.
A VPN
subscriber
hooks off.
The system plays the

voice prompt" Please
input your user ID
and password."
The subscribers
dials "6001116#".

voice prompt" Please input
the called number."
The subscriber
presses
"02158548888#".
The subscriber
presses
"87878787#".
The system
connects the
callee.
Figure 5-4 Flow of originating calls on another extension
III. Account Calling

Suppose:
z
The account number of a VPN group is 30000, and the password is 4321.
A VPN subscriber calls the extension 651233 on his/her own VPN phone set,
and the callee has not set any call restriction number.
After the VPN subscriber dials 6001112# (600 is the access code; 11 is the
database ID; 12 is the special service number for account calling), the system
prompts to input the account number and password. If they are correct, the system will
prompt to dial the called number and then put through the call.

5-20

A VPN
subscriber
hooks off.
The
subscribers
dials
"6001112#".
The system plays

the voice prompt"
Please input your
account."
The subscriber
presses
"30000#".
The subscriber
presses
"651233#".

input the called number."
The subscriber
presses
"4321#".
The system plays

the voice prompt"
Please input your
password."
The system
connects the
callee.
Figure 5-5 Account calling flow
IV. Remote Access

Suppose:
z
A VPN subscriber makes a call on a non-VPN phone set to an extension 651234

of the VPN group.
The VPN group number is 1000, and remote access is allowed.
The callers ID is 88665545.
The calling number is not contained in the call restriction table of the callee.
After the VPN subscriber dials 600121000# on a non-VPN phone set (600 is
the access code; 12 is the database ID; 1000 is the VPN group number), the
system prompts to input the user ID and password. If they are correct, the system
will prompt to dial the called number and then put through the call.
A VPN
subscriber
hooks off.

input your user ID
and password."
The subscribers
dials
"600121000#".

voice prompt" Please input
the called number."
The subscriber
presses
"651234#".
The subscriber
presses
"88665545#".
The system
connects the
callee.
Figure 5-6 Remote access flow
Caution:
Remember to dial # at the end of a number dialed for the purpose of activating the
specific service. If "# is not dialed, digit collection will not finish automatically.

5-21

5.10 Intelligent Public Telephone Service

With the fast development of public telephones, more and more defects have been
exposed in both technology and management, such as low security, illegal calls,
complicated and expensive terminals, which are barriers to the large-scale
development of public telephones. The offline working mode of the traditional public
telephones is the main cause for these problems. In the offline state, charging and
anti-fraud can only be accomplished by terminals alone. Therefore, how to solve these
problems is critical to the development of public telephones.
The intelligent public telephone (IPT) service is a public telephone operation mode
using IN resources. As a supplement to CCS, the IPT service integrates the
advantages of CCS in charging & routing and the convenience of intelligent card (IC).
On the IC telephone dedicated for the IPT service, public calls can be made using the
phone cards, so that such problems as low security, frequent illegal calls, charge
complaint, and charge fraud can be avoided.
With the improvement of life conditions, people want to enjoy higher quality of service.
For example, they expect to make public calls in a comfortable, safe, and private place.
In addition, the business men hope to provide public telephones as many as possible to
gain more profit. Therefore, Huawei provides public telephone supermarket function in
the IPT service.

The features of IPT (taking the existing services as example) include
z
Supporting automatic dialing
Supporting compatibility with other cards
Supporting restriction of destination code
Supporting filtration of calling areas
Supporting discount by caller type
Providing preferential rate
Supporting credibility
Supporting call premium
Supporting multiple transmission and interaction modes
Supporting call charge prompt
Supporting abbreviated dialing
Supporting continuous calling
Supporting balance display and announcement
Supporting setting of management account

5-22

Supporting encrypted transmission
Supporting intelligent dialing
Supporting pre-payment and post-payment
Supporting caller authentication
Supporting dual-rate charging
Supporting routing selection function
Supporting announcement in case of continuous call failures
Supporting management functions
Supporting calling deposit
Supporting query of the information of the last call
II. Unattendance Features

z
Automatic dialing
In automatic dialing mode, an intelligent public telephone sends the IPT service access
code, card number, and password stored in an IC card to the intelligent network through
the intelligent public telephone protocol. The distribution of IPT IC cards can be done in
two ways: Telecom carriers distribute them directly (access code, card number, and
password have been written into the cards already), or carriers distribute blank IC cards
first (access code, card number, and password are not written in the cards), and the
subscribers input the correct access code, card number, and password into the IPT IC
cards on the telephone. IPT IC cards contain such information as card number and
password and they can be used repeatedly.
z
Compatible with other cards
The IPT service supports the use of cards distributed for other services. After such
information as card number, card type, password, service type, and IPT service access
code of a service card are written into an IPT IC card, this IC card can be used for
calling and the charge will be deducted from the service card. This service is only
applicable to Category-B card and Category-C card, that is, PPS card.
z
Black list
If a subscriber inputs incorrect card number or password, the system will prompt the
subscriber to re-input it, but only two times of re-input are allowed. If the subscriber
inputs wrong information three consecutive times, the system will play the
corresponding voice prompt and stop the service flow automatically. If a total of 30
incorrect inputs are made, this card will be put on the black list.
z
Restriction of destination code
Through this function, telecom carriers can set to prohibit all cards from being used to
call the destination codes of certain range, or set to allow/disallow a card to be used for
calling the destination codes of certain range.
z
Discount by caller type

5-23

Through SMAP, telecom carriers can classify calling numbers and set different rate
adjustment values and discount rates for callers of different types.
z
Preferential rate
Through SMAP, telecom carriers can set preferential rate flexibly based on specific
card number, calling number prefix, called number prefix, time, and access code.
z
Credibility
The IPT service enables telecom carriers to set different credibility levels for different
attended public telephones. Credibility level defines the maximum overdraft money for
one call made by a common subscriber on an attended phone set.
z
Call premium
The IPT service allows telecom carriers to charge common subscribers with certain
premium based on the actual operation situation. Through SMAP, they can set different
premiums for callers and callees.
III. Attendance Features

z
Pre-payment and post-payment
The IPT service supports two settlement modes for attended public telephones:
pre-payment mode and post-payment mode. For the pre-payment mode, the service
subscriber needs to recharge certain money into the account beforehand so as to
ensure the normal service operation, and call charges will be deducted from the
account. For the post-payment mode, telecom carriers collect bills periodically (monthly,
for example), and service subscribers need to pay for the charges after receiving the
bills.
z
Caller authentication
Before delivery, an 8-digit ID is bound on each intelligent public telephone. Calling

number and telephone ID are the authentication conditions for the IPT service.
Because each public telephone has a unique ID, authentication of both calling number
and telephone ID can prevent illegal calls effectively.
z
Dual-rate charging
To ensure the profit of service subscribers (public telephone attendants), the IPT
service allows telecom carriers to set different charging categories for service
subscribers and common subscribers respectively through the configuration of rate
adjustment value, and two bills will be generated for each call. One bill is for common
subscribers who make public calls, and it is displayed on the telephone; the other bill is
for service subscribers. The difference between two bills is the profit of service
subscribers.
z
Preferential rate

5-24

Through SMAP, telecom carriers can set preferential rate flexibly for service
subscribers based on specific card number, calling number prefix, called number prefix,
time, and access code.
IV. Public Telephone Supermarket Features

z
Public telephone supermarket features
The IPT service supports two settlement modes for public telephone supermarket
owners: pre-payment mode and post-payment mode. For the pre-payment mode,
service subscribers (public telephone supermarket owners) need to recharge certain
money into the account beforehand so as to ensure the normal operation of the
supermarket. For the post-payment mode, telecom carriers collect bills periodically
(monthly in general cases) and service subscribers need to pay for the charges after
receiving the bills. One public telephone supermarket can offer multiple telephones,
which can be used for calling simultaneously. All call charges will be deducted from the
supermarkets account.
z
Call deposit
The IPT service requires a common subscriber to pay certain deposit to the
supermarket owner before making a public call, and this deposit is the maximum quota
for the call. After the call ends, the system will deduct the charge from the deposit, and
the balance will be returned to the common subscriber.
z
Black list
When a service subscriber (public telephone attendant) enters the management flow,
the system will prompt to input the account number and password. If they are inputted
wrongly, the system will notify the service subscriber to press them again, but only two
times of re-input are allowed. If incorrect account number or password is inputted three
consecutive times, the system will play the corresponding voice prompt and end the
service flow automatically. If a total of 30 incorrect inputs are made, this account will be
put on the black list.
z
Dual-rate charging
To ensure the profit of service subscribers (public telephone supermarket owners), the
IPT service allows telecom carriers to set different charging categories for service
subscribers and common subscribers respectively through the configuration of rate
adjustment value, and two bills will be generated for each call. One bill is for common
subscribers who make public calls, and it is displayed on the telephone; the other bill is
for service subscribers. The difference between two bills is the profit of service
subscribers.
z
Credibility
The IPT service allows telecom carriers to set different credibility levels for different
public telephone supermarket PPS accounts. Credibility level specifies the maximum
overdraft money for one call made by a common subscriber using the account.
5-25

Query of information of the last call
The IPT service allows the query of such information of the last call as charge, duration,
and start time of the call. Service subscribers or common subscribers can query the
information by pressing the key <charge query> on the intelligent public telephones,
and the information will be displayed on the phone sets.
5.10.3 Example
I. Background
Currently, the IPT service can be operated in three modes: attendance, unattendance,
and public telephone supermarket. The following describes the implementation and
basic features of the IPT service in different operation modes.
II. Unattended Calling

Suppose that a subscriber will use an IPT-compatible IC card to make a call on an
unattended intelligent public telephone.
1)
The subscriber inserts the IC card into the telephone, and the balance in the card
is displayed on the telephone.
2)
The subscriber dials 075526680088#.
3)
The call is put through and the subscriber talks with the callee.
4)
When the conversation ends, the callee hangs up. The current balance and
conversation duration are displayed on the phone set, and the conversation
charge can be played.
The whole calling flow is shown in Figure 5-7.

A subscriber
hooks off.
The subscriber
inserts the IC card
into the telephone.
The callee hangs

up.

the called number
"075526680088#".
The balance and call

duration are displayed
on the telephone.
The callee hears the

ringing tone, hooks off,
and talks with the caller.

voice prompt for the
charge of the call.
Figure 5-7 Unattended calling flow
III. Attended Calling

Suppose that a subscriber will make a public call on an attended public telephone that
has been registered; the authentication mode of the telephone has been set to
telephone ID not required; the telephone is in normal state and there is no charge
defaulting; and the charge of the last call has been queried on the telephone.
1)
The subscriber requests to make a public call.
2)
The attendant opens the calling authority for the subscriber.

5-26

3)
4)
The call is put through and the charging begins. The subscriber talks with the
callee.
5)
When the conversation ends, the subscriber hangs up. A bill is generated by SCP.
The attendant checks the charge (by pressing the key for charge query or auto-query),
and then the charge, start time, and duration of the last call will be displayed on the
telephone.
Note:
The common subscriber cannot make a new call on the telephone until the charge
query finishes.
6)
The subscriber checks the charge according to the rate table and then pays it.
The whole calling flow is shown in Figure 5-8.

A subscriber
hooks off.

and talks with the
caller.

the called number
"075526680088#".
The caller presses the button for

charge query on the telephone to
query the call information.
After the call

ends, the caller
or callee hangs
up.
The caller pays

for the bill.
Figure 5-8 Attended calling flow
IV. Public Telephone Supermarket Calling

Suppose that all telephones in the supermarket have been registered and are in normal
status.
1)
A subscriber pays a deposit of 50 dollars to the supermarket owner. The owner

designates a public telephone for the subscriber and recharges 50 dollars for
calling in the telephone through the management terminal.
2)
3)
The call is put through. Suppose that the charge of this call is 9 dollars and 30
cents.
4)
The subscriber makes the second call. The balance of the deposit is 40 dollars
and 70 cents. Suppose that the conversation charge of the second call is 10
dollars.
5)
The owner checks the charge on the management terminal, and returns the
deposit balance (that is, 30 dollars and 70 cents) to the subscriber. If the
subscriber requires the call detail record and receipt, they can be printed.
5-27

The whole calling flow is shown in Figure 5-9

A
subscriber
hooks off.

the called number
"075526680088#".

and talks with the caller.
After the call ends,

the caller or callee
hangs up.
Figure 5-9 Flow of public telephone supermarket calling
5.11 Telecom Communicate Partner Service

While enjoying the convenience of multiple communication means, people are also
troubled by the inconvenience they bring. For example, if a subscriber has several
phone numbers, such as home number, office number, cell phone number, and
personal handy-phone system (PHS) number, such case might usually happen that
his/her friends or business partners cannot determine which number they should call to
contact him/her. Also, it is troublesome to memorize all these numbers.
To solve this problem, the telecom communicate partner (TCP) service is prompted.
Simply speaking, the TCP service allocates a unique number to a service subscriber,
and this number is associated with multiple numbers of the service subscriber. When
other subscribers call this unique TCP number, the service subscriber can answer calls
through home telephone, office telephone, cell phone, or PHS.

The features of TCP (taking the existing services as example) include
z
Supporting unique number
Supporting setting of transfer numbers
Supporting voice prompt during call transfer
Supporting telephone management flow
Supporting setting of monthly and daily quota
Supporting setting of call forwarding busy or not
Supporting calling numbers plus prefix
Supporting setting of transfer interval
Supporting setting of credibility and recharge function for PPS subscribers
Supporting call transfer in case of cell phone/PHS power-off or no signal and mask
of voice prompt
Supporting call transfer due to rejection
Supporting do-not-disturb service
Supporting successive selection of multiple numbers

5-28

Supporting selection of transfer modes
Supporting outgoing calls
II. Basic Features

z
Unique number
After the application of the TCP service, a service subscriber can associate all his/her
phone numbers with this unique TCP number and offer this TCP number to friends or
business partners as the communication number. In this way, no matter what number
(cell phone number, home number, or office number) of the service subscriber is
changed, other subscribers can always call the TCP number to contact him/her.
z
Transfer numbers
When applying for the TCP service, a subscriber can set at most six numbers for call
transfer, which can be cell phone number, PHS number, or fixed phone number.
z
Voice prompt during call transfer
During call transfer, the voice prompt will be played to notify the caller of the transfer, so
as to avoid the callers hang-up due to waiting for too long time.
z
Telephone management flow
By dialing the dedicated access code and management password, a service subscriber
can enter the telephone management flow to set transfer numbers, query transfer
numbers, modify incoming call PIN, or listen to the help information.
z
Black list
If a service subscriber inputs incorrect management password several consecutive

times (exceeding the maximum number set by the system), the service subscriber will
be put on the black list. Subscribers in the black list are prohibited from making
outgoing calls, but whether they can receive incoming calls can be set flexibly by
telecom carriers depending on the need.
z
Monthly and daily quota
Service subscribers can set daily quota or monthly quota for themselves. Daily quota
includes quota for call charge and call times. Monthly quota only refers to charge quota.
z
CFB configurable
Service subscribers can set whether to forward incoming calls when busy. That is, they
can set CFB or No CFB.
III. Optional Features

z
Call transfer in case of cell phone/PHS power-off or no signal and mask of voice
prompt
If a service subscriber has associated the cell phone number or PHS number with the
unique TCP number, when there is an incoming call, the cell phone or PHS cannot be
connected due to power-off or no signal. In this case, the system will forward the
5-29

incoming call to the next transfer number and at the same time mask the voice prompt
The subscriber your dialed is powered off.
z
Call transfer due to rejection
If a service subscriber does not want to answer an incoming call by cell phone when the
fixed telephone is available, he/she can reject the call by pressing the hang-up key, and
the system will transfer the call to the fixed telephone designated beforehand.
z
Do-not-disturb service
After the do-not-disturb service is activated, a service subscriber can set an incoming
call PIN. When other subscribers dial the TCP number of the service subscriber, the call
will not be put through unless the caller has input the correct PIN.
z
Successive selection of multiple numbers
When a service subscriber is answering a TCP incoming call, if there is another TCP
incoming call at this time, the system will transfer the new call to other predefined
numbers.
5.11.3 Example
Suppose that the TCP number of a TCP service subscriber is 55550888. The service
subscriber has set three transfer numbers, namely office number, cell phone number,
and home number.
1)
A common subscriber dials the TCP number "55550888 of the service subscriber.
2)
As the service subscriber has applied for the incoming call PIN function, the
system prompts the caller to input PIN.
3)
The caller inputs the PIN 123456.
4)
The PIN authentication succeeds. The system connects the call to the designated
office number of the service subscriber.
5)
However, the service subscriber is not in the office, but at home for rest, so no one
answers the call.
6)
After the preset no-answer duration times out, the system transfers the call to the
cell phone of the service subscriber.
7)
The caller hears the voice prompt for notifying of call transfer.
8)
After hearing the ringing tone and seeing the number displayed, the service
subscriber knows that the caller has dialed his/her TCP number. However, the
service subscriber does not want to answer the call by cell phone, so he/she
rejects the call to activate call transfer.
9)
The caller hears the voice prompt for call transfer.
10) The system transfers the call to the home phone of the service subscriber based
on the setting during application.
11) The service subscriber answers the call by home phone.

5-30

5.12 Number Portability Service

The fast development of economy has driven the frequent mobility of population. When
people move from one city to another, number change is unavoidable. To avoid losing
contact with friends and relatives, people have to notify all of them of the new number.
While for companies, they have to spend a lot of money in advertisement for notifying
customers of the new number.
The introduction of the number portability (NP) service can solve these troubles
effectively. After the application of the NP service, when a subscriber calls the old
number of a service subscriber, the system will notify the caller of the number change
as well as the new number of the service subscriber. At this same time, the system will
automatically connect the call to the new number (actual number) of the service
subscriber.
A subscriber can apply for the NP service to the Telecommunication Office and specify
the service life. During the specified service life, the service subscribers old number
will be preserved (not allocated to others) until the subscribed service expires.

The features of NP (taking the existing services as example) include
z
Supporting number change notification
Supporting automatic transfer
Supporting setting of service life
Supporting setting of incoming call bill
Supporting setting of outgoing call bill
Supporting calling number conversion
Supporting outgoing call restriction
Supporting processing of special service calls
II. Incoming Call Related Features

They refer to the features related to callees acted by NP service subscribers.
z
Number change notification
If a service subscriber selects this function when applying for the NP service, common
subscribers will be notified of the new number of the service subscriber when they call
the service subscriber with the old number. Therefore, NP service subscribers are free
from notifying others of new numbers by themselves.
z
Automatic transfer

5-31

If a service subscriber selects this function when applying for the NP service, all the
incoming calls to the old number of the service subscriber will be transferred to the new
number.
z
Setting of service life
During application of the NP service, a subscriber can set the service life in days. When
the service life expires, the service subscriber will stop enjoying the NP service.
z
Setting of incoming call bill
For bills, service subscribers can select no generation of bill, generation of one-off
bill, or generation of bill by conversation time.
III. Outgoing Call Related Features

They refer to the features related to caller acted by NP service subscribers.
z
Setting of outgoing call bill
When an NP service subscriber originates a call, the system can generate one or two
bills depending on the setting. If two bills are generated, one is for the charge from the
caller to SSP and the other is for the charge from SSP to the callee. The service
subscriber can set the charged number as the NP number (old number) or new number.
z
Calling number conversion
When an NP service subscriber originates a call, either the NP number or new (actual)
number can be sent to the callee according to the setting.
z
Outgoing call restriction
The NP service subscribers can set to restrict outgoing calls of a certain type. The
options are restriction of toll calls, international toll calls, or no restriction. If an NP
service subscriber dials a number that is restricted, the system will play the call
z
Processing of special service calls
If an NP service subscriber dials a special service number such as number query

console or ambulance number, the system will determine whether to charge the call
and then send an appropriate caller number to the callee based on the setting.
5.12.3 Example
Suppose that an advertisement company has changed the phone number because of
move. The old number is 0256896888. The new number is 0256896666. If this
company has applied for the NP service, 0256896888 is the NP number.
When customer A calls 0256896888, the system will play the voice prompt The
number you dialed has been changed to 0256896666, and at the same time connect
the call to 0256896666 automatically.

5-32

Chapter 6 ISDN Services

6.1 Overview of ISDN Services
The SoftX3000 provides abundant ISDN services, including ISDN voice services and
ISDN supplementary services.
6.1.1 Overview of ISDN Voice Services

ISDN voice services consist of bearer services and teleservices. Bearer services are
supported by the network (that is, softswitch system), and teleservices are provided by
user terminals.
I. Bearer Services
Bearer services, which are implemented by the lower three layers of the Open
Systems Interconnection (OSI) model, transmits user-to-user information transparently.
The information includes speech, data, and image. International Telecommunications
Union (ITU) uses four parameters to describe each ISDN bearer service. Refer to
Table 6-1 for the descriptions of the four parameters.
Table 6-1 Parameters for describing ISDN bearer services
Parameter
Information
transmission
mode
Meaning and value

It
indicates
the
technology
for
transmitting
user-to-user
information, including
1)
By circuit: Circuits are used for information transmission.
2)
By packet: Packets are used for information transmission.
Information
transmission
It can be 64kbit/s, 2x64kbit/s, 384kbit/s, or 1920kbit/s.
speed

6-1

Parameter
Meaning and value

It indicates the type of the information that ISDN can transmit at
specific time, including
1)
Unrestricted data information: Data information is transmitted

transparently over the network.
2)
Speech information: Channels transmit speech information

by
means
of
echo
cancellation
and
digital
speech
interpolation to ensure high quality of speech information.

Information
However,
transmission
transparent transmission of end-to-end data information, so
capability
this transmission capability does not support transmission of
both
means
cannot
ensure
the
complete
data or signals processed by MODEM.

3)
3.1kHz audio information: Channels can transmit 3.1-kHz

audio information transparently, so they can transmit
information of MODEM and G1/G2/G3 fax machines.
4)
7kHz audio information: This transmission capability is

applicable to teleconference, concert, and videoconference
that require high audio quality.
It indicates the ability to keep data integrity during information

transmission, including
Information
1)
8kHz structure: 8-kHz timing information is transmitted with
transmission
the user-to-user information to ensure the 8-kHz structure of
structure
the user-to-user information (that is, 125ms as one frame).

2)
No structure: Integrity of user information structure is not

guaranteed.
Different bearer services are formed according to different combinations of the above
parameters. The SoftX3000 only supports the following circuit bearer services
currently:
z
64-kbit/s and 8-kHz unrestricted data transmission services: used for transmitting
64-kbit/s speech, data, and image.
64-kbit/s and 8-kHz sampled speech transmission services: used for transmitting
speech information but not data or image.
64-kbit/s, 8-kHz sampled, and 3.1-kHz audio transmission services: used for
transmitting speech, audio frequency band data processed by MODEM, and
G1/G2/G3 fax information, but not for transparently transmitting data such as G4
fax information.

6-2

II. Teleservices
Teleservices refer to all subscriber-oriented services. They contain both network
functions and terminal functions. Teleservices are accomplished by Layer 1 to Layer 7
of the OSI model and are provided to subscriber by the ISDN switching system and
the corresponding ISDN terminals.
Common teleservices include:
z
Telephony
Teletex
Telefax G4
Videotex
Telex
Telephony 7kHz
Videotelephone
PC_Communication
6.1.2 Overview of ISDN Supplementary Services

ISDN supplementary services aim at providing more services to facilitate subscribers.
ISDN supplementary services are much similar to the supplementary services for
common subscribers, but the former is more abundant. Refer to 6.4
ISDN
Supplementary Services.
Note:
At present, BRA subscribers support all ISDN supplementary services, but PRA
subscribers only support the direct-dialing-in (DDI) service.
6.2 ISDN Bearer Services

6.2.1 64-kbit/s and 8-kHz Unrestricted Data Transmission Services
These bearer services support the unrestricted data transmission between reference
points S/T at a rate of 64 kbit/s, that is, data is transmitted without any processing from
the originating S/T reference point to the terminating S/T reference point. They are
also called transparent transmission services. You can achieve 64-kbit/s data
transmission of various types using these services, such as G4 fax machines and
video phones. In addition, they also support a variety of applications such as the
transmission of speech and 3.1-kHz audio signal, 64-kbit/s data stream multiplexed by
multiple low-speed streams, and transparent entry to the X.25 public network.

6-3

6.2.2 64-kbit/s and 8-kHz Sampled Speech Transmission Services

These services are used for speech communication only, requiring that the digital
signals on S/T reference points conform to the PCM coding law (A law or law)
stipulated in ITU-T G.711 recommendations. Because the network assumes the
coding data as digital and speech signals, it will convert them to analog signals on a
segment of line for transmission, or implement echo cancellation, or convert them by
other coding law, in order to achieve lower transmission rate. These processing
techniques can optimize transmission on network.
6.2.3 64-kbit/s, 8-kHz Sampled, and 3.1-kHz Audio Transmission Services

These services support the transmission of audio information with the bandwidth of 3.1
kHz. The audio information may be speech or non-speech information occupying
speech frequency band, for example, data on audio frequency band after processed
by MODEM or G1, G2, and G3 fax machine information. This audio information on S/T
reference points must comply with ITU-T G.711 recommendations (that is, digitization
by A law or law). Same as the speech transmission services mentioned above, these
audio transmission services also support the conversion between digital signals and
analog signals in the network as well as the transmission on analog lines.
These services are equivalent to those provided by the PSTN currently. Besides
telephone subscribers, low-speed data terminals (<9.6 kbit/s), G2 and G3 fax
machines are also connected to the PSTN through MODEM. After ISDN is introduced,
subscribers want to continue to use telephones, and ISDN is also expected to
interwork with the PSTN to achieve communication between PSTN subscribers
(telephones, data and fax terminals) and ISDN subscribers. For this purpose, ITU-T
defines these ISDN bearer services.
6.3 ISDN Teleservices

Added with ISDN functions, the SoftX3000 can provide subscribers with the following
teleservices on corresponding ISDN terminals:
z
Telephony service: It supports real-time bi-directional conversation between

subscribers on 3.1-kHz frequency band in switching network. Digital signal
complies with the conventional speech coding rule. The network can apply the
digital signal processing technology. Speech information is transmitted on B
channels and control signaling is transmitted on D channels.
Teletex service: It supports end-to-end packet communication and uses the

standard character set, format, and communication protocol. Its high-level
features are established on basis of the recommendations about the standard
Teletex service defined by International Telegraph and Telephone Consultative
Committee (CCITT). Data is transmitted through circuits.

6-4

z
Telefax G4 service: It supports end-to-end fax communication and uses the

standard graphic code, resolution, and communication protocol. Its high-level
features are established on basis of the recommendations about the Telefax G4
service defined by CCITT. Data is transmitted through circuits.
Videotex service: The ISDN videotex service is an enhanced version of the

existing videotex service. It adds such functions as searching words and graphics
and e-mail box. Data is transmitted through circuits.
Telex service: It supports interactive packet communication. Its digital signal

above the ISDN physical layer complies with the internationally acknowledged
telex
protocol.
At
present,
the
International
Telecommunications
UnionTelecommunications Sector (ITUT) suggests that telex be transmitted on

B channels.
z
Telephony 7kH: It supports real-time bi-directional conversation of high quality

between subscribers on 7-kHz frequency band in switching network.
Videotelephone service: It supports real-time bi-directional speech and graphics

services in switching network. Speech and image can be transmitted on one B
channel or two B channels. This requires that the videotelephone supports
originating two calls to seize two B channels, and that the segmentation and
reassembly
of
image
and
speech
signals
are
accomplished
by
the
videotelephone.
z
PC
communication
service:
It
supports
real-time
bi-directional
data
communication between two PCs in different places or between a workstation

and a server, that is, interworking in a local area network (LAN).
The two
terminals communicate with each other through Modem.
6.4 ISDN Supplementary Services

The SoftX3000 provides two types of ISDN supplementary services: traditional
supplementary services that are the same as those of common subscribers (such as
abbreviated dialing and hotline service), and dedicated supplementary services for
ISDN subscribers (such as direct dialing in and multiple subscriber number).
6.4.1 Traditional Supplementary Services

See Table 6-2 for the introduction of traditional ISDN supplementary services. The
description, operations (registration, verification, implementation, and deregistration),
and points for attention of these services are similar to those supplementary services
for common subscribers. The differences are MML commands for setting service
authority and some minor operations. For example, the commands MOD BRA (for
BRA subscribers) and MOD PRA (for PRA subscribers) are used to set service
authority for ISDN subscribers. The hooking operation changes to pressing the key
<R> in ISDN supplementary services.

6-5

Table 6-2 List of traditional supplementary services

Service
abbreviation
Service name
Service introduction
With the hotline service registered, if a
service subscriber does not dial any
number within the specified time period
(5 seconds, for example) after picking up
the phone, the phone set will connect the
HLI
designated number (also called hotline
Hotline and
immediate hotline
number) automatically.
With the immediate hotline service
registered, as soon as the service
subscriber picks up the phone, the phone
set will automatically connect the called
number that has been designated during
service registration.
With this service registered, when a
CCA
Absent subscriber
service subscriber is absent, the network

will answer all incoming calls by means
of playing an announcement.
This service enables a subscriber to
reject all incoming calls during some
period of time. After a subscriber
DDB
Do-Not-Disturb
registers this service, all incoming calls to

the subscriber will be answered by the
exchange. However, the outgoing calls of
the subscriber will not be affected.
This service forwards the incoming calls
CFU
Call forwarding
unconditional
to a service subscriber to another

designated number automatically
regardless of the state of the service
subscriber.
This service forwards all incoming calls
CFB
Call forwarding busy

designated number automatically when
the service subscriber is busy.

6-6

Service
abbreviation
Service name
Service introduction
This service forwards all incoming calls
CFNR
Call forwarding no
reply

designated number automatically if the
calls are not answered within a preset
period of time.
This service enables the SoftX3000 to
Calling line
CLIP
send the callers number to a callee and
identification
display it on the callees phone set or
presentation
terminal.
After applying for the malicious call
MCT
Malicious call tracing

caller
tracing service, a subscriber can find out

the originating telephone number by
following a certain operation procedure
whenever a malicious call is received.
With this service registered, when
Subscriber C attempts to establish a
connection with a service subscriber who
is in a conversation with Subscriber B,
CW
the service subscriber will hear a prompt
Call waiting
tone indicating that there is a new

incoming call waiting for the connection.
At the same time, Subscriber C hears the
call waiting tone.
This service enables a callee to transfer
an established incoming call to a third
CTR
party by pressing the hook (or pressing
Call transfer
the key <R>) for the purpose of

establishing a new connection between
the caller and the third party.
In addition, ISDN subscribers can work on the phone menu to complete certain
operations. These operations are related to the type of phone set, and will not be
elaborated here.

6-7

6.4.2 Direct Dialing In

I. Service introduction
This service allows a subscriber to call another subscriber of an integrated service
PBX (ISPBX) or other dedicated system directly without transfer by the operator. At
this time, some ISDN numbers are sent to the ISPBX or the dedicated system for the
call connection.
II. Preconditions
A subscriber has the direct dialing in service authority (you can use the command
MOD BRA to set it, and the parameter for this supplementary service is DDI).
III. Operations
A is a service subscriber with the direct dialing in authority. B is a PBX subscriber.
1)
2)
Subscriber A dials the telephone number of the Subscriber B. If Subscriber A has

the DDI authority, Subscriber B hears the ringing tone and Subscriber A hears the
ringback tone.
3)
4)
IV. Point for attention

None.
6.4.3 Multi-Subscriber Number

Multiple ISDN numbers are allocated to an interface, for example, a basic interface
can have several ISDN numbers, and the network can connect to this interface using
any of these ISDN numbers.
II. Preconditions
A certain subscriber (telephone number is known) has been added using ADD BRA.
The original number has been confirmed. The multi-subscriber numbers can be added
using ADD MSN.
III. Operations
Subscriber A is the MSN service subscriber. Subscriber A has three telephone
numbersTN1, TN2, and TN3, among which TN1 is the original number. The three
numbers respectively correspond to three terminalsTE1, TE2, and TE3, all of which
are connected to the same interface.

6-8

1)
Subscriber B is an ordinary subscriber.
2)
Subscriber B dials TN1. The TE1 rings and Subscriber B hears the ringback tone.
After picking up the TE1, Subscriber A talks with Subscriber B.
3)
4)

z
After using ADD MSN to add multi-subscriber numbers, the service attributes and
authorities of the added multi-subscriber numbers are the same as the original
number. Similar to the original number, you can use MOD BRA to modify the
service attributes and authorities of the multi-subscriber number by specifying the
multi-subscriber number at the Subscriber number parameter.
When you dial an original number, all the telephones, which are configured at the
same interface and have not configured multi-subscriber numbers, will ring
simultaneously.
6.4.4 Calling Line Identification Restriction

The CLIR service needs to be used in coordination with default reservation for calling
line identification restriction (RID). According to the number sent by the caller, the
system will decide whether to display the calling number on the telephone of the
callee.
II. Preconditions
A subscriber has the calling line identification restriction service authority (you can
use the command MOD BRA to set it, and the parameter for this supplementary
service is CLIR).
When you use MSN menu to register number on the telephone of the MSN service
subscriber, the number must be the same as the one allocated by the network.
III. Operations
A is a subscriber with the calling line identification restriction service authority. B is a
common subscriber.
Subscriber A uses the menu of the telephone to register the CLIR service.
1)
2)


6-9

z
If Subscriber A sends the correct calling number (same as the number allocated
by the network), the network shall display the calling number on the telephone of
Subscriber B if Subscriber A has registered the CLIR service. If so, the calling
number of Subscriber A will not be displayed on the telephone of Subscriber B;
otherwise, the calling number will be displayed.
If Subscriber A sends a wrong calling number or does not send calling number,
the network shall display the calling number on the telephone of Subscriber B if
Subscriber A has registered the RID service. If so, the calling number of
Subscriber A will not be displayed on the telephone of Subscriber B; otherwise,
the calling number will be displayed.
3)
4)
5)
Subscriber A uses the menu of the telephone to cancel the CLIR service.

z
When the callee has the CLIR override authority, his/her telephone will always
display the calling number of the caller, regardless of whether the caller has
registered CLIR, RID, or permanent reservation for CLIR (RIP) service.
When the caller has CLIR authority but no RIP authority, he/she cannot use the
command REG/RPL SS or press *61# and #61# to register and cancel the
service.
6.4.5 Permanent Reservation for Calling Line Identification Restriction

If a caller has registered the RIP service, no matter the caller sends calling number or
not, no calling number will be displayed on the telephone of the callee.
II. Preconditions
A subscriber has the permanent reservation for calling line identification restriction
service authority (you can use the command MOD BRA to set it, and the parameter for
this supplementary service is RIP).
III. Operations
A is a service subscriber with the permanent reservation for calling line identification
restriction authority. B is a common subscriber with the calling line identification
presentation authority.
1)
Subscriber A registers the RIP service using REG SS or pressing *61# on the
telephone.
2)
Subscriber A dials *#61# to query whether the registration is successful.
3)

6-10

4)

ringback tone and Subscriber B hears the ringing tone. If Subscriber A has
registered the RIP service, the calling number will not be displayed on the
telephone of Subscriber B; otherwise, it will be displayed.
5)
6)
7)
Subscriber A cancels the RIP service using REG SS or pressing *61# on the
telephone.

When the callee has the CLIR override authority, his/her telephone will always display
the calling number of the caller, regardless of whether the caller has registered CLIR
or RIP service.
6.4.6 Default Reservation for Calling Line Identification Restriction

The RID service needs to be used in coordination with default reservation for CLIR
service. According to the number sent by the caller, the system will decide whether to
display the calling number on the telephone of the callee.
II. Preconditions
A subscriber has the default reservation for calling line identification restriction
this supplementary service is RID).
III. Operations
A is a subscriber with the default reservation for calling line identification restriction
service authority. B is a common subscriber.
1)
Subscriber A uses the menu of the telephone to register the RID service.
2)
3)

If Subscriber A sends the correct calling number (the number allocated by the
network), the network shall display the calling number on the telephone of
Subscriber B if Subscriber A has registered the CLIR service. If so, the calling
If Subscriber A sends a wrong calling number or does not send calling number,
the network shall display the calling number on the telephone of Subscriber B if
6-11

Subscriber A has registered the RID service. If so, the calling number of
Subscriber A will not be displayed on the telephone of Subscriber B; otherwise,
the calling number will be displayed.
4)
5)
6)
Subscriber A uses the menu of the telephone to cancel the RID service.

When the callee has the CLIR override authority, his/her telephone will always display
the calling number of the caller, regardless of whether the caller has registered CLIR,
RID, or RIP service.
6.4.7 Connected Line Identification Presentation

The COLP service sends a called number to a caller after a call is established. On the
telephone, the caller can check if the called number is correct.
II. Preconditions
A subscriber has the CLIP service authority (you can use the command MOD BRA to
set it, and the parameter for this supplementary service is COLP).
III. Operations
A is a subscriber with the COLP service authority. B is a common subscriber.
1)
2)

ringback tone and Subscriber B hears the ringing tone. If Subscriber A has been
configured with COLP authority, the number of Subscriber B will be displayed on
Subscriber As telephone; otherwise, the number will not be displayed.
3)
4)

None.
6.4.8 Connected Line Identification Restriction

The COLR service needs to be used in coordination with ROD service. According to
the number sent by the callee, the system will decide whether to display the connected
number on the telephone of the caller.

6-12

II. Preconditions
A subscriber has the COLR service authority (you can use the command MOD BRA to
set it, and the parameter for this supplementary service is COLR).
When you use MSN menu to register a number on the telephone of the MSN service
III. Operations
A is a subscriber with the connected line identification restriction service authority. B
is a common subscriber.
Subscriber A uses the menu of the telephone to register the COLR service.
1)
2)
If Subscriber A sends the correct connected number (the number allocated by the
Subscriber B if Subscriber A has registered the COLR service. If so, the calling
3)
If Subscriber A sends a wrong connected number or does not send connected

number, the network shall display the connected number on the telephone of
Subscriber B if Subscriber A has registered the RID service. If so, the connected
number (Subscriber As number) will not be displayed on the telephone of
Subscriber B; otherwise, the connected number will be displayed. After picking up
the phone, Subscriber A talks with Subscriber B.
4)
5)
Subscriber A uses the menu of the telephone to cancel the COLR service.

z
When the caller has the COLR override authority, his/her telephone will always
display the calling number of the caller, regardless of whether the caller has
registered COLR, permanent reservation for connected line identification
restriction (DIP), or default reservation for connected line identification restriction
(ROD) service.
When the caller has COLR authority but no DIP authority, he/she cannot use the
command REG/RPL SS or press *63# and #63# to register and cancel the
service.

6-13

6.4.9 Connected Line Identification Restriction Override

When a subscriber has applied and registered the DIO service, the connected number
(callees number) will always be displayed, regardless of whether the callee has
registered the COLR, DIP, or RIO service.
II. Preconditions
A subscriber has the connected line identification presentation service authority (you
can use the command MOD BRA to set it, and the parameter for this supplementary
service is COLP).
A subscriber has the connected line identification restriction override service
authority (you can use the command MOD BRA to set it, and the parameter for this
supplementary service is DIO).
III. Operations
A is a service subscriber with the connected line identification presentation and
connected line identification restriction override authorities. B is a common
subscriber.
1)
2)

ringback tone and Subscriber B hears the ringing tone. The telephone number of
Subscriber B will be displayed on the telephone of Subscriber A regardless of
whether the former has registered the COLR, DIP, or RIO service.
3)
4)

None.
6.4.10 Permanent Reservation for Connected Line Identification Restriction

If a callee has registered the DIP service, no matter the callee sends calling number or
not, no connected number will be displayed on the telephone of the caller.
II. Preconditions
A subscriber has the permanent reservation for connected line identification
restriction service authority (you can use the command MOD BRA to set it, and the
parameter for this supplementary service is DIP).

6-14

III. Operations
A is a service subscriber with the permanent reservation for connected line
identification restriction authority. B is a common subscriber with the connected line
identification presentation authority.
1)
Subscriber A registers the DIP service using REG SS or pressing *63# on the
telephone.
2)
Subscriber A dials *#63# to query whether the registration is successful.
3)
4)
Subscriber A hears the ringing tone. If Subscriber A has registered the DIP
service, the connected number will not be displayed on the telephone of
Subscriber B; otherwise, it will be displayed.
5)
6)
7)
Subscriber A cancels the DIP service using REG SS or pressing #63# on the
telephone.

When the caller has the COLR override authority, his/her telephone will always display
the connected number of the callee, regardless of whether the callee has registered
COLR or DIP service.
6.4.11 Default Reservation for Connected Line Identification Restriction

The ROD service needs to be used in coordination with COLR service. According to
the number sent by the callee, the system will decide whether to display the connected
number on the telephone of the caller.
II. Preconditions
A subscriber has the default reservation for connected line identification restriction
this supplementary service is ROD).
III. Operations
A is a subscriber with the default reservation for connected line identification
restriction service authority. B is a common subscriber.
1)
Subscriber A uses the menu of the telephone to register the ROD service.
2)

6-15

3)
If Subscriber A sends the correct connected number (the number allocated by the
Subscriber B if Subscriber A has registered the COLR service. If so, the calling
If Subscriber A sends a wrong connected number or does not send connected

number, the network shall display the connected number on the telephone of
Subscriber B if Subscriber A has registered the RID service. If so, the connected
number (Subscriber As number) will not be displayed on the telephone of
Subscriber B; otherwise, the connected number will be displayed.
4)
5)
6)
Subscriber A uses the menu of the telephone to cancel the ROD service.

When the caller has the COLR override authority, his/her telephone will always display
the calling number of the caller, regardless of whether the caller has registered COLR,
DIP, or ROD service.
6.4.12 Sub-Addressing
This service allows an ISDN subscriber to have multiple ISDN numbers. One ISDN
number corresponds to multiple telephones. The subscriber can dial the number and
sub-address to connect the corresponding telephone.
II. Preconditions
A subscriber has the sub-addressing service authority (you can use the command
MOD BRA to set it, and the parameter for this supplementary service is SUB).
III. Operations
A is a service subscriber with the sub-addressing authority. B is an ISDN subscriber.
1)
Subscriber A set a sub-address on the telephone.
2)
Subscriber B picks up his/her telephone, and hears the dial tone. Subscriber B
dials Subscriber As number + sub-address, and press <hand free>.
Alternatively, Subscriber B dials Subscriber As number + sub-address, and
then picks up his/her telephone.
3)
Subscriber B hears the ringback tone, and Subscriber A hears the ringing tone.
4)
5)

6-16


When Subscriber A does not set any sub-address, and Subscriber B dials the number
of Subscriber A, all telephones, which are configured at the same interface as
Subscriber A's telephone and have not configured with sub-numbers, will ring
simultaneously.
6.4.13 Call Hold

This service allows a service subscriber to hold and then retrieve a call. During the
communication interruption, channel B can be reserved or used by another call
session. A service subscriber can select whether to reserve channel B or not during
registration.
II. Preconditions
BRA to set it, and the parameter for this supplementary service is HOLD).
III. Operations
A is a service subscriber with the call hold service authority. B and C are common
subscribers.
1)
2)

3)
4)
Subscriber A pauses the call by pressing the HOLD key on the menu or other
means. After the call is held, Subscriber B hears music. At the same time,
Subscriber A receives the call hold success notification, and the telephone of
Subscriber B receives the notification that the remote end has held the call.
5)

6)
Subscriber C picks up the phone and talks with Subscriber A.
7)
Then, Subscriber A can press HOLD key to hold the current call, and retrieve the
paused (held) call. The held party receives the notification that the remote end
has held the call, and the retrieved party receives the notification that the remote
end has retrieved the call.
8)

An ISDN telephone shall be able to display the notifications. If not, you can use MML
commands to trace the notification messages.

6-17

6.4.14 Terminal Portability

The terminal Portability (TP) service allows a user to move a terminal from one socket
to another within one given basic access (interface S) during the active state of a call.
It also allows a user to move a call from one terminal to another within one given basic
access during the active phase of the call.
II. Preconditions
A subscriber has the terminal portability service authority (you can use the command
MOD BRA to set it, and the parameter for this supplementary service is TP).
III. Operations
A is a service subscriber with the terminal portability authority. B is a common
subscriber. C is another subscriber on the same S interface as Subscriber A.
1)
2)

3)
4)
Subscriber A pauses the call by pressing the HOLD key on the menu or other
means. After the call is held, Subscriber B hears music. At the same time,
Subscriber A receives the call hold success announcement, and the telephone of
Subscriber B receives the announcement that the remote end has held the call.
Move the Subscriber A to another socket within the same interface S, and then retrieve
the paused call. Alternatively, retrieve the paused call on the telephone of Subscriber
C.
5)
Subscriber A (or Subscriber C) receives the notification that the retrieval is

successful, and Subscriber B receives the notification that the remote end has
retrieved the call.
6)

z
An ISDN telephone shall be able to display the notifications. If not you can use
MML commands to trace the notifications.
Do not retrieve the held call in three minutes; otherwise, the TP service cannot be
applied.

6-18

6.4.15 User to User Signaling

The UUS supplementary service allows the user to send/receive a limited amount of
user-generated information to/from another user-network interface. The transmission
of UUS can only be done among circuit-switched telecom users. This information is
passed transparently (without modification of contents) through the network. Normally,
the network will not interpret or act upon this information.
II. Preconditions
A subscriber has the user to user signaling service authority (you can use the
command MOD BRA to set it, and the parameters for this supplementary service are
UUS1, UUS2, and UUS3).
III. Operations
A is a service subscriber with the user to user signaling authority. B is an ISDN
subscriber supporting display of user-to-user signaling.
1)
Define the UUS to be transmitted on the telephone of Subscriber A.
2)
3)

ringback tone and Subscriber B hears the ringing tone. The UUS sent be
Subscriber A is displayed on the telephone of Subscriber B.

None.
6.4.16 Advice of Charge at Call Start

This service notifies a service subscriber of tariff and charging method at the start of a
call.
II. Preconditions
A subscriber has the authority for the advice of charge at call start service (you can
service is AOCS).
III. Operations
A is a service subscriber with the authority for the advice of charge at call start
service. B is a common subscriber.
1)

6-19

2)

3)
After picking up the phone, Subscriber B talks with Subscriber A. Charging

information is displayed on the phone set of Subscriber A.
4)

This service is applicable to dedicated ISDN phone sets.
This service cannot replace the billing system in the network. Only the fee calculated
by the billing system in the network is the final valid charge.
6.4.17 Advice of Charge during a Call

This service notifies a service subscriber of tariff, conversation duration, and current
charge during a call. This information can be sent to the service subscriber
automatically or by request.
II. Preconditions
A subscriber has the authority for the advice of charge during a call service (you can
service is AOCD).
III. Operations
A is a service subscriber with the authority for the advice of charge during a call
service. B is a common subscriber.
1)
2)

3)
4)
During the call, charging information is displayed on the phone set of Subscriber
A, refreshed every minute. If the charge for each count has been set, the fee is
displayed on the phone set; otherwise, meter counts are displayed.
5)


6-20

6.4.18 Advice of Charge at Call End

This service informs the subscriber of the tariff rate, conversation duration, total call
charge, and other additional information at the end of a call.
II. Preconditions
A subscriber has the authority for the advice of charge at call end service (you can
service is AOCE).
III. Operations
A is a service subscriber with the authority for the advice of charge at call end service.
B is a common subscriber.
1)
2)

3)
4)
Subscribers B and C hang up. The charging information, including tariff rate,
duration, and total charge, will be displayed on the telephone of Subscriber A.


6-21

Chapter 7 Functions and Features

7.1 Overview of Functions
The SoftX3000 supports the following categories of function:
z
Charging functions
Number processing functions
Gateway office functions
Tandem office functions
SSP functions
Dual homing functions
IPTN functions
Multi-country-code, multi-area-code, and multi-time-zone functions
Multi-signaling-point-code functions
Remote network access functions
7.1.1 Charging Functions

The SoftX3000 is provided with powerful charging capability. It can charge voice, data,
and multimedia services. It supports multiple charging modes and bill types as well as
improved bill management functions.
7.1.2 Number Processing Functions

The SoftX3000 is powerful in processing numbers. It can store and process a maximum
of 360,000 trunks or 2000,000 subscriber numbers. In addition, it provides flexible
number processing modes, including flexible routing, number conversion, call control,
and failure processing.
7.1.3 Gateway Office Functions

The SoftX3000 supports such gateway office functions as black & white lists, call
authentication, and call interception. It can allow or prohibit calls (intra-network calls,
national toll calls, international toll calls, and other multimedia services) to certain
destination numbers or to a certain trunk based on calling numbers or incoming trunk
identifiers.
7.1.4 Tandem Office Functions

The SoftX3000 can serve as a tandem office for local calls, toll calls, and international
toll calls. It supports multiple protocols and trunks, and provides flexible access
networking and trunk networking capabilities.
7-1

7.1.5 SSP Functions

The SoftX3000 supports service switching function (SSF). It can act as a service
switching point (SSP) in the intelligent network (IN), and cooperate with the service
control point (SCP) to provide abundant IN services.
7.1.6 Dual Homing Functions

The SoftX3000 supports a dual homing control mechanism. That is, a media gateway
can simultaneously home at two independent SoftX3000s, one of which acts as an
active media gateway controller (MGC) and the other as a standby MGC. A real-time
backup mechanism implemented between two SoftX3000s guarantees the data
consistency of the controlled media gateways. Whenever the active SoftX3000
becomes faulty, the standby one immediately takes its place to avoid interruption of the
services, so that the system is more robust and reliable, and the disaster-tolerance
ability of the network is also enhanced.
7.1.7 IPTN Functions

IP telephony network (IPTN) integrates the traditional PSTN technologies into the IP
network and implements telecom services on the IP network. It improves the quality of
service (QoS) and security of networks.
7.1.8 Multi-Country-Code, Multi-Area-Code, and Multi-Time-Zone Functions

As NGN adopts a high-speed packet switched network as its core bearer network, it is
made possible for carriers to network across regions and countries by using softswitch
equipment. This is a good way to reduce the investment for network construction and
improve the competitive capability of carriers in markets. Through software
configuration,
the
SoftX3000
simultaneously
supports
multi-country-code,
multi-area-code, and multi-time-zone functions to fully satisfy the across-region and

across-country networking requirements of carriers.
7.1.9 Multi-Signaling-Point-Code Functions

In the traditional coding scheme, each office can only use a unique signaling point code,
so that there are a maximum of 4096 (212=4096) No.7 links supported in each office
direction. However, the SoftX3000 supports multiple signaling point codes, thus
increasing number of trunks provided in an office direction.
7.1.10 Remote Network Access Functions

The SoftX3000 supports remote network access, that is, when a fixed network
subscriber calls a non-local mobile subscriber, before the fixed gateway office adds the

7-2

corresponding toll area code before the called number, the SoftX3000 will route the call
to the remote peer office across the fixed toll network and then to the mobile network.
7.2 Charging Functions

7.2.1 Flexible Charging Modes
The SoftX3000 supports multiple charging modes to meet different demands of
carriers.
I. Charging by Duration, Bearer Capability, Time Type or Other Attribute

The SoftX3000 can implement charging by duration, bearer capability, time segment,
time type, payer, or other attributes, based on which different charging modes are
formed. For example, depending on different time, charging can be implemented in
three modes: charging begins at caller pickup, charging begins at callee pickup, and
charging begins when callee hears the ringing tone. Depending on different payers,
there are four charging modes: charging of caller, charging of callee, free calls, and no
charge. Depending on different offices, two charging modes are supported: centralized
charged and decentralized charging. More charging modes can be provided for
combination of different charging attributes.
II. Charging of Supplementary Services

The SoftX3000 supports charging of supplementary services by pulse meter. That is,
services are charged by service duration instead of conversation duration or distance.
III. Charging of Card Number

The SoftX3000 supports charging of various card numbers (equivalent to subscriber
accounts). It determines whether to allow or prohibit calls according to the balance and
validity period of accounts. It a call is allowed, it will implement charging in real time
during the calling process, and finally deduct corresponding money from the account at
the end of the call.
IV. Charging of Centrex Group

The SoftX3000 supports charging of intra-Centrex calls by group number or short
number.
V. 16-kHZ/12-kHZ Charging, Polarity Reversal Charging, and Polarity Reversal

Pulse Charging
12-kHZ/polarity reversal pulse charging is added on basis of the original 16-kHZ
charging pulse/polarity reversal signal, and it adopts the flow of the original 16-kHZ
charging pulse. The 12-kHZ charging flow is the same as the 16-kHZ charging flow.
The number of 12-kHZ polarity reversal pulses to be sent is set through data
configuration, but that of 16-kHZ polarity reversal pulses is calculated based on
7-3

charging data. In addition, whether to send alarm sound need be set before sending the
12-kHZ polarity reversal pulses.
VI. 100-ms Charging

The SoftX3000 supports charging as precise as 100 ms; thus charging accuracy is well
ensured.
VII. Charging of Same Destination Code in Different Trunk Groups

The SoftX3000 can charge calls to the same called number but through different trunk
groups with different charging rates, that is, it supports charging by route.
VIII. Charging of Forwarded Calls

Different regions or countries require different charging modes for forwarded calls, so
flexible charging for call forwarding services need be supported. Flexible charging can
be achieved through parameter setting in the SoftX3000, for example, you can set
whether to generate a bill for the duration when a call is forwarded, or whether to
generate bills for calls that are forwarded but not answered.
7.2.2 Improved Bill Management

Features of bill management by the SoftX3000 are described in the following sections.
I. Support for Multiple Bill Types

The SoftX3000 supports call detail record (CDR), call meter bill, trunk meter bill, meter
statistical bill, trunk seizure bill, alarm bill, failure bill, complaint bill, and intelligent bill.
II. Powerful Call Meter Function

The SoftX3000 supports the call meter of 32 bits, and provides 4 bytes for the field
recording meter counts in call meter bills.
III. Support for Setting Time to Update Call Meters

The time to update call meters was fixed to 2:00 a.m., but now you can set it on the
BAM based on the need if you have the authority for modifying subscriber data.
IV. Generation of Free Bills or Alarms for Calls Within the Mininum
Conversation Duration
If the conversation duration of a call is less than the minimum charging duration, the
SoftX3000 will generate a free bill or alarm for it based on your parameter setting.

7-4

V. Support for Automatic Backup, Dumping, Sorting, and Format Conversion

of Bills
The SoftX3000 can dump bill files to iGateway Bill (iGWB) periodically. Then iGWB
sorts and formats them, and backs up the original bill files and final bill files after
conversion to other computers periodically.
VI. Storage of Bills by Type

iGWB stores original bill files and final bill files in different places by module, service, or
time, which is convenient for browsing bills and processing services.
VII. Support for File Transfer Protocol and File Transfer Access Management
Interfaces
iGWB supports two online charging interfaces: file transfer protocol (FTP), and file
transfer access management (FTAM). When using FTP, iGWB acts as the server, and
the billing center acts as the client. When using FTAM, iGWB serves as the responder,
and the billing center serves as the initiator.
VIII. Control of Conversion Duration

The SoftX3000 can generate intermediate bills for calls of long time. Through
parameter setting, you can determine whether to send alarms for overlong calls to the
BAM as well as alarm sound, and whether to allow these calls to continue. You can
select charging by call or charging by segment. To distinguish from common bills, the
SoftX3000 adds bills of the conversation duration control type.
7.3 Number Processing Functions

7.3.1 Powerful Processing Capability
In the SoftX3000, the busy hour call attempt (BHCA) value of single service processing
module is 400 K, and each module supports up to 9,000 trunks or equivalent 50,000
subscribers. At the full configuration, the SoftX3000 supports a maximum of 40 service
processing modules, BHCA of 16,000 K, and a maximum of 360,000 trunks or
equivalent 2,000,000 subscribers.
The central database board (CDBI) is the core part for number processing, which
stores all number data and performs call location, gateway resource management,
outgoing trunk routing, and other analysis and processing operations. Two pairs of
CDBIs can meet the demand on storing and processing all numbers in the SoftX3000 at
the full configuration.
7.3.2 Flexible Processing Modes

When processing numbers, the SoftX3000 supports

7-5

Processing of local numbers with a maximum of 12 digits.
Routing by number plan ID (NPI), type of number (TON), and caller access type.
Different routing strategies for calls to numbers with the same prefix but of different
lengths.
Call source to distinguish different number conversion preparations based on

called address attributes.
Selection of CODEC according to prefix of each call.
Routing by time at the specified date.
Control of trunk seizure depending on length of called number
Preferential processing of preferential subscribers/calls during congestion.
Extended and customized caller categories.
Customized
call
authorities
and
attributes,
meeting
call
authentication
requirements of different countries or regions.

z
Identification of different release control modes and failure processing methods

according to call type.
Special processing of number prefix for intra-Centrex calls.
7.4 Gateway Office Functions

The SoftX3000 acting as an inter-network gateway office has the following functions:
7.4.1 Comprehensive Authentication and Interception Capabilities

The SoftX3000 can conduct flexible authentication based on the calling number or
calling number prefix, caller category, outgoing/incoming trunk group identifier, nature
of call service, destination number (called number or called number prefix), and calling
time. It provides authentication capability associated with black & white lists. The black
& white lists can contain as many as 2,000,000 records.
7.4.2 Precise and Flexible Charging Capabilities

The SoftX3000 provides two charging modes, namely meter bill and CDR, and
supports generation of CDRs for all calls. Its charging duration is precise to one second.
It supports bill measurement based on the tariff, date and time, destination number,
trunk group, and area code, for the convenience of routine maintenance and
settlement.
7.4.3 Powerful and Secure Bill Storage and Transmission Capabilities

The SoftX3000 stores bills in three places: host, bill server, and billing settlement center.
Therefore, bills can be stored and transmitted securely, rapidly and reliably.

7-6

7.5 Tandem Office Functions

The SoftX3000 acting as a tandem office has the following functions:
z
It supports such traditional PSTN signaling as signaling system number 7 (SS7),

R2 signaling, digital subscriber signaling No.1 (DSS1), and V5 signaling.
Cooperating with signaling gateway (SG), trunk media gateway (TMG), and
universal media gateway (UMG), the SoftX3000 is able to provide various
subscriber networking and trunk networking capabilities of the existing PSTN.
It supports session initiation protocol (SIP)/SIP-T. Therefore, it can not only

interwork with other soft switches and SIP application servers, but also access SIP
packet terminals directly.
It supports H.323 protocol. Therefore, it can not only interconnect with the
traditional gateways based on voice over IP (VoIP) and video conference systems
such as MCU, but also access H.323 packet terminal directly.
It supports multiple routing functions such as plane static routing, hierarchical

static routing, and dynamic routing. Therefore, it can serve as an IP tandem office.
7.6 SSP Functions

The SoftX3000 can provide abundant IN services in cooperation with SCP, including:
7.6.1 Free Phone Service

Free phone service (FPH) is a supplementary service associated with charging. It
enables calls to service subscribers to be paid by service subscribers but not callers.
For example, if an enterprise or a person applies for this service, the service subscriber
will be charged for all the calls received. These calls are free for callers, so they are
called free phone.
7.6.2 Account Card Calling Service

Account card calling (ACC) service enables a service subscriber to make calls on any
dual-tone multi-frequency (DTMF) phone set, and have the call charges automatically
debited to a corresponding account. Each service subscriber must be provided with a
unique card number. When using this service, a service subscriber needs to input the
access code, card number, and personal identification number (PIN). After the network
plays the confirmative announcement after authenticating the card number and PIN,
the service subscriber can make phone calls normally.
7.6.3 Universal Personal Telecommunication Service

Universal personnel telecommunication (UPT) service is a supplementary service
associated with mobility. With the unique personal telecommunication number (PTN), a
service subscriber can access any network, and originate and receive calls of any type
7-7

across several networks. Depending on the requirements of a service subscriber, the

UPT number can be translated into the corresponding communication number and then
routed, that is, the incoming call will be routed to the proper destination that is
designated by the service subscriber.
7.6.4 Mass Calling Service

Mass calling service (MAS) is similar to the hotline service. It can prevent network
congestion in the case of instant heavy traffic. For example, this service is probably
used when an advertisement is released on television, radio, or newspaper that anyone
making a call to a particular telephone number during a specific time segment has a
chance to win a prize.
7.6.5 Televoting Service

Televoting (VOT) service is provided for consultation or opinion survey. The enterprises,
government branches, or commercial organizations requiring opinion survey can apply
for one or multiple VOT numbers for investigating mass opinions through telephone.
Accordingly, people can dial several specific VOT numbers to register their votes or dial
one VOT number to express their opinions by pressing corresponding keys following
the recorded announcement.
The network will conduct statistics on the number of calls to each VOT number as well
as people's opinions. Service subscribers can query the statistical information through
a terminal or a DTMF phone set at any time. There are three types of VOT:
z
Simple VOT: Only televoting is provided. Other activities such as prize are not
provided.
Single VOT: Televoting VOT and prize are provided.
Multiple VOT: There are item codes, not opinion codes. A VOT number represents
an item. People need to follow the announcement to express their opinions. A
service subscriber may apply for this service with or without prize.
7.6.6 Wide Area Centrex Service

The wide area Centrex (WAC) service enables a Centrex group whose members are
subject to different exchanges to operate on the same virtual private network. Calls
between WAC subscribers under the same exchange are completed in the exchange.
Calls between WAC subscribers of different exchanges are completed either as
ordinary inter-office calls through number conversion, or with the help of SSP and SCP
in the mode of intelligent call.
7.6.7 IP800 Service

This service enables all calls to service subscribers through the IP network to be paid
by service subscribers (callee). The subscribers who apply for the IP800 service are
7-8

service subscribers, and those who make 800 calls are service users. IP800 service
subscribers specify the real destination numbers corresponding to the 800 numbers.
The destination may be a PSTN telephone number, an IP terminal number, an IP
address, or a user ID. An IP800 service user can be any user on the IP network. They
can click the 800 number on a Web page or dial the 800 number to make a phone call.
7.7 Dual Homing Functions

7.7.1 Introduction to Dual Homing
Dual homing is a disaster tolerance mechanism preventing softswitch breakdown and
communication interruption in case of emergencies. It functions in recovering 80% 90% communication capability of the SoftX3000 rapidly in urgent cases.
In dual homing networking, two SoftX3000s are configured. They work in mutual
assistance mode instead of active-standby mode. Normally, they control different
MGWs. When one SoftX3000 is faulty, the other SoftX3000 will take over the control of
the MGW from the faulty one, that is, each MGW is homed to a SoftX3000 primarily and
the other secondarily. To achieve control and switchover, each MGW has different
control signaling channels to the two SoftX3000s respectively, and there are heartbeat
links between the two SoftX3000s for detecting whether the peer end is working
normally. In addition, a network management system (NMS) is set to manage all the
components (including the SoftX3000) in the network.
The mutually assisted SoftX3000s support two switchover modes: manual switchover
and automatic switchover.
7.7.2 Manual Switchover

In this switchover mode, a SoftX3000 will not take over the control of the MGW
originally managed by the faulty SoftX3000 when it finds that the peer end is faulty
through heartbeat signal. Instead, it will do so only after receiving the switchover
command from the NMS.
7.7.3 Automatic Switchover

In this switchover mode, when a SoftX3000 finds that the peer end is faulty through
heartbeat signal, it will take over the control of the MGW originally managed by the
faulty SoftX3000 immediately.
The two SoftX3000s in dual homing network can locate in different regions and belong
to two softswitch offices, so that the disaster tolerance capability of high-capacity
offices in different places is provided.

7-9

7.8 IPTN Functions

With the fast development of broadband networks, the construction of carrier-class
broadband networks has become a major challenge for carriers. Therefore, the
disadvantages of the traditional IP networks must be resolved immediately. These
problems include
z
Low profit is the main barrier for network development.
The traditional IP networks are established on basis of free networks without any
management mechanism, so the quality of service (QoS) cannot be ensured.
The traditional IP network lacks necessary security ensuring measures to prevent

various attacks.
IPTN integrates the traditional telecommunications network technologies into IP

networks, thus solving the service operation difficulty and improving QoS and security
of IP networks. It has the following features:
z
It can identify and regulate traffic and flow with flow classification and bandwidth
control mechanisms.
It adopts static routing (similar to PSTN trunk allocation) to eliminate the

uncontrollableness of telecom services by the dynamic routing mechanism of
Internet.
It uses the network resource manager to make the service layer and the bearer
network layer coordinate with each other. That is, it enables the bearer network to
sense telecom services and selects the bearer network path for telecom services.
7.9 Multi-Country-Code, Multi-Area-Code, and

Multi-Time-Zone Functions
In terms of these functions, the SoftX3000 supports
z
50 country codes, ensuring the correct transmission and analysis of calling

numbers.
500 area codes, ensuring the correct transmission and analysis of calling
numbers.
Setting of service nature of the calls between multiple area codes to national toll
calls or international toll calls, and setting of charging modes flexibly.
Same subscriber numbers with different area codes.
Charging by time zone, that is, subscribers are charged according to the time in
the corresponding time zone.
7.10 Multi-Signaling-Point-Code Function

The SoftX3000 can function as a gateway office, supporting a maximum of 32 local
signaling point codes. Therefore, 324096=131072 No.7 links are supported in one

7-10

office direction at most, which fully satisfies the requirements of a gateway office for
high-capacity trunks.
7.11 Remote Network Access Function

The SoftX3000 completes addressing of non-local mobile phones through the special
number conversion function provided by the built-in central database board CDBI.
Because the CDBI can store a lot of data, area codes can be added before called
numbers for secondary analysis so as to meet the requirement of big carriers on
addressing of non-local mobile phones.

7-11

Appendix A Acronyms and Abbreviations

A
AAA
Authentication Authorization and Accounting
ACC
Account Card Calling
AMG
Access Media Gateway
APS
Advanced Prepaid Service
C
CCC
Credit Card Calling
CCS
Call Card Service
CODEC
Coder-decoder
CTD
Click To Dial
CTF
Click to FAX
D
DDI
Direct Dialing In
DNS
Domain Name Server
E
ENUM
E.164 Number URI Mapping
F
FFPH
Family Free Phone
FPH
Free Phone
FTAM
File Transfer Access Management
FTP
File Transfer Protocol
G
GK
Gatekeeper
GW
GateWay
H
H.248
H.248/MECAMGO protocol
I
IAD
Integrated Access Device
IC
Intelligent Card
IGWB
iGateway Bill

A-1

IM
Instant Messaging
IN
Intelligent Network
INAP
Intelligent Network Application Protocol
IPN
Internet Personal Number
IPT
Intelligent Public Telephone
IPTN
IP Telecommunication Network
ISDN
Integrated Service Digital Network
ITU-T
International
Telecommunication
Telecommunication Standardization Sector
IVR
Interactive Voice Response
M
MAS
Mass calling
MCT
Malicious Call Tracing
MCU
Multipoint Control Unit
MG
Media Gateway
MGC
Media Gateway Controller
MGCP
Media Gateway Control Protocol
MIDCOM
Middlebox Communications
MRS
Media Resource Server
N
NGN
Next Generation Network
NP
Number Portability
NPI
Number Plan ID
O
IFMI
IP Forward Module
IPN
Internet Personal Number
P
PBX
Private Branch Exchange
PCA
Personal Communication Assistant
PDA
Personal Digital Assistant
PDN
Public Digital Network
PLMN
Public Land Mobile Network
PPS
Pre-Paid Service
PSPDN
Packet Switched Public Data Network

A-2
Union

PSTN
Public Switched Telephone Network
PTN
Personal Telecommunication Number
Q
QoS
Quality of Service
R
RADIUS
Remote Authentication Dial-In User Service
S
SCP
Service Control Point
SG
Signal Gateway
SIP
Session Initiation Protocol
SIP-PPS
SIP based Pre-Paid Service
SMAP
Service Management Access Point
Soft phone
A software acting as the multimedia phone, just like

Netmeeting
SSF
Service Switching Function
SSP
Service Switching Point
T
TCP
Telecom Communicate Partner Service
TMG
Trunk Media Gateway
TON
Type of Number
U
UAN
Universal Access Number
UC
Unified Communication Service
UCS
Universal Card Service
UMG
Universal Media Gateway
U-NICA
Universal Network Intelligent Core Architecture
U-SYS
You Design Your System
V
VPN
Virtual Private Network
W
WWW
World Wide Web

A-3

Index
Index
out-group calling out, 3-1
IP Centrex supplementary service
basic voice service, 1-1
call forwarding busy to Centrex attendant, 3-11

call forwarding no reply to Centrex attendant, 3-12
call forwarding unconditional to Centrex attendant,
emergency call, 1-4
3-9
dedicated line call, 3-21
designated pick in Centrex, 3-5
fax service, 1-1
do-not-disturb when active, 3-6
function
forced release by operator, 3-18
charging, 7-1, 7-3
forced release by operator (Hong Kong), 3-20
dual homing, 7-2, 7-9
group shared abbreviated dialing, 3-2
gateway office, 7-1, 7-6
intra-Centrex call forwarding, 3-7
IPTN, 7-2, 7-10
IP console, 3-24
multi signaling point code, 7-2, 7-10
IP supermarket, 3-24
multi-area code, 7-2, 7-10
operator break in, 3-16
multi-country code, 7-2, 7-10
operator break in (Hong Kong), 3-17
multi-time-zone code, 7-2, 7-10
operator interception, 3-13
number processing, 7-1, 7-5
operator interception (Hong Kong), 3-14
remote network access, 7-2, 7-11
register console, 3-4
SSP, 7-2, 7-7
wide area Centrex service, 3-23
tandem office, 7-1, 7-7
functions, 7-1
local call, 1-2
G
G3 fax service, 1-6
G4 fax service, 1-6
national toll call, 1-2
international toll call, 1-3
P2P multimedia communication. See point-to-point
intra-office calls, 1-1
multimedia communication
IP Centrex basic service
PBX service
PBX successive selection, 1-5
distinctive ringing call, 3-2
Point-to-Point Multimedia Communication
emergency call, 3-2

intra-group calling in, 3-1
chat, 4-2
intra-group calling out, 3-1
electronic whiteboard, 4-3
out-group calling in, 3-2
program sharing, 4-2

i-1

Index
CLIR, 2-65
video communication, 4-1, 4-2
CLIR (class-a subscribers), 2-75
CLIR (class-b subscribers), 2-74
special service call, 1-4
CLIR (class-c subscribers), 2-68
supplementary service
CNAM, 2-87
abbreviated dialing, 2-5, 2-6
conference, 2-54
absent subscriber, 2-42
conflect, 2-3
advice of charge at call end, 2-129
convener-authorized conference, 2-58
alarms for quota restriction, 2-98
CW, 2-43
auto list conference, 2-56
designated pickup, 2-59
block the blocker, 2-82
do-not-disturb, 2-16, 2-18
call back, 2-47, 2-49
hotline, 2-8, 2-11
call forwarding busy, 2-34, 2-36
inquiry, 2-92
call forwarding busy to voice mailbox, 2-94
inquiry (Brazil), 2-91
call forwarding by time, 2-101
interception service, 2-119
call forwarding list, 2-125
international operator call-in barring (Hong Kong),
call forwarding no reply, 2-38, 2-40
2-132
call forwarding no reply in call waiting (Hong
malicious call tracing, 2-20
Kong), 2-104, 2-105
message waiting indication, 2-93
call forwarding no reply to voice mailbox, 2-95
message waiting notification (Hong Kong), 2-118
call forwarding offline, 2-103
multi-wakeup, 2-27
call forwarding restriction (Hong Kong), 2-124
number barring, 2-69
call forwarding unconditional, 2-30, 2-32
number incomplete, 2-85
call hold (Brazil), 2-131
operation, 2-2
call rejection in calling line identification restriction,
operator call-in barring, 2-90
2-89
outgoing call barring, 2-13, 2-14
call transfer, 2-60, 2-61
party line call (Hong Kong), 2-135
call waiting, 2-43, 2-45
password call, 2-78
calling line identification presentation, 2-63, 2-64
password modification, 2-133
calling line identification restriction, 2-65
PBX block the blocker (Hong Kong), 2-141
calling line identification restriction override, 2-67
PBX call forwarding busy (Hong Kong), 2-137
calling name identification presentation, 2-87
PBX call forwarding no reply (Hong Kong), 2-139
calling name identification sending, 2-85
PBX call forwarding unconditional (Hong Kong),
cancel all registered supplementary services
2-136
(Hong Kong), 2-146
PBX line hunting (Hong Kong), 2-144
CFB, 2-34, 2-36
PBX remotely activate call forwarding (Hong
CFNR, 2-38, 2-40
Kong), 2-142
CFU, 2-30, 2-32
precondition, 2-1
CID during CW, 2-77
quick access function (Hong Kong), 2-134
circular hunting, 2-88
quota restored monthly, 2-99
classification, 2-1
quota restricted calling, 2-97
CLIP, 2-63, 2-64
registered call, 2-28

i-2

Index
remotely activate call forwarding, 2-79

remotely set call forwarding busy, 2-121
value added service
remotely set call forwarding no reply, 2-123
advanced prepaid service, 5-10
remotely set call forwarding unconditional, 2-120
card calling service, 5-8
ring back (Hong Kong), 2-134
family free phone service, 5-13
secretary service, 2-71
intelligent public telephone service, 5-21
secretary station service, 2-72
number portability service, 5-30
selective call acceptance (Hong Kong), 2-110,
personal communication agent service, 5-1
2-113
presence service, 5-5
selective call forwarding (Hong Kong), 2-107
SIP based pre-paid service, 5-3
super do-not-disturb (Hong Kong), 2-116
telecom communication partner service, 5-27
temporary block of calling line identification
UC service, 5-6
presentation (Hong Kong), 2-126
unified communication service, 5-6
temporary block of calling name identification
virtual private network service, 5-16
video conference
temporary restriction of CW, 2-83
add site, 4-3
temporary unblock of calling line identification
by MediaCentre, 4-3
by ViewPoint iDo, 4-4
temporary unblock of calling name identification
control conference, 4-4, 4-5
define conference, 4-3, 4-5
three-party service, 2-51, 2-52
define site, 4-5
time restricted calling, 2-100
end conference, 4-4, 4-5
wakeup, 2-22, 2-25
schedule conference, 4-3

start conference, 4-5
T
tandem call, 1-3
i.

i-3

SoftX3000 Technical Manual-Services and Features

Enviado por

Dados do documento

Direitos autorais

Formatos disponíveis

Compartilhar este documento

Compartilhar ou incorporar documento

Opções de compartilhamento

Você considera este documento útil?

Este conteúdo é inapropriado?

Direitos autorais:

Formatos disponíveis

SoftX3000 Technical Manual-Services and Features

Enviado por

Direitos autorais:

Formatos disponíveis

Chapter 1 Voice Services ................................................................................

1.1 Overview of Voice Services ....................................................................

Chapter 2 Supplementary Services ...............................................................

2.1 Overview of Supplementary Services ....................................................

2.2.3 Operations .....................................................................................

2.10.2 Preconditions ...............................................................................

2.18.3 Operations ...................................................................................

2.26.4 Points for Attention .......................................................................

2.35 Calling Line Identification Presentation (Hong Kong) ...........................

2.42.4 Points for Attention .......................................................................

2.50.2 Preconditions ...............................................................................

2.58.3 Operations ...................................................................................

2.66.4 Points for Attention .......................................................................

2.75 Call Forwarding Unconditional to Voice Mailbox (Hong Kong) .............

2.83.1 Service Introduction .....................................................................

2.91.2 Preconditions ...............................................................................

2.99.3 Operations ...................................................................................

2.107.2 Preconditions .............................................................................

2.115.3 Operations .................................................................................

Chapter 3 IP Centrex Services........................................................................

3.1 Overview of IP Centrex Services............................................................

3.3.3 Register Console ...........................................................................

Chapter 4 Multimedia Services .......................................................................

4.1 Overview of Multimedia Services ...........................................................

4.3.6 Ending Conference ........................................................................

Chapter 5 Value Added Services ....................................................................

5.1 Overview of Value Added Services ........................................................

5.9.2 Service Features ............................................................................

Chapter 6 ISDN Services .................................................................................

6.1 Overview of ISDN Services ....................................................................

6.4.14 Terminal Portability ......................................................................

Chapter 7 Functions and Features .................................................................

7.1 Overview of Functions ............................................................................

7.7.3 Automatic Switchover ....................................................................

Appendix A Acronyms and Abbreviations ....................................................

U-SYS SoftX3000 SoftSwitch System

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

U-SYS SoftX3000 SoftSwitch System

Services and Features

Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

Copyright 2005 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

All Rights Reserved

, HUAWEI, C&C08, EAST8000, HONET,

, ViewPoint, INtess, ETS, DMC,

TELLIN, InfoLink, Netkey, Quidway, SYNLOCK, Radium,

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

About This Manual

U-SYS SoftX3000 SoftSwitch

It provides an overall introduction to the

U-SYS SoftX3000 SoftSwitch

It details on the hardware architecture,

U-SYS SoftX3000 SoftSwitch

It details the features and technical

U-SYS SoftX3000 SoftSwitch

It covers various services and functions

U-SYS SoftX3000 SoftSwitch

It details the installation procedure of the

U-SYS SoftX3000 SoftSwitch

It covers the detailed procedure of installing the

U-SYS SoftX3000 SoftSwitch

It guides the maintenance engineers to perform

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

U-SYS SoftX3000 SoftSwitch